WO2001019856A2 - Secreted human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same - Google Patents

Secreted human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2001019856A2
WO2001019856A2 PCT/US2000/025106 US0025106W WO0119856A2 WO 2001019856 A2 WO2001019856 A2 WO 2001019856A2 US 0025106 W US0025106 W US 0025106W WO 0119856 A2 WO0119856 A2 WO 0119856A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
polyx
nucleic acid
polypeptide
protein
amino acid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2000/025106
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2001019856A3 (en
Inventor
Richard A. Shimkets
Elma Fernandes
John L. Herrmann
Xiaohong Liu
Meijia Yang
Ferenc L. Boldog
Original Assignee
Curagen Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Curagen Corporation filed Critical Curagen Corporation
Priority to JP2001523633A priority Critical patent/JP2003531571A/en
Priority to AU73773/00A priority patent/AU7377300A/en
Priority to CA002384749A priority patent/CA2384749A1/en
Priority to EP00961880A priority patent/EP1250425A2/en
Publication of WO2001019856A2 publication Critical patent/WO2001019856A2/en
Publication of WO2001019856A3 publication Critical patent/WO2001019856A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/52—Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/475—Growth factors; Growth regulators
    • C07K14/51—Bone morphogenetic factor; Osteogenins; Osteogenic factor; Bone-inducing factor
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides

Definitions

  • the invention relates to polynucleotides and the polypeptides encoded by such polynucleotides, as well as vectors, host cells, antibodies and recombinant methods for producing the polypeptides and polynucleotides, as well as methods for using the same.
  • Eukaryotic cells are subdivided by membranes into multiple functionally distinct compartments called organelles.
  • organelles Each organelle includes proteins essential for its proper function. These proteins can include sequence motifs often referred to as sorting signals.
  • the sorting signals can aid in targeting the proteins to their appropriate cellular organelle.
  • sorting signals can direct some proteins to be exported, or secreted, from the cell.
  • sorting signal is a signal sequence, which is also referred to as a signal peptide or leader sequence.
  • the signal sequence is present as an amino-terminal extension on a newly synthesized polypeptide chain.
  • a signal sequence can target proteins to an intracellular organelle called the endoplasmic reticulum (ER).
  • the signal sequence takes part in an array of protein-protein and protein-lipid interactions that result in translocation of a polypeptide containing the signal sequence through a channel in the ER. After translocation, a membrane-bound enzyme, named a signal peptidase, liberates the mature protein from the signal sequence.
  • a membrane-bound enzyme named a signal peptidase
  • the ER functions to separate membrane-bound proteins and secreted proteins from proteins that remain in the cytoplasm. Once targeted to the ER, both secreted and membrane-bound proteins can be further distributed to another cellular organelle called the Golgi apparatus.
  • the Golgi directs the proteins to other cellular organelles such as vesicles, lysosomes, the plasma membrane, mitochondria and microbodies.
  • the invention is based, in part, upon the discovery of novel nucleic acids and secreted polypeptides encoded thereby.
  • the nucleic acids and polypeptides are collectively referred to herein as "POLYX" nucleic acids and polypeptides.
  • the invention includes an isolated nucleic acid that encodes a POLYX polypeptide, or a fragment, homolog, analog or derivative thereof.
  • the nucleic acid can encode a polypeptide at least 85% identical to a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and/or 26.
  • the nucleic acid can be, e.g., a genomic DNA fragment or a cDNA molecule.
  • the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule that includes the nucleic acid sequence of any of SEQ ID NO: 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, and/or 25.
  • Also included within the scope of the invention is a vector containing one or more of the nucleic acids described herein, and a cell containing the vectors or nucleic acids described herein.
  • the invention is also directed to host cells transformed with a vector comprising any of the nucleic acid molecules described above.
  • the invention includes a pharmaceutical composition that includes a POLYX nucleic acid and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • the invention includes a substantially purified POLYX polypeptide, e.g., any of the POLYX polypeptides encoded by a POLYX nucleic acid, and fragments, homologs, analogs, and derivatives thereof.
  • the invention also includes a pharmaceutical composition that includes a POLYX polypeptide and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • the invention provides an antibody that binds specifically to a POLYX polypeptide.
  • the antibody can be, e.g., a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody, and fragments, homologs, analogs, and derivatives thereof.
  • the invention also includes a pharmaceutical composition including POLYX antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • the invention is also directed to isolated antibodies that bind to an epitope on a polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules described above.
  • the invention also includes kits comprising any of the pharmaceutical compositions described above.
  • the invention further provides a method for producing a POLYX polypeptide by providing a cell containing a POLYX nucleic acid, e.g., a vector that includes a POLYX nucleic acid, and culturing the cell under conditions sufficient to express the POLYX polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid.
  • the expressed POLYX polypeptide is then recovered from the cell.
  • the cell produces little or no endogenous POLYX polypeptide.
  • the cell can be, e.g., a prokaryotic cell or eukaryotic cell.
  • the invention is also directed to methods of identifying a POLYX polypeptide or nucleic acids in a sample by contacting the sample with a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide or nucleic acid, and detecting complex formation, if present.
  • the invention further provides methods of identifying a compound that modulates the activity of a POLYX polypeptide by contacting a POLYX polypeptide with a compound and determining whether the POLYX polypeptide activity is modified.
  • the invention is also directed to compounds that modulate POLYX polypeptide activity identified by contacting a POLYX polypeptide with the compound and determining whether the compound modifies activity of the POLYX polypeptide, binds to the POLYX polypeptide, or binds to a nucleic acid molecule encoding a POLYX polypeptide.
  • the invention provides a method of determining the presence of, or predisposition to a POLYX-associated disorder in a subject.
  • the method includes providing a sample from the subject and measuring the amount of POLYX polypeptide in the subject sample.
  • the amount of POLYX polypeptide in the subject sample is then compared to the amount of POLYX polypeptide in a control sample.
  • An alteration in the amount of POLYX polypeptide in the subject protein sample relative to the amount of POLYX polypeptide in the control protein sample indicates the subject has a tissue proliferation-associated condition.
  • a control sample is preferably taken from a matched individual, i.e., an individual of similar age, sex, or other general condition but who is not suspected of having a tissue proliferation- associated condition.
  • the control sample may be taken from the subject at a time when the subject is not suspected of having a tissue proliferation-associated disorder.
  • the POLYX is detected using a POLYX antibody.
  • the invention provides a method of determining the presence of, or predisposition to, a POLYX-associated disorder in a subject.
  • the method includes providing a nucleic acid sample (e.g., RNA or DNA, or both) from the subject and measuring the amount of the POLYX nucleic acid in the subject nucleic acid sample.
  • the amount of POLYX nucleic acid sample in the subject nucleic acid is then compared to the amount of POLYX nucleic acid in a control sample.
  • An alteration in the amount of POLYX nucleic acid in the sample relative to the amount of POLYX in the control sample indicates the subject has a tissue proliferation-associated disorder.
  • the invention provides a method of treating or preventing or delaying a POLYX-associated disorder.
  • the method includes administering to a subject in which such treatment or prevention or delay is desired a POLYX nucleic acid, a POLYX polypeptide, or a POLYX antibody in an amount sufficient to treat, prevent, or delay a tissue proliferation-associated disorder in the subject.
  • FIG. 1 depicts the alignment of the proteins of clones 23208248 and 23208248.0.27.
  • FIG. 2 is a western blot of the protein of the extracellular domain of clone 10129612-1.
  • FIG. 3 is a real time quantitative gene expression analysis for clone 10129612 1 using probe set Ag 47 in various cell samples.
  • FIG. 4 is a real time quantitative gene expression analysis for clone 10129612 1 using probe set Ag 47 in various surgical tissue samples.
  • FIG. 5 is a real time quantitative gene expression analysis for clone 10129612_1 using probe set Ag 47b in various cell samples.
  • FIG. 6 is a real time quantitative gene expression analysis for clone 10168180.0.35 using probe set Agl21 in various cell samples.
  • FIG. 7 is a real time quantitative gene expression analysis for clone 10354784.0.148 using probe set Ag91 in various cell samples.
  • FIG. 8 is a real time quantitative gene expression analysis for clone 16532807.0.137 using probe set Agl22 in various cell samples.
  • FIG. 9 is a real time quantitative gene expression analysis for clone 17941787.0.3 using probe set Ag96 in various cell samples.
  • FIG. 10 is a real time quantitative gene expression analysis for clone 21636818.0.57 using probe set Ag96 in various cell samples.
  • FIG. 11 depicts a western blot of clone 10354784 polypeptide secreted by 293 cells.
  • the invention provides novel polynucleotides and the polypeptides encoded thereby.
  • the invention is based in part on the discovery of nucleic acids encoding 13 proteins that contain sequences suggesting they are secreted, localized to a cellular organelle, or membrane associated.
  • the invention includes 13 POLYX nucleic acids, POLYX polypeptides, POLYX antibodies, or compounds or methods based on these nucleic acids. These nucleic acids, and their associated polypeptides, antibodies and other compositions are referred to as POLY1, POLY2, POLY3 . . . through POLY13, respectively.
  • POLYX nucleic acids or "POLYX polynucleotides” (where X is an integer between 1 and 13) and the corresponding encoded polypeptide is referred to as a “POLYX polypeptide” or "POLYX protein”.
  • Table 1 provides a cross-reference between a POLYX nucleic acid or polypeptide of the invention, a table disclosing a nucleic acid and encoded polypeptide that is encompassed by an indicated POLYX nucleic acid or polypeptide of the invention, and a corresponding sequence identification number (SEQ ID NO:). Also provided is a Clone Identification
  • POLYX nucleic acids are useful in a variety of applications and contexts.
  • various POLYX nucleic acids and polypeptides according to the invention are useful, inter alia, as novel members of the protein families according to the presence of domains and sequence relatedness to previously described proteins.
  • POLYX nucleic acids and polypeptides according to the invention can also be used to identify cell types based on the presence or absence of various POLYX nucleic acids according to the invention. Additional utilities for POLYX nucleic acids and polypeptides are discussed below.
  • POLY1 and POLY2 nucleic acids according to the invention include the nucleic acid sequences represented in Clone 23208248 and 23208248.0.27 respectively. POLY1 and POLY2 are related by the finding that the latter clone has an extended coding sequence at the
  • Clone 23208248.0.27 is found in the adrenal gland.
  • a representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 23208248.0.27 is given in Table 3.
  • This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:3) of 824 bp.
  • This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 130 amino acid residues (represented in Table 3; SEQ ID NO:4) with a predicted molecular weight of 14596 Da.
  • the start codon is at nucleotides 371-373 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 762-764.
  • the protein of SEQ ID NO:4 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize in the cytoplasm.
  • the programs PSORT and SignalP predict that there may be an uncleavable amino terminal signal peptide.
  • proteins of the invention encoded by clones 23208248 and 23208248.0.27 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 23208248 and 23208248.0.27 proteins.
  • a POLY3 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 29200321. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in fetal brain tissue. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 29200321 is given in Table 4, which shows the negative strand from the sequence actually discovered. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:5) of 386 bp. The nucleotide sequence shown in Table 4 has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 99 amino acid residues (represented in Table 4; SEQ ID NO:6) with a predicted molecular weight of 72993.5 Da. The start codon is at nucleotides 16-18 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 312-314. The protein of SEQ ID NO:6 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize extracellularly. The program
  • SignalP predicts that there is a signal peptide.
  • the protein associated with 29200321 is encoded in a negative reading frame. The sequence shown below has been reverse- complemented and renumbered to allow reading of the protein in the expected N to C direction.
  • 29200321 has no significant similarity to any protein in the public or published patent databases.
  • proteins of the invention encoded by clone 29200321 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 29200321 protein.
  • Results presented in Example C show that clone 29200321 shows high expression relative to normal cells is found in certain ovarian cancer cell lines, and in gastric cancer and a colon cancer cell line. In addition, this clone is broadly expressed in lung cancers and certain CNS cancer cells. These results suggest that this clone may be used as a selective probe for detection or diagnosis of these cancers, and that the clones or their gene products may be useful in treatment of such cancers. In addition, this gene product has been shown in Example CCl to inhibit serine protease activity. This property may make it useful in modulating tissue remodeling or in treating certain cancers.
  • a POLY4 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 10129612_1. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the heart. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 10129612_1 is given in Table 5. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:7) of 1743 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 429 amino acid residues (represented in Table D; SEQ ID NO:8) with a predicted molecular weight of 47068.8 Da. The start codon is at nucleotides 437-439 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 1724-1726. The protein of SEQ ID NO:8 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize in the endoplasmic reticulum (membrane) with a certainty of 0.8500. The programs PSORT and SignalP predict that there is no signal peptide.
  • clone 10129612 1 has 167 of 169 residues (98%) identical to, and 168 of 169 residues (99%) positive with the 2764 residue mouse TEN-M2 protein (ACC:BAA77397). It was also found to have 74 of 134 residues (55%) identical to, and 96 of 134 residues (71%) positive with the 768 residue human protein gamma-heregulin (ACC:O14667).
  • proteins of the invention encoded by clone 10129612 1 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 10129612 1 protein.
  • Results presented in Example C suggest that clone 10129612_1 may be used as a selective probe for detection or diagnosis of these cancers, and that the clones or their gene products may be useful in treatment of such cancers.
  • NDF neu differentiation factor
  • glial growth factor 2 glial growth factor 2
  • GGF2 Heregulin is the ligand for HER-2/ErbB2/NEU, a proto-oncogene receptor tyrosine kinase implicated in breast and prostate cancer progression that was originally identified in rat neuro/glioblastoma cell lines.
  • Ectopic expression of HER-2/ErbB2/NEU in MDA-MB-435 breast adenocarcinoma cells confers chemoresistance to taxol-induced apoptosis relative to vector transfected control cells (Yu et al. Overexpression of ErbB2 blocks taxol-induced apoptosis by up-regulation of p21Cipl, which inhibits p34Cdc2 kinase. Molec.
  • Neurestin shows homology to a neuregulin gene product, human gamma-heregulin, a Drosophila receptor-type pair-rule gene product, Odd Oz (Odz) / Ten(m), and Ten(a).
  • DOC4 has independently been isolated from the NIH-3T3.
  • DOC4 is also known as tenascin M (TNM), Drosophila pair-rule gene homolog containing extracellular EGF-like repeats.
  • the tenascins constitute a family of extracellular matrix proteins that play prominent roles in tissue interactions critical to embryogenesis. Overexpression of tenascins has been described in multiple human solid malignancies. The role of the tenascin family of related proteins is to regulate epithelial-stromal interactions and participate in fibronectin-dependent cell attachment and interaction. Indeed, tenascin-C (TN) is overexpressed in the stroma of malignant ovarian tumours particularly at the interface between epithelia and stroma leading to suggestions that it may be involved in the process of invasion (Wilson et al (1996) Br J Cancer
  • Tenascin-C is considered a therapeutic target for certain malignant brain tumors (Gladson CL : J Neuropathol Exp Neurol 1999 Oct;58(10): 1029-40).
  • Tenascin (TN) is an extracellular matrix protein found in areas of cell migration during development and expressed at high levels in migratory glioma cells (Treasurywala S, Berens ME Glia 1998 Oct;24(2):236-43 Migration arrest in glioma cells is dependent on the alphaV integrin subunit. Phillips GR, Krushel LA, Crossin KL J Cell Sci 1998 Apr;l 11 ( Pt 8): 1095- 104 Domains of tenascin involved in glioma migration).
  • Tenascin expression in hormone-dependent tissues of breast and endometrium indicate that Tenascin expression reflects malignant progression (Vollmer et al. Cancer Res 1992 Sep l;52(17):4642-8 Down-regulation of tenascin expression by antiprogestins during terminal differentiation of rat mammary tumors). Potential role of POLY4, Clone 10129612-1, in oncologic disease progression
  • 10129612-1 may play a role in one or more aspects of tumor cell biology that alter the interactions of tumor epithelial cells with stromal components.
  • 10129612-1 may play a role in the following malignant properties: autocrine/paracrine stimulation of tumor cell proliferation; autocrine/paracrine stimulation of tumor cell survival and tumor cell resistance to cytotoxic therapy; local tissue remodeling, paranechmal and basement membrane invasion and motility of tumor cells thereby contributing to metastasis; and tumor-mediated immunosuppression of T-cell mediated immune effector cells and pathways resulting in tumor escape from immune surveilance.
  • Predicted disease indications from expression profiling include a subset of human gliomas, astrocytomas, mixed glioma/astrocytomas, renal cells carcinoma, breast adenocarcinoma, ovarian cancer, melanomas.
  • Targeting of 10129612-1 by human or humanized monoclonal antibodies designed to disrupt predicted interactions of 10129612-1 with its cognate receptor may result in significant anti-tumor/anti-metastatic activity and the amelioration of associated symptomatology. Identification of small molecules that specifically/selectively interfere with downstream signaling components engaged by 10129612- 1/recep tor interactions would also be expected to result in significant anti- tumor/anti-metastatic activity and the amelioration of associated symptomatology.
  • modified antisense ribonucleotides or antisense gene expression constructs (plasmids, adenovirus, adeno-associated viruses, "naked” DNA approaches) designed to diminish the expression of 10129612— 1 transcripts/messenger RNA (mRNA) would be anticipated based on predicted properties of 10129612-1 to have anti -tumor impact.
  • the neuregulin, glial growth factor 2 diminishes autoimmune demyelination and enhances remyelination in a chronic relapsing model for multiple sclerosis.
  • Direct delivery of recombinant purified 10129612-1 or fragments of 10129612-1 into brain parenchymal regions may promote the regeneration/repair/remylination of injured central nervous system cells resulting from ischemia, brain trauma and various neurodegenerative diseases.
  • a POLY5 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clonel0168180.0.35. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the spleen. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 10168180.0.35 is given in Table 6. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:9) of 2450 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 386 amino acid residues (represented in Table 6; SEQ ID NO: 10) with a predicted molecular weight of
  • the start codon is at nucleotides 380-382 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 1538-1540.
  • the protein of SEQ ID NO:10 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize to the mitochondrial inner membrane with a certainty of 0.8219.
  • the programs PSORT and SignalP predict that there is no signal peptide. TABLE 6
  • proteins of the invention encoded by clonel0168180.0.35 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORF described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 10168180.0.35 protein.
  • a POLY6 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 10354784.0.148. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the pituitary gland, as well as in kidney, heart, and thalamus. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 10354784.0.148 is given in Table 7. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:l 1) of 3550 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 735 amino acid residues (represented in Table 7; SEQ ID NO: 12) with a predicted molecular weight of 79802 Da.
  • the start codon is at nucleotides 728-730 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 2933-2935.
  • the protein of SEQ ID NO: 12 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize in the plasma membrane with a certainty of 0.4600.
  • the programs PSORT and SignalP predict that there is a signal peptide, with the most likely cleavage site between residues 25 and 26: STA-EA.
  • a search of the sequence databases using BLASTX reveals that the protein of clone 10354784.0.148 has 265 of 521 residues (50%) identical to, and 324 of 521 residues (62%) positive with, the 1256 residue CDO from Rattus norvegicus (ACC:NRDB O35158). It also has 258 of 514 residues (50%), and 320 of 514 residues (62%) positive with the 1240 residue human CDO protein (SPTREMBL:O14631). CDO is an oncogene-, serum-, and anchorage- regulated member of the Ig/fibronectin type III repeat family. The protein of clone 10354784.0.148 also has 607 of 616 residues (98%) identical to, and 609 of 616 residues
  • proteins of the invention encoded by clone 10354784.0.148 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 10354784.0.148 protein.
  • a POLY7 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clonel3043743.0.15. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the pituitary gland and osteosarcoma. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone
  • This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 13) of 971 bp.
  • This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 146 amino acid residues (represented in Table 8; SEQ ID NO: 14) with a predicted molecular weight of 16220 Da.
  • the start codon is at nucleotides 471-473 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 909-911.
  • the protein of SEQ ID NO: 14 is predicted by the
  • PSORT program to localize in the plasma membrane with a certainty of 0.7000.
  • the programs PSORT and SignalP predict that there most likely is no signal peptide, but there is a slight probability that a cleavage site occurs between residues 42 and 43 : TQQ-QW. TABLE 8
  • proteins of the invention encoded by clone 13043743.0.15 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 13043743.0.15 protein.
  • a POLY8 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 16532807.0.137. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the testis. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 16532807.0.137 is given in Table 9. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 15) of 3670 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 1120 amino acid residues (represented in Table 9; SEQ ID NO: 16) with a predicted molecular weight of
  • the start codon is at nucleotides 113-115 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 3473-3745.
  • the protein of SEQ ID NO: 16 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize in the plasma membrane with a certainty of 0.7000.
  • the programs PSORT and SignalP predict that there most likely is no signal peptide.
  • a search of the sequence databases using BLASTP reveals that the protein of clone 16532807.0.137 has 606 of 1099 residues (55%)identical to, and 773 of 1099 residues (70%) positive with, the 1151 residue human Ml 30 antigen, cytoplasmic variant 1 precursor (ACC:Q07899).
  • the proteins of the invention encoded by clone 16532807.0.137 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 16532807.0.137 protein.
  • a POLY9 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 17883252.0.13. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the thyroid gland, fetal kidney, kidney, fetal lung, lymph node, and placenta. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 17883252.0.13 is given in Table 10. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 17) of 1619 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 234 amino acid residues (represented in Table 10; SEQ ID NO: 18) with a predicted molecular weight of 25396.6 Da.
  • the start codon is at nucleotides 514-516 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 1216-1218.
  • the protein of SEQ ID NO: 18 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize in the endoplasmic reticulum (membrane) with a certainty of 0.5500, and that the protein may have an uncleavable N- terminal signal sequence.
  • the program SignalP predicts that there is a signal peptide with the most likely cleavage site between residues 22 and 23: TEH- AY.
  • proteins of the invention encoded by clone 17883252.0.13 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 17883252.0.13 protein.
  • a POLY10 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 17941787.0.3. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the mammary gland and pituitary gland. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 17941787.0.3 is given in Table 11. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 19) of 1441 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 430 amino acid residues (represented in Tablel 1 ; SEQ ID NO:20) with a predicted molecular weight of 48793 Da.
  • the start codon is at nucleotides 120-122 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 1410-1412.
  • the protein of SEQ ID NO:20 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize extracellularly with a certainty of 0.3700, and to have a cleavable N-terminal signal sequence.
  • the program SignalP predicts that there is a signal peptide with the most likely cleavage site between residues 27 and 28: VYA-CG.
  • a search of the sequence databases using BLASTP reveals that the protein of clone 17941787.0.3 has 398 of 403 residues (98%) identical to, and 400 of 403 residues (99%) positive with the 859 residue human ST7 protein (SPTREMBL-ACC:Q9Y561) .
  • proteins of the invention encoded by clone 17941787.0.3 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 17941787.0.3 protein.
  • a POLY11 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 20936375.0.104. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the kidney. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 20936375.0.104 is given in Table 12. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:21) of 2056 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 534 amino acid residues (represented in Table 12; SEQ ID NO:22) with a predicted molecular weight of
  • the start codon is at nucleotides 7-9 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 1609- 1611.
  • the protein of SEQ ID NO:22 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize in the plasma membrane with a certainty of 0.7300 and to have an uncleavable N-terminal signal sequence.
  • the program SignalP predicts that there is no signal peptide.
  • a search of the sequence databases using BLASTP reveals that the protein of clone 20936375.0.104 has 453 of 534 residues (84%) identical to, and 483 of 534 residues (90%) positive with the 533 residue bovine endozepine-related protein precursor (membrane- associated diazepam binding inhibitor) (MA-DBI) (ACC:P07106). It also has a low similarity over 91 residues to the 359 residue human peroxisomal D3,D2-enoyl-coA isomerase 3 (ACC:AAD34173).
  • proteins of the invention encoded by clone 20936375.0.104 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 20936375.0.104 protein.
  • a POLY 12 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 21636818.0.57. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the uterus and bone marrow. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 21636818.0.57 is given in Table 13. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:23) of 1544 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 151 amino acid residues (represented in Table 13; SEQ ID NO:24) with a predicted molecular weight of 16776.3 Da. The start codon is at nucleotides 274-276 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 727-729. The protein of SEQ ID NO:23
  • NO:24 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize extracellularly with a certainty of 0.3700 and to have a cleavable N-terminal signal sequence.
  • the program SignalP predicts that the most likely cleavage site occurs between residues 19 and 20: SNP-SH. TABLE 13
  • 21636818.0.57 has 17 of 49 residues (34%) identical to, and 26 of 49 residues (53%) positive with the 386 residue PKMIOI conjugation proteins (TRAL), (TRAM), (TRAA), (TRAB), (TRAC), (TRAB), (TRAC), (TRAD), (TRAN), (TRAE), (TRAO), (TRAF), (TRAG), entry exclusion protein (EEX), (KIKA), (KORB), (KORA) and endonuclease (NUC) genes, complete CDS (TRAM)(TRAB) (TRAB) (TRAD) (TRAE) (TRAF) (EEX) (KORB) (KORA)
  • proteins of the invention encoded by clone 21636818.0.57 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 21636818.0.57 protein.
  • a POLY13 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 20468752-0-18_update. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the placenta. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 20468752-0-18_update is given in Table 14. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:25) of 2306 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 720 amino acid residues (represented in Table 14; SEQ ID NO:26) with a predicted molecular weight of 80141.8 Da.
  • the start codon is at nucleotides 128-130 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 2287-2289.
  • the protein of SEQ ID NO:26 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize extracellularly with a certainty of 0.3700 and to have a cleavable N-terminal signal sequence.
  • the program SignalP predicts that the most likely cleavage site occurs between residues 21 and 22: ISS-LP.
  • the 720 residue protein of clone 20468752-0-18_updat has 180 of 181 residues (99%) identical to, and 181 of 181 residues (100%) positive with the 181 residue fragment of a human hypothetical 20.0 kDa protein (TREMBLNEW-ACC:CAB43317), starting at residue 540.
  • the proteins of the invention encoded by clone 20468752-0-18_update include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications.
  • the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 21636818.0.57 protein.
  • the novel nucleic acids of the invention include those that encode a POLYX or POLYX-like protein, or biologically-active portions thereof.
  • the encoded polypeptides can thus include, e.g., the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and/or 26.
  • the invention additionally includes nucleic acids or nucleic acid fragments, or complements thereto, whose structures include chemical modifications.
  • nucleic acid fragments sufficient for use as hybridization probes to identify POLYX-encoding nucleic acids (e.g., POLYX mRNA) and fragments for use as polymerase chain reaction (PCR) primers for the amplification or mutation of POLYX nucleic acid molecules.
  • nucleic acid molecule is intended to include DNA molecules (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA), RNA molecules (e.g., mRNA), analogs of the DNA or RNA generated using nucleotide analogs, and derivatives, fragments, and homologs thereof.
  • the nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA.
  • probes refer to nucleic acid sequences of variable length, preferably between at least about 10 nucleotides (nt), 100 nt, or as many as about, e.g., 6,000 nt, depending upon the specific use. Probes are used in the detection of identical, similar, or complementary nucleic acid sequences. Longer length probes are usually obtained from a natural or recombinant source, are highly specific and much slower to hybridize than oligomers. Probes may be single- or double-stranded, and may also be designed to have specificity in PCR, membrane-based hybridization technologies, or ELISA-like technologies.
  • isolated nucleic acid molecule is a nucleic acid that is separated from other nucleic acid molecules that are present in the natural source of the nucleic acid.
  • isolated nucleic acid molecules include, but are not limited to, recombinant DNA molecules contained in a vector, recombinant DNA molecules maintained in a heterologous host cell, partially or substantially purified nucleic acid molecules, and synthetic DNA or RNA molecules.
  • an "isolated" nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5'- and 3'-termini of the nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid is derived.
  • the isolated POLYX nucleic acid molecule can contain less than approximately 50 kb, 25 kb, 5 kb, 4 kb, 3 kb, 2 kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA of the cell from which the nucleic acid is derived.
  • an "isolated" nucleic acid molecule such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
  • a "mature" form of a polypeptide or protein disclosed in the present invention is the product of a naturally occurring polypeptide or precursor form or proprotein.
  • the naturally occurring polypeptide, precursor or proprotein includes, by way of nonlimiting example, the full length gene product, encoded by the corresponding gene. Alternatively, it may be defined as the polypeptide, precursor or proprotein encoded by an open reading frame described herein.
  • the product "mature" form arises, again by way of nonlimiting example, as a result of one or more naturally occurring processing steps as they may take place within the cell, or host cell, in which the gene product arises.
  • Examples of such processing steps leading to a "mature" form of a polypeptide or protein include the cleavage of the N-terminal methionine residue encoded by the initiation codon of an open reading frame, or the proteolytic cleavage of a signal peptide or leader sequence.
  • a mature form arising from a precursor polypeptide or protein that has residues 1 to N, where residue 1 is the N-terminal methionine would have residues 2 through N remaining after removal of the N-terminal methionine.
  • a mature form arising from a precursor polypeptide or protein having residues 1 to N, in which an N-terminal signal sequence from residue 1 to residue M is cleaved, would have the residues from residue M+l to residue N remaining.
  • a "mature" form of a polypeptide or protein may arise from a step of post-translational modification other than a proteolytic cleavage event. Such additional processes include, by way of non- limiting example, glycosylation, myristoylation or phosphorylation.
  • a mature polypeptide or protein may result from the operation of only one of these processes, or a combination of any of them.
  • POLYX nucleic acid sequences can be isolated using standard hybridization and cloning techniques (e.g., as described in Sambrook et al, eds., MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL 2 nd Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1989; and Ausubel, et al, eds., CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1993.)
  • a nucleic acid of the invention can be amplified using cDNA, mRNA or alternatively, genomic DNA, as a template and appropriate oligonucleotide primers according to standard PCR amplification techniques.
  • the nucleic acid so amplified can be cloned into an appropriate vector and characterized by DNA sequence analysis.
  • oligonucleotides corresponding to POLYX nucleotide sequences can be prepared by standard synthetic techniques, e.g. , using an automated DNA synthesizer.
  • oligonucleotide refers to a series of linked nucleotide residues, which oligonucleotide has a sufficient number of nucleotide bases to be used in a PCR reaction.
  • a short oligonucleotide sequence may be based on, or designed from, a genomic or cDNA sequence and is used to amplify, confirm, or reveal the presence of an identical, similar or complementary DNA or RNA in a particular cell or tissue.
  • Oligonucleotides comprise portions of a nucleic acid sequence having about 10 nt, 50 nt, or 100 nt in length, preferably about 15 nt to 30 nt in length.
  • binding refers to Watson-Crick or Hoogsteen base- pairing between nucleotides units of a nucleic acid molecule
  • binding is defined as the physical or chemical interaction between two polypeptides or compounds or associated polypeptides or compounds or combinations thereof. Binding includes ionic, non-ionic, Von der Waals, hydrophobic interactions, and the like.
  • a physical interaction can be either direct or indirect. Indirect interactions may be through or due to the effects of another polypeptide or compound.
  • Direct binding refers to interactions that do not take place through, or due to, the effect of another polypeptide or compound, but instead are without other substantial chemical intermediates.
  • Fragments provided herein are defined as sequences of at least 6 (contiguous) nucleic acids or at least 4 (contiguous) amino acids, a length sufficient to allow for specific hybridization in the case of nucleic acids or for specific recognition of an epitope in the case of amino acids, respectively, and are at most some portion less than a full length sequence.
  • Fragments may be derived from any contiguous portion of a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence of choice.
  • Derivatives are nucleic acid sequences or amino acid sequences formed from the native compounds either directly or by modification or partial substitution.
  • Analogs are nucleic acid sequences or amino acid sequences that have a structure similar to, but not identical to, the native compound but differs from it in respect to certain components or side chains. Analogs may be synthetic or from a different evolutionary origin and may have a similar or opposite metabolic activity compared to wild-type.
  • Derivatives and analogs may be full-length or other than full-length, if the derivative or analog contains a modified nucleic acid or amino acid, as described infra.
  • Derivatives or analogs of the nucleic acids or proteins of the invention include, but are not limited to, molecules comprising regions that are substantially homologous to the nucleic acids or proteins of the invention, in various embodiments, by at least about 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or even 99% identity (with a preferred identity of 80-99%) over a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence of identical size or when compared to an aligned sequence in which the alignment is done by a computer homology program known in the art, or whose encoding nucleic acid is capable of hybridizing to the complement of a sequence encoding the aforementioned proteins under stringent, moderately stringent, or low stringent conditions.
  • An exemplary program is the Gap program (Wisconsin Sequence Analysis Package, Version 8 for UNIX, Genetics Computer Group, University Research Park, Madison, WI) using the default settings, which uses the algorithm of Smith and
  • homologous nucleic acid sequence or “homologous amino acid sequence,” or variations thereof, refer to sequences characterized by a homology at the nucleotide level or amino acid level as discussed supra.
  • homologous nucleotide sequences encode those sequences coding for isoforms of POLYX polypeptide. Isoforms can be expressed in different tissues of the same organism as a result of, e.g., alternative splicing of RNA. Alternatively, isoforms can be encoded by different genes.
  • homologous nucleotide sequences include nucleotide sequences encoding for a POLYX polypeptide of species other than humans, including, but not limited to, mammals, and thus can include, e.g., mouse, rat, rabbit, dog, cat cow, horse, and other organisms.
  • homologous nucleotide sequences also include, but are not limited to, naturally occurring allelic variations and mutations of the nucleotide sequences set forth herein.
  • a homologous nucleotide sequence does not, however, include the nucleotide sequence encoding human POLYX protein.
  • the nucleotide sequence determined from the cloning of the human POLYX gene allows for the generation of probes and primers designed for use in identifying the cell types disclosed and/or cloning POLYX homologues in other cell types, e.g., from other tissues, as well as POLYX homologues from other mammals.
  • the probe/primer typically comprises a substantially-purified oligonucleotide.
  • Probes based upon the human POLYX nucleotide sequence can be used to detect transcripts or genomic sequences encoding the same or homologous proteins.
  • the probe further comprises a label group attached thereto, e.g., the label group can be a radioisotope, a fluorescent compound, an enzyme, or an enzyme co-factor.
  • Such probes can be used as a part of a diagnostic test kit for identifying cells or tissue which mis- express a POLYX protein, such as by measuring a level of a POLYX-encoding nucleic acid in a sample of cells from a subject e.g., detecting POLYX mRNA levels or determining whether a genomic POLYX gene has been mutated or deleted.
  • POLYX refers to polypeptides exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical to, an activity of a polypeptide of the invention, including mature forms, as measured in a particular biological assay, with or without dose dependency.
  • DNA sequence polymo ⁇ hisms that lead to changes in the amino acid sequences of POLYX may exist within a population (e.g., the human population).
  • Such genetic polymo ⁇ hism in the POLYX gene may exist among individuals within a population due to natural allelic variation.
  • the terms "gene” and "recombinant gene” refer to nucleic acid molecules comprising an open reading frame encoding a POLYX protein, preferably a mammalian POLYX protein.
  • Such natural allelic variations can typically result in 1-5% variance in the nucleotide sequence of the POLYX gene. Any and all such nucleotide variations and resulting amino acid polymo ⁇ hisms in POLYX that are the result of natural allelic variation and that do not alter the functional activity of POLYX are intended to be within the scope of the invention.
  • nucleic acid molecules encoding POLYX proteins from other species and thus that have a nucleotide sequence that differs from the human sequence of any of SEQ
  • Nucleic acid molecules corresponding to natural allelic variants and homologues of the POLYX cDNAs of the invention can be isolated based on their homology to the human POLYX nucleic acids disclosed herein using the human cDNAs, or a portion thereof, as a hybridization probe according to standard hybridization techniques under stringent hybridization conditions.
  • the nucleic acid is at least 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 or 750 nucleotides in length.
  • an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention hybridizes to the coding region.
  • the term "hybridizes under stringent conditions" is intended to describe conditions for hybridization and washing under which nucleotide sequences at least 60% homologous to each other typically remain hybridized to each other.
  • Homologs i.e., nucleic acids encoding POLYX proteins derived from species other than human
  • other related sequences e.g., paralogs
  • stringent hybridization conditions refers to conditions under which a probe, primer or oligonucleotide will hybridize to its target sequence, but to no other sequences. Stringent conditions are sequence-dependent and will be different in different circumstances. Longer sequences hybridize specifically at higher temperatures than shorter sequences. Generally, stringent conditions are selected to be about 5°C lower than the thermal melting point (T m ) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The T m is the temperature (under defined ionic strength, pH and nucleic acid concentration) at which 50% of the probes complementary to the target sequence hybridize to the target sequence at equilibrium. Since the target sequences are generally present at excess, at T m , 50% of the probes are occupied at equilibrium.
  • stringent conditions will be those in which the salt concentration is less than about 1.0 M sodium ion, typically about 0.01 to 1.0 M sodium ion (or other salts) at pH 7.0 to 8.3 and the temperature is at least about 30°C for short probes, primers or oligonucleotides (e.g., 10 nt to 50 nt) and at least about 60°C for longer probes, primers and oligonucleotides.
  • Stringent conditions may also be achieved with the addition of destabilizing agents, such as formamide.
  • the conditions are such that sequences at least about 65%, 70%, 75%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99% homologous to each other typically remain hybridized to each other.
  • a non-limiting example of stringent hybridization conditions is hybridization in a high salt buffer comprising 6X SSC, 50 mM Tris-HCI (pH 7.5), 1 mM EDTA, 0.02% PVP, 0.02% Ficoll, 0.02% BSA, and 500 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA at 65°C. This hybridization is followed by one or more washes in 0.2X SSC, 0.01% BSA at 50°C.
  • a "naturally-occurring" nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature (e.g., encodes a natural protein).
  • moderate stringency hybridization conditions are hybridization in 6X SSC, 5X Denhardt's solution, 0.5% SDS and 100 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA at 55°C, followed by one or more washes in IX SSC, 0.1 % SDS at 37°C.
  • Other conditions of moderate stringency that may be used are well known in the art. See, e.g., Ausubel et al.
  • low stringency hybridization conditions are hybridization in 35% formamide, 5X SSC, 50 mM Tris-HCI (pH 7.5), 5 mM EDTA, 0.02% PVP, 0.02% Ficoll, 0.2% BSA, 100 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA, 10% (wt/vol) dextran sulfate at 40°C, followed by one or more washes in 2X SSC, 25 mM Tris-HCI (pH 7.4), 5 mM EDTA, and 0.1% SDS at 50°C.
  • Other conditions of low stringency that may be used are well known in the art (e.g., as employed for cross-species hybridizations).
  • a "non-essential" amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequence of POLYX without altering the biological activity, whereas an "essential" amino acid residue is required for biological activity.
  • amino acid residues that are conserved among the POLYX proteins of the invention are predicted to be particularly non-amenable to such alteration.
  • a POLYX protein according to the invention can contain at least one domain that is a typically conserved region in a POLYX family member. As such, these conserved domains are not likely to be amenable to mutation. Other amino acid residues, however, (e.g., those that are not conserved or only semi-conserved among members of the POLYX family) may not be as essential for activity and thus are more likely to be amenable to alteration.
  • nucleic acid molecules encoding POLYX proteins that contain changes in amino acid residues that are not essential for activity.
  • conservative amino acid substitutions are made at one or more predicted non-essential amino acid residues.
  • a "conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art.
  • amino acids with basic side chains e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine
  • acidic side chains e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid
  • uncharged polar side chains e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine
  • nonpolar side chains e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan
  • ⁇ -branched side chains e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine
  • aromatic side chains e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine
  • a predicted nonessential amino acid residue in POLYX is replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family.
  • mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of a POLYX coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for
  • a mutant POLYX protein can be assayed for: (i) the ability to form proteimprotein interactions with other POLYX proteins, other cell-surface proteins, or biologically-active portions thereof; (ii) complex formation between a mutant POLYX protein and a POLYX receptor; (Hi) the ability of a mutant POLYX protein to bind to an intracellular target protein or biologically active portion thereof; (e.g., avidin proteins); (iv) the ability to bind BRA protein; or (v) the ability to specifically bind an anti-POLYX protein antibody.
  • An "antisense" nucleic acid comprises a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a "sense" nucleic acid encoding a protein, e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complementary to an mRNA sequence.
  • antisense nucleic acid molecules comprise a sequence complementary to at least about 10, 25, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides or an entire POLYX coding strand, or to only a portion thereof.
  • an antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a "coding region" of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding POLY.
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a "non-coding region" of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding POLY.
  • the term “non-coding region” refers to 5' and 3' sequences which flank the coding region that are not translated into amino acids (i.e., also referred to as 5' and 3' non-translated regions).
  • antisense nucleic acids of the invention can be designed according to the rules of Watson and Crick or Hoogsteen base-pairing.
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecule can be complementary to the entire coding region of POLYX mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide that is antisense to only a portion of the coding or non-coding region of POLYX mRNA.
  • the antisense oligonucleotide can be complementary to the region surrounding the translation start site of POLYX mRNA.
  • An antisense oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 or 50 nucleotides in length.
  • An antisense nucleic acid of the invention can be constructed using chemical synthesis or enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art.
  • an antisense nucleic acid e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide
  • an antisense nucleic acid can be chemically synthesized using naturally- occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids, e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine-substituted nucleotides can be used.
  • modified nucleotides that can be used to generate the antisense nucleic acid include: 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-chlorouracil, 5-iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl- 2-thiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, beta-D-galactosylqueosine, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenine, 1 -methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyluracil, 5-methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, beta-D-mannosylqueosine, 5'-me
  • 2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenine 2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenine, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid (v), wybutoxosine, pseudouracil, queosine, 2-thiocytosine, 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 2-thiouracil, 4-thiouracil, 5-methyluracil, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid methylester, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid (v), 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 3-(3-amino-3-N-2-carboxypropyl) uracil, (acp3)w, and 2,6-diaminopurine.
  • the antisense nucleic acid can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation to a target nucleic acid of interest, described further in the following subsection).
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention are typically administered to a subject or generated in situ such that they hybridize with or bind to cellular mRNA and/or genomic DNA encoding a POLYX protein to thereby inhibit expression of the protein, e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation.
  • the hybridization can be by conventional nucleotide complementarity to form a stable duplex, or, for example, in the case of an antisense nucleic acid molecule that binds to DNA duplexes, through specific interactions in the major groove of the double helix.
  • An example of a route of administration of antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention includes direct injection at a tissue site.
  • antisense nucleic acid molecules can be modified to target selected cells and then administered systemically.
  • antisense molecules can be modified such that they specifically bind to receptors or antigens expressed on a selected cell surface (e.g., by linking the antisense nucleic acid molecules to peptides or antibodies that bind to cell surface receptors or antigens).
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecules can also be delivered to cells using the vectors described herein. To achieve sufficient intracellular concentrations of antisense molecules, vector constructs in which the antisense nucleic acid molecule is placed under the control of a strong pol II or pol III promoter are preferred.
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecule of the invention is an ⁇ -anomeric nucleic acid molecule.
  • An ⁇ -anomeric nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual ⁇ -units, the strands run parallel to each other (Gaultier, et al, 1987. Nucl. Acids Res. 15: 6625-6641).
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecule can also comprise a 2'-o-methylribonucleotide (Inoue, et al, 1987. Nucl Acids Res. 15: 6131-6148) or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (Inoue, et al, 1987. FEBSLett. 215: 327-330).
  • modifications include, by way of non-limiting example, modified bases, and nucleic acids whose sugar phosphate backbones are modified or derivatized. These modifications are carried out at least in part to enhance the chemical stability of the modified nucleic acid, such that they may be used, for example, as antisense binding nucleic acids in therapeutic applications in a subject.
  • an antisense nucleic acid of the invention is a ribozyme.
  • Ribozymes are catalytic RNA molecules with ribonuclease activity that are capable of cleaving a single-stranded nucleic acid, such as an mRNA, to which they have a complementary region.
  • ribozymes e.g., hammerhead ribozymes; described by Haselhoff and Gerlach, 1988. Nature 334: 585-591
  • ribozymes e.g., hammerhead ribozymes; described by Haselhoff and Gerlach, 1988. Nature 334: 585-591
  • a ribozyme having specificity for a POLYX-encoding nucleic acid can be designed based upon the nucleotide sequence of a POLYX DNA disclosed herein (i.e., SEQ ID NO:2 «-l (wherein n - 1 to 13)).
  • SEQ ID NO:2 «-l (wherein n - 1 to 13)
  • a derivative of a Tetrahymena L-19 IVS RNA can be constructed in which the nucleotide sequence of the active site is complementary to the nucleotide sequence to be cleaved in a POLYX-encoding mRNA. See, e.g., Cech, et al, U.S. Patent No.
  • POLYX mRNA can be used to select a catalytic RNA having a specific ribonuclease activity from a pool of RNA molecules (Bartel, et al, 1993. Science 261 : 1411-1418).
  • POLYX gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the POLYX (e.g., the POLYX promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the POLYX gene in target cells.
  • nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the POLYX e.g., the POLYX promoter and/or enhancers
  • the POLYX promoter and/or enhancers e.g., the POLYX promoter and/or enhancers
  • the nucleic acids of POLYX can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety or phosphate backbone to improve, e.g., the stability, hybridization, or solubility of the molecule.
  • the deoxyribose phosphate backbone of the nucleic acids can be modified to generate peptide nucleic acids (Hyrup, et al., 1996. Bioorg. Med. Chem. A 5-23).
  • the terms "peptide nucleic acids” or "PNAs” refer to nucleic acid mimics, e.g., DNA mimics, in which the deoxyribose phosphate backbone is replaced by a pseudopeptide backbone and only the four natural nucleobases are retained.
  • PNAs The neutral backbone of PNAs has been shown to allow for specific hybridization to DNA and RNA under conditions of low ionic strength.
  • the synthesis of PNA oligomers can be performed using standard solid phase peptide synthesis protocols as described in Hyrup, et al, 1996. supra; Perry-O'Keefe, et al, 1996. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93: 14670-14675.
  • PNAs of POLYX can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications.
  • PNAs of POLYX can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications.
  • PNAs of POLYX can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications.
  • PNAs of POLYX can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications.
  • PNAs can be used as antisense or antigene agents for sequence-specific modulation of gene expression by, e.g., inducing transcription or translation arrest or inhibiting replication.
  • PNAs of POLYX can also be used, e.g., in the analysis of single base pair mutations in a gene by, e.g., PNA directed PCR clamping; as artificial restriction enzymes when used in combination with other enzymes, e.g., SI nucleases (see, Hyrup, 1996., supra); or as probes or primers for
  • PNAs of POLYX can be modified, e.g., to enhance their stability or cellular uptake, by attaching lipophilic or other helper groups to PNA, by the formation of PNA-DNA chimeras, or by the use of liposomes or other techniques of drug delivery known in the art.
  • PNA-DNA chimeras of POLYX can be generated that may combine the advantageous properties of PNA and DNA.
  • Such chimeras allow DNA recognition enzymes, e.g., RNase H and DNA polymerases, to interact with the DNA portion while the PNA portion would provide high binding affinity and specificity.
  • PNA-DNA chimeras can be linked using linkers of appropriate lengths selected in terms of base stacking, number of bonds between the nucleobases, and orientation (see, Hyrup, 1996., supra).
  • the synthesis of PNA-DNA chimeras can be performed as described in Finn, et al, (1996. Nucl. Acids Res. 24: 3357-3363).
  • a DNA chain can be synthesized on a solid support using standard phosphoramidite coupling chemistry, and modified nucleoside analogs, e.g., 5'-(4-methoxytrityl)amino-5'-deoxy-thymidine phosphoramidite, can be used between the PNA and the 5' end of DNA (Mag, et al, 1989. Nucl. Acid Res. 17: 5973-5988). PNA monomers are then coupled in a stepwise manner to produce a chimeric molecule with a 5' PNA segment and a 3' DNA segment (see, Finn, et al, 1996., supra).
  • modified nucleoside analogs e.g., 5'-(4-methoxytrityl)amino-5'-deoxy-thymidine phosphoramidite
  • chimeric molecules can be synthesized with a 5' DNA segment and a 3' PNA segment. See, e.g., Petersen, et al, 1975. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 5: 1119-11124.
  • the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger, et al, 1989. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86:
  • oligonucleotides can be modified with hybridization triggered cleavage agents (see, e.g., Krol, et al, 1988. BioTechniques 6:958-976) or intercalating agents (see, e.g., Zon, 1988. Pharm. Res. 5: 539-549).
  • the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule, e.g., a peptide, a hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, a transport agent, a hybridization-triggered cleavage agent, and the like.
  • a polypeptide according to the invention includes a polypeptide including the amino acid sequence of POLYX polypeptides whose sequences are provided in any SEQ ID NO:2 «
  • the invention also includes a mutant or variant protein any of whose residues may be changed from the corresponding residues shown in SEQ ID NOS:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and/or 26, while still encoding a protein that maintains its POLYX activities and physiological functions, or a functional fragment thereof.
  • a POLYX variant that preserves POLYX-like function includes any variant in which residues at a particular position in the sequence have been substituted by other amino acids, and further include the possibility of inserting an additional residue or residues between two residues of the parent protein as well as the possibility of deleting one or more residues from the parent sequence. Any amino acid substitution, insertion, or deletion is encompassed by the invention. In favorable circumstances, the substitution is a conservative substitution as defined above.
  • One aspect of the invention pertains to isolated POLYX proteins, and biologically- active portions thereof, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof. Also provided are polypeptide fragments suitable for use as immunogens to raise anti-POLYX antibodies.
  • native POLYX proteins can be isolated from cells or tissue sources by an appropriate purification scheme using standard protein purification techniques.
  • POLYX proteins are produced by recombinant DNA techniques.
  • a POLYX protein or polypeptide can be synthesized chemically using standard peptide synthesis techniques.
  • an “isolated” or “purified” polypeptide or protein or biologically-active portion thereof is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the POLYX protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
  • the language “substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of POLYX proteins in which the protein is separated from cellular components of the cells from which it is isolated or recombinantly- produced.
  • the language "substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of POLYX proteins having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of non-POLYX proteins (also referred to herein as a "contaminating protein"), more preferably less than about 20% of non-POLYX proteins, still more preferably less than about 10% of non-POLYX proteins, and most preferably less than about 5% of non-POLYX proteins.
  • non-POLYX proteins also referred to herein as a "contaminating protein”
  • the POLYX protein or biologically-active portion thereof is recombinantly-produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the POLYX protein preparation.
  • the phrase "substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of POLYX protein in which the protein is separated from chemical precursors or other chemicals that are involved in the synthesis of the protein.
  • the language “substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of POLYX protein having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of chemical precursors or non-POLYX chemicals, more preferably less than about 20% chemical precursors or non-POLYX chemicals, still more preferably less than about 10% chemical precursors or non-POLYX chemicals, and most preferably less than about 5% chemical precursors or non-POLYX chemicals.
  • Biologically-active portions of a POLYX protein include peptides comprising amino acid sequences sufficiently homologous to or derived from the amino acid sequence of the
  • POLYX protein which include fewer amino acids than the full-length POLYX proteins, and exhibit at least one activity of a POLYX protein.
  • biologically-active portions comprise a domain or motif with at least one activity of the POLYX protein.
  • a biologically- active portion of a POLYX protein can be a polypeptide which is, for example, 10, 25, 50, 100 or more amino acids in length.
  • a biologically-active portion of a POLYX protein of the invention may contain at least one of the above-identified conserved domains.
  • other biologically active portions, in which other regions of the protein are deleted can be prepared by recombinant techniques and evaluated for one or more of the functional activities of a native POLYX protein.
  • the POLYX protein is a protein that comprises an amino acid sequence at least about 45% homologous, and more preferably about 55, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 98 or even 99% homologous to the amino acid sequence of any of SEQ ID NOs:
  • the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison pu ⁇ oses (e.g., gaps can be introduced in the sequence of a first amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment with a second amino or nucleic acid sequence).
  • the amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared.
  • a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are homologous at that position (i.e., as used herein amino acid or nucleic acid "homology” is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid "identity").
  • the nucleic acid sequence homology may be determined as the degree of identity between two sequences.
  • the homology may be determined using computer programs known in the art, such as GAP software provided in the GCG program package. See, Needleman and
  • sequence identity refers to the degree to which two polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences are identical on a residue-by-residue basis over a particular region of comparison.
  • percentage of sequence identity is calculated by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over that region of comparison, determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base (e.g., A, T, C, G, U, or I, in the case of nucleic acids) occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the region of comparison (i.e., the window size), and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.
  • substantially identical denotes a characteristic of a polynucleotide sequence, wherein the polynucleotide comprises a sequence that has at least 80 percent sequence identity, preferably at least 85 percent identity and often 90 to 95 percent sequence identity, more usually at least 99 percent sequence identity as compared to a reference sequence over a comparison region.
  • the invention also provides POLYX chimeric or fusion proteins. As used herein, a .
  • POLYX "chimeric protein” or "fusion protein” comprises a POLYX polypeptide operatively- linked to a non-POLYX polypeptide.
  • a POLYX fusion protein can correspond to all or a portion of a POLYX protein.
  • a POLYX fusion protein comprises at least one biologically-active portion of a POLYX protein.
  • a POLYX fusion protein comprises at least two biologically-active portions of a POLYX protein.
  • a POLYX fusion protein comprises at least three biologically-active portions of a POLYX protein.
  • the term "operatively-linked" is intended to indicate that the POLYX polypeptide and the non-POLYX polypeptide are fused in-frame with one another.
  • the non-POLYX polypeptide can be fused to the amino-terminus or carboxyl-terminus of the POLYX polypeptide.
  • the fusion protein is a GST-POL YX fusion protein in which the
  • POLYX sequences are fused to the carboxyl-terminus of the GST (glutathione S-transferase) sequences. Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant POLYX polypeptides.
  • the fusion protein is a POLYX protein containing a heterologous signal sequence at its amino-terminus.
  • expression and/or secretion of POLYX can be increased through use of a heterologous signal sequence.
  • the fusion protein is a POLYX-immunoglobulin fusion protein in which the POLYX sequences are fused to sequences derived from a member of the immunoglobulin protein family.
  • the POLYX-immunoglobulin fusion proteins of the invention can be inco ⁇ orated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject to inhibit an interaction between a POLYX ligand and a POLYX protein on the surface of a cell, to thereby suppress POLYX-mediated signal fransduction in vivo.
  • the POLYX- immunoglobulin fusion proteins can be used to affect the bioavailability of a POLYX cognate ligand.
  • Inhibition of the POLYX ligand/POLYX interaction may be useful therapeutically for both the treatment of proliferative and differentiative disorders, as well as modulating (e.g., promoting or inhibiting) cell survival.
  • the POLYX-immunoglobulin fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-POLYX antibodies in a subject, to purify POLYX ligands, and in screening assays to identify molecules that inhibit the interaction of POLYX with a POLYX ligand.
  • a POLYX chimeric or fusion protein of the invention can be produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques. For example, DNA fragments coding for the different polypeptide sequences are ligated together in-frame in accordance with conventional techniques, e.g., by employing blunt-ended or stagger-ended termini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide for appropriate termini, filling-in of cohesive ends as appropriate, alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, and enzymatic ligation.
  • the fusion gene can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers.
  • PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out using anchor primers that give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments that can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, e.g., Ausubel, et al. (eds.) CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, 1992).
  • anchor primers that give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments that can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence
  • expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide).
  • a POLYX-encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the POLYX protein.
  • the invention also pertains to variants of the POLYX proteins that function as either POLYX agonists (i.e., mimetics) or as POLYX antagonists.
  • Variants of the POLYX protein can be generated by mutagenesis (e.g., discrete point mutation or truncation of the POLYX protein).
  • An agonist of a POLYX protein can retain substantially the same, or a subset of, the biological activities of the naturally-occurring form of a POLYX protein.
  • POLYX protein can inhibit one or more of the activities of the naturally occurring form of a POLYX protein by, for example, competitively binding to a downstream or upstream member of a cellular signaling cascade which includes the POLYX protein.
  • specific biological effects can be elicited by treatment with a variant of limited function.
  • treatment of a subject with a variant having a subset of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the protein has fewer side effects in a subject relative to treatment with the naturally occurring form of the POLYX proteins.
  • Variants of the POLYX proteins that function as either POLYX agonists (i.e., mimetics) or as POLYX antagonists can be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants (e.g., truncation mutants) of the POLYX proteins for POLYX protein agonist or antagonist activity.
  • a variegated library of POLYX variants is generated by combinatorial mutagenesis at the nucleic acid level and is encoded by a variegated gene library.
  • a variegated library of POLYX variants can be produced by, for example, enzymatically-ligating a mixture of synthetic oligonucleotides into gene sequences such that a degenerate set of potential POLYX sequences is expressible as individual polypeptides, or alternatively, as a set of larger fusion proteins (e.g., for phage display) containing the set of POLYX sequences therein.
  • a degenerate set of potential POLYX sequences is expressible as individual polypeptides, or alternatively, as a set of larger fusion proteins (e.g., for phage display) containing the set of POLYX sequences therein.
  • degenerate set of genes allows for the provision, in one mixture, of all of the sequences encoding the desired set of potential POLYX sequences.
  • Methods for synthesizing degenerate oligonucleotides are well-known within the art. .See, e.g., Narang, 1983. Tetrahedron 39: 3; Itakura, et al, 1984. Annu. Rev. Biochem. 53: 323; Itakura, et al, 1984. Science 198: 1056; Ike, et al, 1983. Nucl Acids Res. 11 : 477.
  • libraries of fragments of the POLYX protein coding sequences can be used to generate a variegated population of POLYX fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of a POLYX protein.
  • a library of coding sequence fragments can be generated by treating a double-stranded PCR fragment of a POLYX coding sequence with a nuclease under conditions wherein nicking occurs only about once per molecule, denaturing the double stranded DNA, renaturing the DNA to form double-stranded
  • expression libraries can be derived which encodes amino-terminal and internal fragments of various sizes of the POLYX proteins.
  • Recursive ensemble mutagenesis (REM), a new technique that enhances the frequency of functional mutants in the libraries, can be used in combination with the screening assays to identify POLYX variants. See, e.g., Arkin and Yourvan, 1992. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 7811-7815; Delgrave, et al, 1993. Protein Engineering 6:327-331.
  • the invention encompasses antibodies and antibody fragments, such as F ab or (F a t > ) 2 , that bind immunospecifically to any of the POLYX polypeptides of said invention.
  • An isolated POLYX protein, or a portion or fragment thereof, can be used as an immunogen to generate antibodies that bind to POLYX polypeptides using standard techniques for polyclonal and monoclonal antibody preparation.
  • the full-length POLYX proteins can be used or, alternatively, the invention provides antigenic peptide fragments of POLYX proteins for use as immunogens.
  • the antigenic peptide comprises at least 6, 8, 10, 15, 20, or 30 amino acid residues. Longer antigenic peptides are sometimes preferable over shorter antigenic peptides, depending on use and according to methods well known to someone skilled in the art.
  • At least one epitope encompassed by the antigenic peptide is a region of POLYX that is located on the surface of the protein (e.g., a hydrophilic region).
  • hydropathy plots showing regions of hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity may be generated by any method well known in the art, including, for example, the Kyte-Doolittle or the Hopp- Woods methods, either with or without Fourier transformation (see, e.g., Hopp and Woods, 1981. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 78: 3824-3828; Kyte and Doolittle, 1982. J. Mol. Biol. 157: 105-142, each inco ⁇ orated herein by reference in their entirety).
  • antibody 13 may be utilized as immunogens in the generation of antibodies that immunospecifically -bind these protein components.
  • antibody refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically- active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically-binds (immunoreacts with) an antigen, such as POLY.
  • Such antibodies include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, single chain, F ab and F (ab')2 fragments, and an F a b expression library.
  • antibodies to human POLYX proteins are disclosed.
  • an appropriate immunogenic preparation can contain, for example, recombinantly-expressed POLYX protein or a chemically-synthesized POLYX polypeptide.
  • the preparation can further include an adjuvant.
  • adjuvants used to increase the immunological response include, but are not limited to, Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels (e.g., aluminum hydroxide), surface active substances (e.g., lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, dinitrophenol, etc.), human adjuvants such as Bacille Calmette-Guerin and Corynebacterium parvum, or similar immunostimulatory agents.
  • the antibody molecules directed against POLYX can be isolated from the mammal (e.g., from the blood) and further purified by well known techniques, such as protein A chromatography to obtain the IgG fraction.
  • monoclonal antibody or “monoclonal antibody composition”, as used herein, refers to a population of antibody molecules that contain only one species of an antigen binding site capable of immunoreacting with a particular epitope of POLY.
  • a monoclonal antibody composition thus typically displays a single binding affinity for a particular POLYX protein with which it immunoreacts.
  • any technique that provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell line culture may be utilized. Such techniques include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique (see, e.g., Kohler & Milstein, 1975.
  • techniques can be adapted for the production of single-chain antibodies specific to a POLYX protein (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778).
  • methods can be adapted for the construction of F ab expression libraries (see, e.g.,
  • Non-human antibodies can be "humanized” by techniques well known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,225,539.
  • Antibody fragments that contain the idiotypes to a POLYX protein may be produced by techniques known in the art including, but not limited to: ( ) an F (S ') fragment produced by pepsin digestion of an antibody molecule; (ii) an F ab fragment generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of an F( a b')2 fragment; (Hi) an F ab fragment generated by the treatment of the antibody molecule with papain and a reducing agent and (iv) F v fragments.
  • recombinant anti-POLYX antibodies such as chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies, comprising both human and non-human portions, which can be made using standard recombinant DNA techniques, are within the scope of the invention.
  • Such chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art, for example using methods described in International Application No. PCT/US 86/02269; European Patent Application No. 184,187; European Patent
  • methods for the screening of antibodies that possess the desired specificity include, but are not limited to, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and other immunologically-mediated techniques known within the art.
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
  • selection of antibodies that are specific to a particular domain of a POLYX protein is facilitated by generation of hybridomas that bind to the fragment of a POLYX protein possessing such a domain.
  • antibodies that are specific for a desired domain within a POLYX protein, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof, are also provided herein.
  • Anti-POLYX antibodies may be used in methods known within the art relating to the localization and/or quantitation of a POLYX protein (e.g., for use in measuring levels of the POLYX protein within appropriate physiological samples, for use in diagnostic methods, for use in imaging the protein, and the like).
  • antibodies for POLYX proteins, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof, that contain the antibody derived binding domain are utilized as pharmacologically-active compounds (hereinafter "Therapeutics").
  • An anti-POLYX antibody e.g., monoclonal antibody
  • An anti-POLYX antibody can be used to isolate a POLYX polypeptide by standard techniques, such as affinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation.
  • An anti-POLYX antibody can facilitate the purification of natural POLYX polypeptide from cells and of recombinantly-produced POLYX polypeptide expressed in host cells. Moreover, an anti-POLYX antibody can be used to detect POLYX protein (e.g., in a cellular lysate or cell supernatant) in order to evaluate the abundance and pattern of expression of the POLYX protein. Anti-POLYX antibodies can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in tissue as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to, for example, determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen. Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a detectable substance.
  • detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, and radioactive materials.
  • suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, ⁇ -galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase;
  • suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin;
  • suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin;
  • an example of a luminescent material includes luminol;
  • bioluminescent materials include
  • radioactive material examples include I, ,3 T, 35 S or 3 H.
  • vectors preferably expression vectors, containing a nucleic acid encoding a POLYX protein, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof.
  • vector refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked.
  • vector is a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked.
  • Plasmid which refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments can be ligated.
  • a viral vector Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein additional DNA segments can be ligated into the viral genome.
  • Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors). Other vectors (e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors) are integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome.
  • certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively-linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as "expression vectors". In general, expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids.
  • plasmid and "vector” can be used interchangeably, as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector.
  • the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
  • viral vectors e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses
  • the recombinant expression vectors of the invention comprise a nucleic acid of the invention in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell, which means that the recombinant expression vectors include one or more regulatory sequences, selected on the basis of the host cells to be used for expression, that is operatively-linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed.
  • "operably-linked" is intended to mean that the nucleotide sequence of interest is linked to the regulatory sequence(s) in a manner that allows for expression of the nucleotide sequence (e.g., in an in vitro transcription translation system or in a host cell when the vector is introduced into the host cell).
  • regulatory sequence is intended to includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals). Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA (1990). Regulatory sequences include those that direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence in many types of host cell and those that direct expression of the nucleotide sequence only in certain host cells (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory sequences). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of the expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, etc.
  • the expression vectors of the invention can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or peptides, including fusion proteins or peptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein (e.g., POLYX proteins, mutant forms of POLYX proteins, fusion proteins, etc.).
  • the recombinant expression vectors of the invention can be designed for expression of
  • POLYX proteins in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells can be expressed in bacterial cells such as Escherichia coli, insect cells (using baculovirus expression vectors) yeast cells or mammalian cells. Suitable host cells are discussed further in Goeddel, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990).
  • the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T 7 promoter regulatory sequences and T polymerase.
  • Fusion vectors add a number of amino acids to a protein encoded therein, usually to the amino terminus of the recombinant protein.
  • Such fusion vectors typically serve three pu ⁇ oses: (i) to increase expression of recombinant protein; (ii) to increase the solubility of the recombinant protein; and (Hi) to aid in the purification of the recombinant protein by acting as a ligand in affinity purification.
  • a proteolytic cleavage site is introduced at the junction of the fusion moiety and the recombinant protein to enable separation of the recombinant protein from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification of the fusion protein.
  • enzymes, and their cognate recognition sequences include Factor X a , thrombin, and enterokinase.
  • Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith and Johnson, 1988.
  • GST glutathione S-transferase
  • suitable inducible non-fusion Escherichia coli expression vectors include pTrc (Amrann et al, (1988) Gene 69:301-315) and pET 1 Id (Studier, et al, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif (1990) 60-89).
  • One strategy to maximize recombinant protein expression in Escherichia coli is to express the protein in a host bacteria with an impaired capacity to proteolytically-cleave the recombinant protein. See, e.g., Gottesman, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990) 119-128.
  • Another strategy is to alter the nucleic acid sequence of the nucleic acid to be inserted into an expression vector so that the individual codons for each amino acid are those preferentially utilized in Escherichia coli (see, e.g., Wada, et al, 1992. Nucl Acids Res. 20: 2111-21 18). Such alteration of nucleic acid sequences of the invention can be carried out by standard DNA synthesis techniques.
  • the POLYX expression vector is a yeast expression vector.
  • yeast expression vectors for expression in yeast Saccharomyces cerivisae include pYepSecl (Baldari, et al, 1987. EMBO J. 6: 229-234), pMFa (Kurjan and Herskowitz, 1982. Cell 30:
  • POLYX can be expressed in insect cells using baculovirus expression vectors.
  • Baculovirus vectors available for expression of proteins in cultured insect cells include the pAc series (Smith, et al, 1983. Mol. Cell. Biol. 3: 2156-2165) and the pVL series (Lucklow and Summers, 1989. Virology 170: 31-39).
  • a nucleic acid of the invention is expressed in mammalian cells using a mammalian expression vector.
  • mammalian expression vectors include pCDM8 (Seed, 1987. Nature 329: 840) and pMT2PC (Kaufinan, et al, 1987. EMBO J. 6: 187-195).
  • the expression vector's control functions are often provided by viral regulatory elements.
  • commonly used promoters are derived from polyoma, adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus, and simian virus 40.
  • the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression of the nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid).
  • tissue-specific regulatory elements are known in the art.
  • suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; see, Pinkert, et al, 1987. Genes Dev.
  • lymphoid-specific promoters see, Calame and Eaton, 1988. Adv. Immunol. 43: 235-275
  • promoters of T cell receptors see, Winoto and Baltimore, 1989. EMBO J. 8: 729-733
  • immunoglobulins see, Banerji, et al, 1983. Cell 33: 729-740; Queen and Baltimore, 1983. Cell 33: 741-748
  • neuron-specific promoters e.g., the neurofilament promoter; see, Byrne and Ruddle, 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • pancreas-specific promoters see, Edlund, et al, 1985. Science 230: 912-916
  • mammary gland-specific promoters e.g., milk whey promoter; U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,316 and European Application Publication No. 264,166
  • Developmentally-regulated promoters are also encompassed, e.g., the murine hox promoters (Kessel and Gruss, 1990. Science 249: 374-379) and the ⁇ -fetoprotein promoter (see, Campes and Tilghman, 1989. Genes Dev. 3: 537-546).
  • the invention further provides a recombinant expression vector comprising a DNA molecule of the invention cloned into the expression vector in an antisense orientation. That is, the DNA molecule is operatively-linked to a regulatory sequence in a manner that allows for expression (by transcription of the DNA molecule) of an RNA molecule that is antisense to POLYX mRNA.
  • Regulatory sequences operatively linked to a nucleic acid cloned in the antisense orientation can be chosen that direct the continuous expression of the antisense RNA molecule in a variety of cell types, for instance viral promoters and/or enhancers, or regulatory sequences can be chosen that direct constitutive, tissue specific or cell type specific expression of antisense RNA.
  • the antisense expression vector can be in the form of a recombinant plasmid, phagemid or attenuated virus in which antisense nucleic acids are produced under the control of a high efficiency regulatory region, the activity of which can be determined by the cell type into which the vector is introduced.
  • a high efficiency regulatory region the activity of which can be determined by the cell type into which the vector is introduced.
  • host cell and "recombinant host cell” are used interchangeably herein. It is understood that such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but also to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.
  • a host cell can be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell.
  • POLYX protein can be expressed in bacterial cells such as Escherichia coli, insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells).
  • bacterial cells such as Escherichia coli, insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells).
  • CHO Chinese hamster ovary cells
  • COS cells Chinese hamster ovary cells
  • Vector DNA can be introduced into prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques.
  • transformation and “transfection” are intended to refer to a variety of art-recognized techniques for introducing foreign nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation. Suitable methods for transforming or transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook, et al. (MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL. 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989), and other laboratory manuals.
  • a gene that encodes a selectable marker (e.g., resistance to antibiotics) is generally introduced into the host cells along with the gene of interest.
  • selectable markers include those that confer resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin, and methotrexate.
  • Nucleic acid encoding a selectable marker can be introduced into a host cell on the same vector as that encoding POLYX or can be introduced on a separate vector. Cells stably-transfected with the introduced nucleic acid can be identified by drug selection (e.g., cells that have inco ⁇ orated the selectable marker gene will survive, while the other cells die).
  • a host cell of the invention such as a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell in culture, can be used to produce (i.e., express) POLYX protein.
  • the invention further provides methods for producing POLYX protein using the host cells of the invention.
  • the method comprises culturing the host cell of invention (i.e., into which a recombinant expression vector encoding POLYX protein has been introduced) in a suitable medium such that POLYX protein is produced.
  • the method further comprises isolating POLYX protein from the medium or the host cell.
  • the host cells of the invention can also be used to produce non-human transgenic animals.
  • a host cell of the invention is a fertilized oocyte or an embryonic stem cell into which POLYX protein-coding sequences have been introduced. These host cells can then be used to create non-human transgenic animals in which exogenous POLYX sequences have been introduced into their genome or homologous recombinant animals in which endogenous POLYX sequences have been altered. Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of POLYX protein and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of POLYX protein activity.
  • transgenic animal is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more of the cells of the animal includes a transgene.
  • rodent such as a rat or mouse
  • transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, etc.
  • a transgene is exogenous DNA that is integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic animal develops and that remains in the genome of the mature animal, thereby directing the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic animal.
  • a "homologous recombinant animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a mouse, in which an endogenous POLYX gene has been altered by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell of the animal, prior to development of the animal.
  • a transgenic animal of the invention can be created by introducing POLYX-encoding nucleic acid into the male pronuclei of a fertilized oocyte (e.g., by micro-injection, retroviral infection) and allowing the oocyte to develop in a pseudopregnant female foster animal.
  • a non- human homologue of the human POLYX gene such as a mouse POLYX gene, can be isolated based on hybridization to the human POLYX cDNA (described further supra) and used as a transgene.
  • Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression of the transgene.
  • a tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably-linked to the POLYX transgene to direct expression of POLYX protein to particular cells.
  • transgenic founder animal can be identified based upon the presence of the POLYX transgene in its genome and/or expression of POLYX mRNA in tissues or cells of the animals. A transgenic founder animal can then be used to breed additional animals carrying the transgene. Moreover, transgenic animals carrying a transgene-encoding POLYX protein can further be bred to other transgenic animals carrying other transgenes.
  • a vector which contains at least a portion of a POLYX gene into which a deletion, addition or substitution has been introduced to thereby alter, e.g., functionally disrupt, the POLYX gene.
  • the POLYX gene can be a human gene (e.g., the cDNA of SEQ ID NO:2 «-l (wherein n - 1 to 13)), but more preferably, is a non-human homologue of a human POLYX gene.
  • the vector is designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous POLYX gene is functionally disrupted (i.e., no longer encodes a functional protein; also referred to as a "knock out" vector).
  • the vector can be designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous POLYX gene is mutated or otherwise altered but still encodes functional protein (e.g., the upstream regulatory region can be altered to thereby alter the expression of the endogenous POLYX protein).
  • the altered portion of the POLYX gene is flanked at its 5'- and 3'-termini by additional nucleic acid of the POLYX gene to allow for homologous recombination to occur between the exogenous POLYX gene carried by the vector and an endogenous POLYX gene in an embryonic stem cell.
  • flanking POLYX nucleic acid is of sufficient length for successful homologous recombination with the endogenous gene.
  • flanking DNA both at the 5'- and 3 '-termini
  • the vector is ten introduced into an embryonic stem cell line (e.g., by electroporation) and cells in which the introduced POLYX gene has homologously-recombined with the endogenous POLYX gene are selected. See, e.g., Li, et al, 1992. Cell 69: 915.
  • the selected cells are then micro-injected into a blastocyst of an animal (e.g., a mouse) to form aggregation chimeras.
  • an animal e.g., a mouse
  • a chimeric embryo can then be implanted into a suitable pseudopregnant female foster animal and the embryo brought to term.
  • Progeny harboring the homologously-recombined DNA in their germ cells can be used to breed animals in which all cells of the animal contain the homologously-recombined DNA by germline transmission of the transgene.
  • transgenic non-human animals can be produced that contain selected systems that allow for regulated expression of the transgene.
  • a system is the cre/loxP recombinase system of bacteriophage PI.
  • cre/loxP recombinase system See, e.g., Lakso, et al, 1992. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 6232-6236.
  • FLP recombinase system of Saccharomyces cerevisiae. See, O'Gorman, et al. , 1991. Science 251:1351-1355.
  • mice containing transgenes encoding both the Cre recombinase and a selected protein are required.
  • Such animals can be provided through the construction of "double" transgenic animals, e.g., by mating two transgenic animals, one containing a transgene encoding a selected protein and the other containing a transgene encoding a recombinase.
  • Clones of the non-human transgenic animals described herein can also be produced according to the methods described in Wilmut, et al, 1997. Nature 385: 810-813.
  • a cell e.g., a somatic cell
  • the quiescent cell can then be fused, e.g., through the use of electrical pulses, to an enucleated oocyte from an animal of the same species from which the quiescent cell is isolated.
  • the reconstructed oocyte is then cultured such that it develops to morula or blastocyte, and then transferred to pseudopregnant female foster animal.
  • the offspring borne of this female foster animal will be a clone of the animal from which the cell (e.g., the somatic cell) is isolated.
  • compositions suitable for administration can be inco ⁇ orated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration.
  • compositions typically comprise the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and abso ⁇ tion delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration.
  • Suitable carriers are described in the most recent edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, a standard reference text in the field, which is inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • Preferred examples of such carriers or diluents include, but are not limited to, water, saline, finger's solutions, dextrose solution, and 5% human serum albumin.
  • Liposomes and other non-aqueous (i.e., lipophilic) vehicles such as fixed oils may also be used.
  • the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be inco ⁇ orated into the compositions.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
  • routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (i.e., topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration.
  • Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates, and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose.
  • the pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
  • compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
  • suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringeability exists.
  • the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof.
  • the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
  • Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition.
  • Prolonged abso ⁇ tion of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays abso ⁇ tion, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by inco ⁇ orating the active compound (e.g., a POLYX protein or anti-POLYX antibody) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
  • the active compound e.g., a POLYX protein or anti-POLYX antibody
  • dispersions are prepared by inco ⁇ orating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
  • methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
  • Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the pu ⁇ ose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be inco ⁇ orated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
  • the tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
  • a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin
  • an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch
  • a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes
  • a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide
  • the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
  • Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means.
  • penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation.
  • penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives.
  • Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories.
  • the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
  • the compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
  • suppositories e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides
  • retention enemas for rectal delivery.
  • the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • the materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Co ⁇ oration and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
  • Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811.
  • Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
  • the nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be inserted into vectors and used as gene therapy vectors.
  • Gene therapy vectors can be delivered to a subject by, for example, intravenous injection, local administration (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,328,470) or by stereotactic injection (see, e.g., Chen, et al, 1994. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91 : 3054-3057).
  • the pharmaceutical preparation of the gene therapy vector can include the gene therapy vector in an acceptable diluent, or can comprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded.
  • the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells that produce the gene delivery system.
  • compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
  • nucleic acid molecules, proteins, protein homologues, and antibodies described herein can be used in one or more of the following methods: (i) screening assays; (ii) detection assays (e.g., chromosomal mapping, cell and tissue typing, forensic biology), (Hi) predictive medicine (e.g. , diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, monitoring clinical trials, and pharmacogenomics); and (iv) methods of treatment (e.g., therapeutic and prophylactic).
  • detection assays e.g., chromosomal mapping, cell and tissue typing, forensic biology
  • predictive medicine e.g. , diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, monitoring clinical trials, and pharmacogenomics
  • methods of treatment e.g., therapeutic and prophylactic.
  • the isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can be used to express POLYX protein (e.g., via a recombinant expression vector in a host cell in gene therapy applications), to detect POLYX mRNA (e.g., in a biological sample) or a genetic lesion in an POLYX gene, and to modulate POLYX activity, as described further, infra.
  • the POLYX proteins can be used to screen drugs or compounds that modulate the POLYX protein activity or expression as well as to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of POLYX protein or production of POLYX protein forms that have decreased or aberrant activity compared to POLYX wild-type protein.
  • the anti-POLYX antibodies of the present invention can be used to detect and isolate POLYX proteins and modulate POLYX activity.
  • the invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the screening assays described herein and uses thereof for treatments as described, supra.
  • the invention provides a method (also referred to herein as a "screening assay") for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules or other drugs) that bind to POLYX proteins or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, e.g., POLYX protein expression or POLYX protein activity.
  • modulators i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules or other drugs) that bind to POLYX proteins or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, e.g., POLYX protein expression or POLYX protein activity.
  • agents e.g., peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules or other drugs
  • the invention also includes compounds identified in the screening assays described herein.
  • the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which bind to or modulate the activity of the membrane-bound form of a POLYX protein or polypeptide or biologically-active portion thereof.
  • the test compounds of the invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the "one-bead one-compound” library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection.
  • the biological library approach is limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds. See, e.g., Lam, 1997. Anticancer Drug Design 12: 145.
  • a "small molecule” as used herein, is meant to refer to a composition that has a molecular weight of less than about 5 kD and most preferably less than about 4 kD.
  • Small molecules can be, e.g., nucleic acids, peptides, polypeptides, peptidomimetics, carbohydrates, lipids or other organic or inorganic molecules.
  • Libraries of chemical and/or biological mixtures, such as fungal, bacterial, or algal extracts, are known in the art and can be screened with any of the assays of the invention.
  • an assay is a cell-based assay in which a cell which expresses a membrane-bound form of POLYX protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to a POLYX protein determined.
  • the cell for example, can of mammalian origin or a yeast cell.
  • Determining the ability of the test compound to bind to the POLYX protein can be accomplished, for example, by coupling the test compound with a radioisotope or enzymatic label such that binding of the test compound to the POLYX protein or biologically-active portion thereof can be determined by detecting the labeled compound in a complex.
  • test compounds can be labeled with 125 1, 35 S, 14 C, or 3 H, either directly or indirectly, and the radioisotope detected by direct counting of radioemission or by scintillation counting.
  • test compounds can be enzymatically-labeled with, for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase, and the enzymatic label detected by determination of conversion of an appropriate substrate to product.
  • the assay comprises contacting a cell which expresses a membrane-bound form of POLYX protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface with a known compound which binds POLYX to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a POLYX protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a POLYX protein comprises determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to POLYX protein or a biologically-active portion thereof as compared to the known compound.
  • an assay is a cell-based assay comprising contacting a cell expressing a membrane-bound form of POLYX protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to modulate (e.g., stimulate or inhibit) the activity of the POLYX protein or biologically-active portion thereof. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of POLYX or a biologically-active portion thereof can be accomplished, for example, by determining the ability of the POLYX protein to bind to or interact with a test compound.
  • a "target molecule” is a molecule with which a POLYX protein binds or interacts in nature, for example, a molecule on the surface of a cell which expresses a POLYX interacting protein, a molecule on the surface of a second cell, a molecule in the extracellular milieu, a molecule associated with the internal surface of a cell membrane or a cytoplasmic molecule.
  • An POLYX target molecule can be a non-POLYX molecule or a POLYX protein or polypeptide of the invention.
  • a POLYX target molecule is a component of a signal fransduction pathway that facilitates fransduction of an extracellular signal (e.g.
  • the target for example, can be a second intercellular protein that has catalytic activity or a protein that facilitates the association of downstream signaling molecules with POLY.
  • Determining the ability of the POLYX protein to bind to or interact with a POLYX target molecule can be accomplished by one of the methods described above for determining direct binding. In one embodiment, determining the ability of the POLYX protein to bind to or interact with a POLYX target molecule can be accomplished by determining the activity of the target molecule. For example, the activity of the target molecule can be determined by detecting induction of a cellular second messenger of the target (i.e.
  • an assay of the invention is a cell-free assay comprising contacting a POLYX protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to bind to the POLYX protein or biologically- active portion thereof.
  • Binding of the test compound to the POLYX protein can be determined either directly or indirectly as described above.
  • the assay comprises contacting the POLYX protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a known compound which binds POLYX to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a POLYX protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a POLYX protein comprises determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to
  • an assay is a cell-free assay comprising contacting POLYX protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to modulate (e.g. stimulate or inhibit) the activity of the POLYX protein or biologically-active portion thereof. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of POLYX can be accomplished, for example, by determining the ability of the POLYX protein to bind to a POLYX target molecule by one of the methods described above for determining direct binding. In an alternative embodiment, determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of POLYX protein can be accomplished by determining the ability of the POLYX protein further modulate a POLYX target molecule. For example, the catalytic/enzymatic activity of the target molecule on an appropriate substrate can be determined as described, supra.
  • the cell-free assay comprises contacting the POLYX protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a known compound which binds POLYX protein to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a POLYX protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a POLYX protein comprises determining the ability of the POLYX protein to preferentially bind to or modulate the activity of a POLYX target molecule.
  • the cell-free assays of the invention are amenable to use of both the soluble form or the membrane-bound form of POLYX protein.
  • solubilizing agents include non-ionic detergents such as n-octylglucoside, n-dodecylglucoside, n-dodecylmaltoside, octanoyl-N-methylglucamide, decanoyl-N-methylglucamide, Triton ® X-100, Triton ® X-114, Thesit ® , Isotridecypoly(ethylene glycol ether) n , N-dodecyl— N,N-dimethyl-3-ammonio-l -propane sulfonate, 3-(3-cholamidopropyl) dimethylamminiol-1 -propane sulfonate (CHAPS), or 3-(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminiol-2-hydroxy-l -propane sulfonate (CHAPSO).
  • non-ionic detergents such as n-oct
  • binding of a test compound to POLYX protein, or interaction of POLYX protein with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and micro-centrifuge tubes.
  • a fusion protein can be provided that adds a domain that allows one or both of the proteins to be bound to a matrix.
  • GST-POLYX fusion proteins or GST-target fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, MO) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, that are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or POLYX protein, and the mixture is incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components, the matrix immobilized in the case of beads, complex determined either directly or indirectly, for example, as described, supra. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of POLYX protein binding or activity determined using standard techniques.
  • POLYX protein or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques well-known within the art (e.g., biotinylation kit,
  • modulators of POLYX protein expression are identified in a method wherein a cell is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of POLYX mRNA or protein in the cell is determined. The level of expression of POLYX mRNA or protein in the presence of the candidate compound is compared to the level of expression of
  • POLYX mRNA or protein in the absence of the candidate compound can then be identified as a modulator of POLYX mRNA or protein expression based upon this comparison. For example, when expression of POLYX mRNA or protein is greater (i.e., statistically significantly greater) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of POLYX mRNA or protein expression. Alternatively, when expression of POLYX mRNA or protein is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of POLYX mRNA or protein expression.
  • the level of POLYX mRNA or protein expression in the cells can be determined by methods described herein for detecting POLYX mRNA or protein.
  • the POLYX proteins can be used as "bait proteins" in a two-hybrid assay or three hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,283,317; Zervos, et al, 1993. Ce// 72: 223-232; Madura, et al, 1993. J. Biol Chem. 268: 12046-12054; Bartel, et al, 1993. Biotechniques 14: 920-924; Iwabuchi, et al, 1993. Oncogene 8: 1693-1696; and Brent WO 94/10300), to identify other proteins that bind to or interact with
  • POLYX-binding proteins or "POLYX-bp" and modulate POLYX activity.
  • POLYX -binding proteins are also likely to be involved in the propagation of signals by the POLYX proteins as, for example, upstream or downstream elements of the POLYX pathway.
  • the two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains.
  • the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs.
  • the gene that codes for POLYX is fused to a gene encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4).
  • a DNA sequence, from a library of DNA sequences, that encodes an unidentified protein (“prey" or "sample”) is fused to a gene that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor.
  • the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close POLYX imity.
  • This POLYX imity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., LacZ) that is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the cloned gene that encodes the protein which interacts with POLY.
  • a reporter gene e.g., LacZ
  • the invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the aforementioned screening assays and uses thereof for treatments as described herein.
  • Portions or fragments of the cDNA sequences identified herein can be used in numerous ways as polynucleotide reagents.
  • these sequences can be used to: (/) map their respective genes on a chromosome; and, thus, locate gene regions associated with genetic disease; (ii) identify an individual from a minute biological sample (tissue typing); and (Hi) aid in forensic identification of a biological sample.
  • this sequence can be used to map the location of the gene on a chromosome.
  • This process is called chromosome mapping.
  • portions or fragments of the POLYX sequences shown in SEQ ID NO:2 «-l (wherein n - 1 to 13), or fragments or derivatives thereof, can be used to map the location of the POLYX genes, respectively, on a chromosome.
  • POLYX sequences to chromosomes is an important first step in correlating these sequences with genes associated with disease.
  • POLYX genes can be mapped to chromosomes by preparing PCR primers (preferably 15-25 bp in length) from the POLYX sequences. Computer analysis of the POLY, sequences can be used to rapidly select primers that do not span more than one exon in the genomic DNA, thus complicating the amplification process. These primers can then be used for PCR screening of somatic cell hybrids containing individual human chromosomes. Only those hybrids containing the human gene corresponding to the POLYX sequences will yield an amplified fragment.
  • Somatic cell hybrids are prepared by fusing somatic cells from different mammals
  • human and mouse cells As hybrids of human and mouse cells grow and divide, they gradually lose human chromosomes in random order, but retain the mouse chromosomes. By using media in which mouse cells cannot grow, because they lack a particular enzyme, but in which human cells can, the one human chromosome that contains the gene encoding the needed enzyme will be retained. By using various media, panels of hybrid cell lines can be established. Each cell line in a panel contains either a single human chromosome or a small number of human chromosomes, and a full set of mouse chromosomes, allowing easy mapping of individual genes to specific human chromosomes. See, e.g., D'Eustachio, et al, 1983. Science 220: 919-924. Somatic cell hybrids containing only fragments of human chromosomes can also be produced by using human chromosomes with translocations and deletions.
  • PCR mapping of somatic cell hybrids is a rapid procedure for assigning a particular sequence to a particular chromosome. Three or more sequences can be assigned per day using a single thermal cycler. Using the POLYX sequences to design oligonucleotide primers, sub- localization can be achieved with panels of fragments from specific chromosomes.
  • Fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) of a DNA sequence to a metaphase chromosomal spread can further be used to provide a precise chromosomal location in one step.
  • Chromosome spreads can be made using cells whose division has been blocked in metaphase by a chemical like colcemid that disrupts the mitotic spindle.
  • the chromosomes can be treated briefly with trypsin, and then stained with Giemsa. A pattern of light and dark bands develops on each chromosome, so that the chromosomes can be identified individually.
  • the FISH technique can be used with a DNA sequence as short as 500 or 600 bases.
  • clones larger than 1,000 bases have a higher likelihood of binding to a unique chromosomal location with sufficient signal intensity for simple detection.
  • 1,000 bases, and more preferably 2,000 bases will suffice to get good results at a reasonable amount of time.
  • Reagents for chromosome mapping can be used individually to mark a single chromosome or a single site on that chromosome, or panels of reagents can be used for marking multiple sites and/or multiple chromosomes. Reagents corresponding to non-coding regions of the genes actually are preferred for mapping pu ⁇ oses. Coding sequences are more likely to be conserved within gene families, thus increasing the chance of cross hybridizations during chromosomal mapping.
  • differences in the D ⁇ A sequences between individuals affected and unaffected with a disease associated with the POLYX gene can be determined. If a mutation is observed in some or all of the affected individuals but not in any unaffected individuals, then the mutation is likely to be the causative agent of the particular disease. Comparison of affected and unaffected individuals generally involves first looking for structural alterations in the chromosomes, such as deletions or translocations that are visible from chromosome spreads or detectable using PCR based on that D ⁇ A sequence. Ultimately, complete sequencing of genes from several individuals can be performed to confirm the presence of a mutation and to distinguish mutations from polymo ⁇ hisms.
  • the POLYX sequences of the invention can also be used to identify individuals from minute biological samples.
  • an individual's genomic D ⁇ A is digested with one or more restriction enzymes, and probed on a Southern blot to yield unique bands for identification.
  • the sequences of the invention are useful as additional D ⁇ A markers for RFLP ("restriction fragment length polymo ⁇ hisms," as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,272,057).
  • sequences of the invention can be used to provide an alternative technique that determines the actual base-by-base DNA sequence of selected portions of an individual's genome.
  • the POLYX sequences described herein can be used to prepare two PCR primers from the 5'- and 3'-termini of the sequences. These primers can then be used to amplify an individual's DNA and subsequently sequence it.
  • Panels of corresponding DNA sequences from individuals, prepared in this manner, can provide unique individual identifications, as each individual will have a unique set of such DNA sequences due to allelic differences.
  • the sequences of the invention can be used to obtain such identification sequences from individuals and from tissue.
  • the POLYX sequences of the invention uniquely represent portions of the human genome. Allelic variation occurs to some degree in the coding regions of these sequences, and to a greater degree in the non- coding regions. It is estimated that allelic variation between individual humans occurs with a frequency of about once per each 500 bases. Much of the allelic variation is due to single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hisms (SNPs), which include restriction fragment length polymo ⁇ hisms (RFLPs).
  • SNPs single nucleotide polymo ⁇ hisms
  • RFLPs restriction fragment length polymo ⁇ hisms
  • each of the sequences described herein can, to some degree, be used as a standard against which DNA from an individual can be compared for identification pu ⁇ oses. Because greater numbers of polymo ⁇ hisms occur in the non-coding regions, fewer sequences are necessary to differentiate individuals.
  • DNA-based identification techniques can also be used in forensic biology. Forensic biology is a scientific field employing genetic typing of biological evidence found at a crime scene as a means for positively identifying, e.g., a pe ⁇ etrator of a crime.
  • PCR technology can be used to amplify DNA sequences taken from very small biological samples such as tissues (e.g., hair or skin, or body fluids, e.g., blood, saliva, or semen found at a crime scene). The amplified sequence can then be compared to a standard, thereby allowing identification of the origin of the biological sample.
  • sequences of the invention can be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., PCR primers, targeted to specific loci in the human genome, that can enhance the reliability of
  • DNA-based forensic identifications by, for example, providing another "identification marker” (i.e. another DNA sequence that is unique to a particular individual).
  • another "identification marker” i.e. another DNA sequence that is unique to a particular individual.
  • actual base sequence information can be used for identification as an accurate alternative to patterns formed by restriction enzyme generated fragments.
  • Sequences targeted to non-coding regions of SEQ ID NO:2 «-l are particularly appropriate for this use as greater numbers of polymo ⁇ hisms occur in the non-coding regions, making it easier to differentiate individuals using this technique.
  • the POLYX sequences described herein can further be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., labeled or label-able probes that can be used, for example, in an in situ hybridization technique, to identify a specific tissue (e.g., brain tissue, etc). This can be very useful in cases where a forensic pathologist is presented with a tissue of unknown origin. Panels of such POLYX probes can be used to identify tissue by species and/or by organ type.
  • these reagents e.g., POLYX primers or probes can be used to screen tissue culture for contamination (i.e., screen for the presence of a mixture of different types of cells in a culture).
  • the invention also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, pharmacogenomics, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic (predictive) pu ⁇ oses to thereby treat an individual prophylactically.
  • diagnostic assays for determining POLYX protein and/or nucleic acid expression as well as POLYX activity, in the context of a biological sample (e.g., blood, serum, cells, tissue) to thereby determine whether an individual is afflicted with a disease or disorder, or is at risk of developing a disorder, associated with aberrant POLYX expression or activity.
  • the invention also provides for prognostic (or predictive) assays for determining whether an individual is at risk of developing a disorder associated with POLYX protein, nucleic acid expression or activity. For example, mutations in a POLYX gene can be assayed in a biological sample. Such assays can be used for prognostic or predictive pu ⁇ ose to thereby prophylactically treat an individual prior to the onset of a disorder characterized by or associated with POLYX protein, nucleic acid expression, or biological activity.
  • Another aspect of the invention provides methods for determining POLYX protein, nucleic acid expression or activity in an individual to thereby select appropriate therapeutic or prophylactic agents for that individual (referred to herein as "pharmacogenomics").
  • Pharmacogenomics allows for the selection of agents (e.g., drugs) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of an individual based on the genotype of the individual (e.g., the genotype of the individual examined to determine the ability of the individual to respond to a particular agent.)
  • agents e.g., drugs
  • Yet another aspect of the invention pertains to monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs, compounds) on the expression or activity of POLYX in clinical trials.
  • agents e.g., drugs, compounds
  • An exemplary method for detecting the presence or absence of POLYX in a biological sample involves obtaining a biological sample from a test subject and contacting the biological sample with a compound or an agent capable of detecting POLYX protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) that encodes POLYX protein such that the presence of POLYX is detected in the biological sample.
  • a compound or an agent capable of detecting POLYX protein or nucleic acid e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA
  • An agent for detecting POLYX mRNA or genomic DNA is a labeled nucleic acid probe capable of hybridizing to POLYX mRNA or genomic DNA.
  • a portion thereof such as an oligonucleotide of at least 15, 30, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to specifically hybridize under stringent conditions to POLYX mRNA or genomic DNA.
  • Other suitable probes for use in the diagnostic assays of the invention are described herein.
  • An agent for detecting POLYX protein is an antibody capable of binding to POLYX protein, preferably an antibody with a detectable label.
  • Antibodies can be polyclonal, or more preferably, monoclonal. An intact antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., F ab or F( ab ) 2 ) can be used.
  • the term "labeled", with regard to the probe or antibody is intended to encompass direct labeling of the probe or antibody by coupling (i.e., physically linking) a detectable substance to the probe or antibody, as well as indirect labeling of the probe or antibody by reactivity with another reagent that is directly labeled.
  • Examples of indirect labeling include detection of a primary antibody using a fluorescently-labeled secondary antibody and end-labeling of a DNA probe with biotin such that it can be detected with fluorescently-labeled streptavidin.
  • biological sample is intended to include tissues, cells and biological fluids isolated from a subject, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present within a subject. That is, the detection method of the invention can be used to detect POLYX mRNA, protein, or genomic DNA in a biological sample in vitro as well as in vivo.
  • in vitro techniques for detection of POLYX mRNA include Northern hybridizations and in situ hybridizations.
  • In vitro techniques for detection of POLYX protein include enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), Western blots, immunoprecipitations, and immuno fluorescence.
  • In vitro techniques for detection of POLYX genomic DNA include Southern hybridizations.
  • in vivo techniques for detection of POLYX protein include introducing into a subject a labeled anti-POLYX antibody.
  • the antibody can be labeled with a radioactive marker whose presence and location in a subject can be detected by standard imaging techniques.
  • the biological sample contains protein molecules from the test subject.
  • the biological sample can contain mRNA molecules from the test subject or genomic DNA molecules from the test subject.
  • a preferred biological sample is a peripheral blood leukocyte sample isolated by conventional means from a subject.
  • the methods further involve obtaining a control biological sample from a control subject, contacting the control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting POLYX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA, such that the presence of POLYX protein, mRNA or genomic DNA is detected in the biological sample, and comparing the presence of POLYX protein, mRNA or genomic DNA in the control sample with the presence of POLYX protein, mRNA or genomic DNA in the test sample.
  • kits for detecting the presence of POLYX in a biological sample can comprise: a labeled compound or agent capable of detecting POLYX protein or mRNA in a biological sample; means for determining the amount of POLYX in the sample; and means for comparing the amount of POLYX in the sample with a standard.
  • the compound or agent can be packaged in a suitable container.
  • the kit can further comprise instructions for using the kit to detect POLYX protein or nucleic acid.
  • the diagnostic methods described herein can furthermore be utilized to identify subjects having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant POLYX expression or activity.
  • the assays described herein such as the preceding diagnostic assays or the following assays, can be utilized to identify a subject having or at risk of developing a disorder associated with POLYX protein, nucleic acid expression or activity.
  • the prognostic assays can be utilized to identify a subject having or at risk for developing a disease or disorder.
  • the invention provides a method for identifying a disease or disorder associated with aberrant POLYX expression or activity in which a test sample is obtained from a subject and POLYX protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) is detected, wherein the presence of POLYX protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant POLYX expression or activity.
  • a test sample refers to a biological sample obtained from a subject of interest.
  • a test sample can be a biological fluid (e.g., serum), cell sample, or tissue.
  • the prognostic assays described herein can be used to determine whether a subject can be administered an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate) to treat a disease or disorder associated with abe ⁇ ant POLYX expression or activity.
  • an agent e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate
  • agents e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate
  • agents e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate
  • such methods can be used to determine whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for a disorder.
  • the invention provides methods for determining whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for a disorder associated with aberrant POLYX expression or activity in which a test sample is obtained and POLYX protein or nucleic acid is detected (e.g., wherein the presence of POLYX protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject that can be administered the agent to treat a disorder associated with aberrant POLYX expression or activity).
  • the methods of the invention can also be used to detect genetic lesions in a POLYX gene, thereby determining if a subject with the lesioned gene is at risk for a disorder characterized by aberrant cell proliferation and/or differentiation.
  • the methods include detecting, in a sample of cells from the subject, the presence or absence of a genetic lesion characterized by at least one of an alteration affecting the integrity of a gene encoding a POLYX-protein, or the mis-expression of the POLYX gene.
  • such genetic lesions can be detected by ascertaining the existence of at least one of: (i) a deletion of one or more nucleotides from a POLYX gene; (ii) an addition of one or more nucleotides to a
  • POLYX gene (// ) a substitution of one or more nucleotides of a POLYX gene, (iv) a chromosomal rea ⁇ angement of a POLYX gene; (v) an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of a POLYX gene; (vi) aberrant modification of a POLYX gene, such as of the methylation pattern of the genomic DNA; (vii) the presence of a non- wild-type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of a POLYX gene; (viii) a non- wild-type level of a POLYX protein, (ix) allelic loss of a POLYX gene; and (x) inappropriate post-translational modification of a POLYX protein.
  • a preferred biological sample is a peripheral blood leukocyte sample isolated by conventional means from a subject.
  • any biological sample containing nucleated cells may be used, including, for example, buccal mucosal cells.
  • detection of the lesion involves the use of a probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,683,195 and 4,683,202), such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligation chain reaction (LCR) (see, e.g., Landegran, et ⁇ l, 1988. Science 241 : 1077-1080; and Nakazawa, et ⁇ l, 1994. Proc. N ⁇ tl Ac ⁇ d. Sci.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • LCR ligation chain reaction
  • This method can include the steps of collecting a sample of cells from a patient, isolating nucleic acid (e.g., genomic, mRNA or both) from the cells of the sample, contacting the nucleic acid sample with one or more primers that specifically hybridize to a POLYX gene under conditions such that hybridization and amplification of the POLYX gene (if present) occurs, and detecting the presence or absence of an amplification product, or detecting the size of the amplification product and comparing the length to a control sample. It is anticipated that PCR and/or LCR may be desirable to use as a preliminary amplification step in conjunction with any of the techniques used for detecting mutations described herein.
  • nucleic acid e.g., genomic, mRNA or both
  • Alternative amplification methods include: self sustained sequence replication (see, Guatelli, et ⁇ l, 1990. Proc. N ⁇ tl Ac ⁇ d. Sci. USA 87: 1874-1878), transcriptional amplification system (see, Kwoh, et ⁇ l., 1989. Proc. N ⁇ tl. Ac ⁇ d. Sci. USA 86: 1173-1177); Q ⁇ Replicase (see, Lizardi, et ⁇ l, 1988. BioTechnology 6: 1197), or any other nucleic acid amplification method, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques well known to those of skill in the art. These detection schemes are especially useful for the detection of nucleic acid molecules if such molecules are present in very low numbers.
  • mutations in a POLYX gene from a sample cell can be identified by alterations in restriction enzyme cleavage patterns.
  • sample and control DNA is isolated, amplified (optionally), digested with one or more restriction endonucleases, and fragment length sizes are determined by gel electrophoresis and compared. Differences in fragment length sizes between sample and control DNA indicates mutations in the sample DNA.
  • sequence specific ribozymes see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,493,531 can be used to score for the presence of specific mutations by development or loss of a ribozyme cleavage site.
  • genetic mutations in POLYX can be identified by hybridizing a sample and control nucleic acids, e.g., DNA or RNA, to high-density arrays containing hundreds or thousands of oligonucleotides probes. See, e.g., Cronin, et al, 1996. Human Mutation 1: 244-255; Kozal, et al, 1996. Nat. Med. 2: 753-759.
  • genetic mutations in POLYX can be identified in two dimensional a ⁇ ays containing light-generated DNA probes as described in Cronin, et al, supra.
  • a first hybridization array of probes can be used to scan through long stretches of DNA in a sample and control to identify base changes between the sequences by making linear arrays of sequential overlapping probes. This step allows the identification of point mutations. This is followed by a second hybridization array that allows the characterization of specific mutations by using smaller, specialized probe arrays complementary to all variants or mutations detected.
  • Each mutation array is composed of parallel probe sets, one complementary to the wild-type gene and the other complementary to the mutant gene.
  • any of a variety of sequencing reactions known in the art can be used to directly sequence the POLYX gene and detect mutations by comparing the sequence of the sample POLYX with the corresponding wild-type (control) sequence.
  • Examples of sequencing reactions include those based on techniques developed by Maxim and Gilbert, 1977. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1A: 560 or Sanger, 1977. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 74: 5463. It is also contemplated that any of a variety of automated sequencing procedures can be utilized when performing the diagnostic assays (see, e.g., Naeve, et al, 1995.
  • BioTechniques 19: 448 including sequencing by mass spectromefry (see, e.g., PCT International Publication No. WO 94/16101; Cohen, et al, 1996. Adv. Chromatography 36: 127-162; and Griffin, et al, 1993. Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol 38: 147-159).
  • RNA/RNA or RNA/DNA heteroduplexes Other methods for detecting mutations in the POLYX gene include methods in which protection from cleavage agents is used to detect mismatched bases in RNA/RNA or RNA/DNA heteroduplexes. See, e.g., Myers, et al, 1985. Science 230: 1242.
  • the art technique of "mismatch cleavage" starts by providing heteroduplexes of formed by hybridizing (labeled) RNA or DNA containing the wild-type POLYX sequence with potentially mutant RNA or DNA obtained from a tissue sample.
  • the double-stranded duplexes are treated with an agent that cleaves single-stranded regions of the duplex such as which will exist due to basepair mismatches between the control and sample strands.
  • RNA/DNA duplexes can be treated with RNase and DNA/DNA hybrids treated with Si nuclease to enzymatically digesting the mismatched regions.
  • either DNA/DNA or RNA DNA duplexes can be treated with hydroxylamine or osmium tetroxide and with piperidine in order to digest mismatched regions. After digestion of the mismatched regions, the resulting material is then separated by size on denaturing polyacrylamide gels to determine the site of mutation. See, e.g., Cotton, et al, 1988. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 4397; Saleeba, et al, 1992. Methods Enzymol 217: 286-295.
  • the control DNA or RNA can be labeled for detection.
  • the mismatch cleavage reaction employs one or more proteins that recognize mismatched base pairs in double-stranded DNA (so called "DNA mismatch repair" enzymes) in defined systems for detecting and mapping point mutations in POLYX cDNAs obtained from samples of cells.
  • DNA mismatch repair enzymes
  • the mutY enzyme of E. coli cleaves A at G/A mismatches and the thymidine DNA glycosylase from HeLa cells cleaves T at G/T mismatches. See, e.g., Hsu, et al, 1994. Carcinogenesis 15: 1657-1662.
  • a probe based on a POLYX sequence e.g., a wild-type POLYX sequence
  • a probe based on a POLYX sequence is hybridized to a cDNA or other DNA product from a test cell(s).
  • the duplex is treated with a DNA mismatch repair enzyme, and the cleavage products, if any, can be detected from electrophoresis protocols or the like. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,459,039.
  • alterations in electrophoretic mobility will be used to identify mutations in POLYX genes.
  • SSCP single strand conformation polymo ⁇ hism
  • SSCP single strand conformation polymo ⁇ hism
  • Single-stranded DNA fragments of sample and control POLYX nucleic acids will be denatured and allowed to renature.
  • the secondary structure of single-stranded nucleic acids varies according to sequence, the resulting alteration in electrophoretic mobility enables the detection of even a single base change.
  • the DNA fragments may be labeled or detected with labeled probes.
  • the sensitivity of the assay may be enhanced by using RNA (rather than DNA), in which the secondary structure is more sensitive to a change in sequence.
  • the subject method utilizes heteroduplex analysis to separate double stranded heteroduplex molecules on the basis of changes in electrophoretic mobility. See, e.g., Keen, et al, 1991. Trends Genet. 7: 5.
  • the movement of mutant or wild-type fragments in polyacrylamide gels containing a gradient of denaturant is assayed using denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE).
  • DGGE denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis
  • DNA will be modified to insure that it does not completely denature, for example by adding a GC clamp of apPOLYXimately 40 bp of high-melting GC-rich DNA by PCR.
  • a temperature gradient is used in place of a denaturing gradient to identify differences in the mobility of control and sample DNA. See, e.g., Rosenbaum and Reissner, 1987. Biophys. Chem. 265: 12753.
  • oligonucleotide primers may be prepared in which the known mutation is placed centrally and then hybridized to target DNA under conditions that permit hybridization only if a perfect match is found. See, e.g., Saiki, et al, 1986. Nature 324: 163; Saiki, et al, 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 6230.
  • Such allele specific oligonucleotides are hybridized to PCR amplified target DNA or a number of different mutations when the oligonucleotides are attached to the hybridizing membrane and hybridized with labeled target
  • allele specific amplification technology that depends on selective PCR amplification may be used in conjunction with the instant invention.
  • Oligonucleotides used as primers for specific amplification may carry the mutation of interest in the center of the molecule (so that amplification depends on differential hybridization; see, e.g., Gibbs, et al,
  • the methods described herein may be performed, for example, by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one probe nucleic acid or antibody reagent described herein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings to diagnose patients exhibiting symptoms or family history of a disease or illness involving a POLYX gene.
  • any cell type or tissue preferably peripheral blood leukocytes, in which POLYX is expressed may be utilized in the prognostic assays described herein.
  • any biological sample containing nucleated cells may be used, including, for example, buccal mucosal cells.
  • Agents, or modulators that have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on POLYX activity can be administered to individuals to treat (prophylactically or therapeutically) disorders (e.g., cancer or immune disorders associated with aberrant POLYX activity.
  • disorders e.g., cancer or immune disorders associated with aberrant POLYX activity.
  • the pharmacogenomics i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual's genotype and that individual's response to a foreign compound or drug
  • Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood concentration of the pharmacologically active drug.
  • the pharmacogenomics of the individual permits the selection of effective agents (e.g., drugs) for prophylactic or therapeutic treatments based on a consideration of the individual's genotype. Such pharmacogenomics can further be used to determine appropriate dosages and therapeutic regimens. Accordingly, the activity of POLYX protein, expression of POLYX nucleic acid, or mutation content of POLYX genes in an individual can be determined to thereby select appropriate agent(s) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of the individual.
  • Pharmacogenomics deals with clinically significant hereditary variations in the response to drugs due to altered drug disposition and abnormal action in affected persons. See e.g., Eichelbaum, 1996. Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol 23: 983-985; Linder, 1997. Clin.
  • G6PD glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase
  • the activity of drug metabolizing enzymes is a major determinant of both the intensity and duration of drug action.
  • drug metabolizing enzymes e.g., N-acetyltransferase 2 (NAT 2) and cytochrome P450 enzymes CYP2D6 and CYP2C19
  • NAT 2 N-acetyltransferase 2
  • CYP2D6 and CYP2C19 cytochrome P450 enzymes
  • the gene coding for CYP2D6 is highly polymo ⁇ hic and several mutations have been identified in PM, which all lead to the absence of functional CYP2D6. Poor metabolizers of CYP2D6 and CYP2C19 quite frequently experience exaggerated drug response and side effects when they receive standard doses. If a metabolite is the active therapeutic moiety, PM show no therapeutic response, as demonstrated for the analgesic effect of codeine mediated by its CYP2D6-formed metabolite mo ⁇ hine. At the other extreme are the so called ultra-rapid metabolizers who do not respond to standard doses. Recently, the molecular basis of ultra-rapid metabolism has been identified to be due to CYP2D6 gene amplification.
  • the activity of POLYX protein, expression of POLYX nucleic acid, or mutation content of POLYX genes in an individual can be determined to thereby select appropriate agent(s) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of the individual.
  • pharmacogenetic studies can be used to apply genotyping of polymo ⁇ hic alleles encoding drug-metabolizing enzymes to the identification of an individual's drug responsiveness phenotype. This knowledge, when applied to dosing or drug selection, can avoid adverse reactions or therapeutic failure and thus enhance therapeutic or prophylactic efficiency when treating a subject with a POLYX modulator, such as a modulator identified by one of the exemplary screening assays described herein. Monitoring of Effects During Clinical Trials
  • Monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs, compounds) on the expression or activity of POLYX can be applied not only in basic drug screening, but also in clinical trials.
  • agents e.g., drugs, compounds
  • the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay as described herein to increase POLYX gene expression, protein levels, or upregulate POLYX activity can be monitored in clinical trails of subjects exhibiting decreased POLYX gene expression, protein levels, or downregulated POLYX activity.
  • the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay to decrease POLYX gene expression, protein levels, or downregulate POLYX activity can be monitored in clinical trails of subjects exhibiting increased POLYX gene expression, protein levels, or upregulated POLYX activity.
  • the expression or activity of POLYX and, preferably, other genes that have been implicated in, for example, a cellular proliferation or immune disorder can be used as a "read out" or markers of the immune responsiveness of a particular cell.
  • genes including POLY, that are modulated in cells by treatment with an agent (e.g., compound, drug or small molecule) that modulates POLYX activity (e.g., identified in a screening assay as described herein) can be identified.
  • an agent e.g., compound, drug or small molecule
  • POLYX activity e.g., identified in a screening assay as described herein
  • cells can be isolated and RNA prepared and analyzed for the levels of expression of POLYX and other genes implicated in the disorder.
  • the levels of gene expression can be quantified by Northern blot analysis or RT-PCR, as described herein, or alternatively by measuring the amount of protein produced, by one of the methods as described herein, or by measuring the levels of activity of POLYX or other genes.
  • the gene expression pattern can serve as a marker, indicative of the physiological response of the cells to the agent. Accordingly, this response state may be determined before, and at various points during, treatment of the individual with the agent.
  • the invention provides a method for monitoring the effectiveness of treatment of a subject with an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, protein, peptide, peptidomimetic, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate identified by the screening assays described herein) comprising the steps of (.) obtaining a pre-administration sample from a subject prior to administration of the agent; (ii) detecting the level of expression of a POLYX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the pre-administration sample; (Hi) obtaining one or more post-administration samples from the subject; (iv) detecting the level of expression or activity of the POLYX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the post-administration samples; (v) comparing the level of expression or activity of the POLYX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the pre-administration sample with the POLYX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the post administration sample or samples; and (vi) altering the administration of the agent to the subject accordingly.
  • an agent e.g.
  • increased administration of the agent may be desirable to increase the expression or activity of POLYX to higher levels than detected, i.e., to increase the effectiveness of the agent.
  • decreased administration of the agent may be desirable to decrease expression or activity of POLYX to lower levels than detected, i.e., to decrease the effectiveness of the agent.
  • the invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject at risk of (or susceptible to) a disorder or having a disorder associated with aberrant POLYX expression or activity. These methods of treatment will be discussed more fully, infra.
  • Therapeutics that antagonize activity may be administered in a therapeutic or prophylactic manner.
  • Therapeutics that may be utilized include, but are not limited to: (i) an aforementioned peptide, or analogs, derivatives, fragments or homologs thereof; (//) antibodies to an aforementioned peptide; (Hi) nucleic acids encoding an aforementioned peptide; (iv) administration of antisense nucleic acid and nucleic acids that are "dysfunctional" (i.e., due to a heterologous insertion within the coding sequences of coding sequences to an aforementioned peptide) that are utilized to
  • “knockout” endoggenous function of an aforementioned peptide by homologous recombination see, e.g., Capecchi, 1989. Science 244: 1288-1292; or (v) modulators (i.e., inhibitors, agonists and antagonists, including additional peptide mimetic of the invention or antibodies specific to a peptide of the invention) that alter the interaction between an aforementioned peptide and its binding partner.
  • Diseases and disorders that are characterized by decreased (relative to a subject not suffering from the disease or disorder) levels or biological activity may be treated with Therapeutics that increase (i.e., are agonists to) activity.
  • Therapeutics that upregulate activity may be administered in a therapeutic or prophylactic manner.
  • Therapeutics that may be utilized include, but are not limited to, an aforementioned peptide, or analogs, derivatives, fragments or homologs thereof; or an agonist that increases bioavailability.
  • Increased or decreased levels can be readily detected by quantifying peptide and/or RNA, by obtaining a patient tissue sample (e.g., from biopsy tissue) and assaying it in vitro for RNA or peptide levels, structure and/or activity of the expressed peptides (or mRNAs of an aforementioned peptide).
  • tissue sample e.g., from biopsy tissue
  • assaying it in vitro for RNA or peptide levels, structure and/or activity of the expressed peptides (or mRNAs of an aforementioned peptide).
  • Methods that are well-known within the art include, but are not limited to, immunoassays (e.g., by Western blot analysis, immunoprecipitation followed by sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, immunocytochemistry, etc.) and or hybridization assays to detect expression of mRNAs (e.g., Northern assays, dot blots, in situ hybridization, and the like).
  • immunoassays e.g., by Western blot analysis, immunoprecipitation followed by sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, immunocytochemistry, etc.
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
  • hybridization assays to detect expression of mRNAs e.g., Northern assays, dot blots, in situ hybridization, and the like.
  • the invention provides a method for preventing, in a subject, a disease or condition associated with an aberrant POLYX expression or activity, by administering to the subject an agent that modulates POLYX expression or at least one POLYX activity.
  • Subjects at risk for a disease that is caused or contributed to by aberrant POLYX expression or activity can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays as described herein.
  • Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms characteristic of the POLYX aberrancy, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression.
  • a POLYX agonist or POLYX antagonist agent can be used for treating the subject. The appropriate agent can be determined based on screening assays described herein.
  • the modulatory method of the invention involves contacting a cell with an agent that modulates one or more of the activities of POLYX protein activity associated with the cell.
  • An agent that modulates POLYX protein activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a naturally-occurring cognate ligand of a POLYX protein, a peptide, a POLYX peptidomimefic, or other small molecule.
  • the agent stimulates one or more POLYX protein activity. Examples of such stimulatory agents include active POLYX protein and a nucleic acid molecule encoding POLYX that has been introduced into the cell.
  • the agent inhibits one or more POLYX protein activity.
  • inhibitory agents include antisense POLYX nucleic acid molecules and anti-POLYX antibodies. These modulatory methods can be performed in vitro (e.g., by culturing the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g., by administering the agent to a subject).
  • the invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized by aberrant expression or activity of a POLYX protein or nucleic acid molecule.
  • the method involves administering an agent (e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein), or combination of agents that modulates (e.g., up-regulates or down-regulates) POLYX expression or activity.
  • an agent e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein
  • the method involves administering a POLYX protein or nucleic acid molecule as therapy to compensate for reduced or aberrant
  • Stimulation of POLYX activity is desirable in situations in which POLYX is abnormally downregulated and/or in which increased POLYX activity is likely to have a beneficial effect.
  • a subject has a disorder characterized by abe ⁇ ant cell proliferation and/or differentiation (e.g., cancer or immune associated disorders).
  • a gestational disease e.g., pre-clampsia
  • suitable in vitro or in vivo assays are performed to determine the effect of a specific Therapeutic and whether its administration is indicated for treatment of the affected tissue.
  • in vitro assays may be performed with representative cells of the type(s) involved in the patient's disorder, to determine if a given Therapeutic exerts the desired effect upon the cell type(s).
  • Compounds for use in therapy may be tested in suitable animal model systems including, but not limited to rats, mice, chicken, cows, monkeys, rabbits, and the like, prior to testing in human subjects.
  • suitable animal model systems including, but not limited to rats, mice, chicken, cows, monkeys, rabbits, and the like, prior to testing in human subjects.
  • any of the animal model system known in the art may be used prior to administration to human subjects.
  • the POLYX nucleic acids and proteins of the invention may be useful in a variety of potential prophylactic and therapeutic applications.
  • a cDNA encoding the POLYX protein of the invention may be useful in gene therapy, and the protein may be useful when administered to a subject in need thereof.
  • Both the novel nucleic acids encoding the POLYX proteins, and the POLYX proteins of the invention, or fragments thereof, may also be useful in diagnostic applications, wherein the presence or amount of the nucleic acid or the protein are to be assessed. These materials are further useful in the generation of antibodies which immunospecifically-bind to the novel substances of the invention for use in therapeutic or diagnostic methods.
  • Example 1 RADIATION HYBRID MAPPING PROVIDES THE CHROMOSOMAL LOCATION OF CLONES, POLYX
  • the predicted open reading frame codes for a novel 429 amino acid long protein predicted to be a Typell transmembrane protein.
  • the cDNA coding for the extracellular domain of residues 250-429 was targeted for cloning.
  • Oligonucleotide primers were designed to PCR amplify a DNA segment coding for the extracellular domain of 10129612-1.
  • the forward primer includes an in frame BamHI restriction site and the reverse primer contains an in frame Xhol restriction site.
  • the sequences of the primers are the following:
  • PCR reactions were set up using 5 ng cDNA template consisting of equal portions of human testis, fetal brain, mammary, and skeletal muscle derived cDNA samples, 1 microM of each of the 10129612-1 Forward and 10129612-1 Reverse primers, 5 micromoles dNTP
  • a 530 bp large, amplified product was detected by agarose gel electrophoresis.
  • the product was isolated, and ligated into the pCR2.1 vector (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA).
  • the DNA sequence of the cloned insert was determined as an ORF coding for a 180 amino acid long polypeptide that matches the target DNA sequence of 10129612-1 (SEQ ID NO: 8) 100%.
  • the construct is called as pCR2.1-cgl0129612-S333-6C.
  • Two oligonucleotide primers were designed to amplify a fragment from the pcDNA3.1-V5His (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) expression vector that includes V5 and His6.
  • These primers include:
  • the product was digested with Xhol and Apal and ligated into the XhoI/Apal-digested pSecTag2 B vector harboring an i kappa leader sequence (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, CA).
  • the correct structure of the resulting vector (designated pSecV5His), including an in-frame i-kappa leader and V5-His6, was verified by DNA sequence analysis.
  • the vector pSecV5His was then digested with Pmel and Nhel to provide a fragment retaining the above elements in the correct frame.
  • the Pmel/Nhel-digested fragment was ligated into the BamHI/Klenow- and Nhel-treated vector pCEP4 (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, CA).
  • the resulting vector was designated pCEP4/Sec, and included an in-frame i kappa leader, a site for insertion of a clone of interest, and V5 and His6 sites under control of the PCMV and/or the PT7 promoter.
  • pCEP4/Sec is an expression vector that allows heterologous protein expression and secretion by fusing any protein to the i Kappa chain signal peptide. Detection and purification of the expressed protein was aided by the presence of the V5 epitope tag and 6x His tag at the carboxyl-terminus (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, CA).
  • Example 4 Expression of POLY4, Clone 10129612, in Human Embryonic Kidney 293 Cells
  • the BamHI-XhoI fragment containing the 10129612 sequence was isolated from pCR2.1-cgl0129612-S333-6C (Example 2) and subcloned into the vector pCEP4/Sec (Example 3) to generate expression vector pCEP4/Sec-l 0129612.
  • the pCEP4/Sec-10129612 vector was transfected into 293 cells using the LipofectaminePlus reagent following the manufacturer's instructions (Gibco/BRL).
  • FIG. 2 shows that 10129612 is expressed as a protein of apparent molecular weight 30 kDa secreted by 293 cells.
  • Example 5 Quantitative Analysis of the Tissue Distribution of Expression of the Nucleic Acids of the Invention.
  • RNA samples for each cell or tissue were normalized according to RNA input by
  • RNA quantity input was confirmed by monitoring the expression of human polypeptide chain elongation factor- 1 alpha (GenBank Accession Number: E02629) and human ADP-ribosylation factor 1 (ARF1) mRNA (GenBank Accession Number: M36340).
  • RNA 50 ng total or ⁇ 1 ng polyA+ was converted to cDNA using the TAQMAN ® Reverse Transcription Reagents Kit (PE Biosystems, Foster City, CA; cat # N808-0234) and random hexamers according to the manufacturer's protocol. Reactions were performed in 20 ⁇ l and incubated for 30 min.
  • cDNA (5 ⁇ l) was then transferred to a separate plate for the TAQMAN® reaction using probe and primer sets specific for human polypeptide chain elongation factor- 1 alpha and human ADP-ribosylation factor 1 (ARF1) mRNA were designed for each assay according to a proprietary software package. Reactions were carried out using the TAQMAN® universal PCR Master Mix (PE Biosystems; cat # 4304447) according to the manufacturer's protocol. Reactions were performed in 25 ⁇ l using the following parameters: 2 min. at 50°C; 10 min. at 95°C; 15 sec. at 95°C/1 min. at 60°C (40 cycles).
  • Results were recorded as CT values (cycle at which a given sample crosses a threshold level of fluorescence) using a log scale, with the difference in RNA concentration between a given sample and the sample with the lowest CT value being represented as 2 to the power of delta CT (2 ⁇ CT ).
  • the percent relative expression is then obtained by taking the reciprocal of this RNA difference and multiplying by 100.
  • the average CT values obtained for human polypeptide chain elongation factor- 1 alpha and human ADP-ribosylation factor 1 (ARFl) mRNA were used to normalize RNA samples.
  • the RNA sample generating the highest CT value required no further diluting, while all other samples were diluted relative to this sample according to their ⁇ -actin /GAPDH average CT values.
  • RNA Normalized RNA (5 ul) was converted to cDNA and analyzed via TAQMAN® using
  • Probes and primers were designed for each assay according to Perkin Elmer Biosystem's Primer Express Software package (version I for Apple Computer's Macintosh Power PC) using the sequence of the clone being analyzed as input.
  • primer concentration 250 nM
  • primer melting temperature (T m ) range 58°-60° C
  • primer optimal Tm 59° C
  • maximum primer difference 2° C
  • probe does not have 5' G probe T m must be 10° C greater than primer Tm, amplicon size 75 bp to 100 bp.
  • the probes and primers selected were synthesized by Synthegen (Houston, TX, USA). Probes were double purified by HPLC to remove uncoupled dye and evaluated by mass spectroscopy to verify coupling of reporter and quencher dyes to the 5' and 3' ends of the probe, respectively.
  • RNA samples were analyzed for their final concentrations: forward and reverse primers, 900 nM each, and probe, 200nM.
  • PCR conditions Normalized RNA from each tissue and each cell line was spotted in each well of a 96 well PCR plate (Perkin Elmer Biosystems).
  • PCR cocktails including two probes were set up using IX TaqManTM PCR Master Mix for the PE Biosystems 7700, with 5 mM MgC12, dNTPs (dA, G, C, U at 1 : 1 : 1 :2 ratios), 0.25 U/ml AmpliTaq GoldTM (PE Biosystems), and 0.4 U/ ⁇ l RNase inhibitor, and 0.25 U/ ⁇ l reverse transcriptase.
  • Reverse transcription was performed at 48° C for 30 minutes followed by amplification/PCR cycles as follows: 95° C 10 min, then 40 cycles of 95° C for 15 seconds, 60° C for 1 minute.
  • Tables provide the sequences used for the primers and the probe, and the relative expression results obtained for the cell cultures employed are shown in various Figures and Tables.
  • FIG. 3 The relative expression results for clone 10129612-1 obtained using the primer-probe set Ag47 (Table 16) on a panel of cells drawn from various tissues are shown in FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 4 tissues taken from surgically excised cancers are paired in many cases with immediately adjacent noncancerous tissue, designated "NAT" (for normal adjacent tissue).
  • NAT immediately adjacent noncancerous tissue
  • Triplicate runs are shown in FIG. 4.
  • the results in FIG. 3 show that clone 10129612- 1 in certain cancers, such as non-small cell lung cancer, an ovarian cancer cell line, and CNS cancers, but not at all or to a lesser extent in the corresponding normal cell lines.
  • a similar finding is seen for a prostate cancer and a lung cancer, compared to the normal adjacent tissue, in FIG. 3. Therefore, clone 10129612-1 or the protein encoded by it can be used to target therapies or imaging diagnostics to treat prostate and lung cancer.
  • tissue expression results for clone 10168180.0.35, obtained using primer-probe set Agl21 (Table 18) are shown in FIG. 6. It is seen that many cancer cell lines exhibit little or no expression of clonel0168180.0.35 whereas the corresponding normal cell lines show high expression. Therefore, clone 10168180.0.35 or the protein encoded by it can be used to target therapies or imaging diagnostics to treat various forms of cancer.
  • tissue expression results for clone 10354784.0.148 obtained using the primer- probe set Ag91 are shown in FIG. 7. They indicate that this clone is expressed in many normal cell lines, but not in most cancers.
  • tissue expression analysis obtained for clone 16532807.0.137 using the primers and probe of Table 20 (Agl22) is shown in FIG. 8. The analysis was run in duplicate. This gene is selectively expressed in only a few normal cell lines, but is highly overexpressed in melanoma LOX IMVI. It is also expressed in certain lung cancer cells.
  • clone 16532807.0.137 is highly expressed in certain melanomas and lung cancer tissues. Therefore, clone 16532807.0.137 or the protein encoded by it can be used to target therapies or imaging diagnostics to treat melanoma and lung cancer.
  • tissue expression analysis for clone 17941787.0.3 obtained using the primer-probe set Ag96 (Table 21), is shown in FIG. 9.
  • the results show that this clone is broadly expressed in many cell lines. It is highly expressed in melanoma, and strongly expressed differentially in prostate cancer metastasis, ovarian cancer, lung cancer cells and renal cancer cells compared to the corresponding normal cell lines.
  • 17941787.0.3 could be useful in distinguishing melanoma, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, renal cancer and pancreas cancer from normal prostate, ovary, lung, kidney and pancreas tissues. Its high expression in melanoma, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, renal cancer and pancreas cancer suggests that clone 17941787.0.3 can be used to target therapies or imaging diagnostics to treat these diseases.
  • 21636818.0.57 is highly expressed in a variety of melanoma, ovarian cancer and lung cancer tissues. Therefore, clone 21636818.0.57 or the protein encoded by it can be used to target therapies or imaging diagnostics to treat melanoma, ovarian cancer and lung cancer. Interestingly, the expression of clone 21636818.0.57 is much lower in prostate cancer than normal prostate, suggesting that clone 21636818.0.57 could be used as a marker for the development of prostate cancer.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Material From Animals Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides polypeptides, designated herein as POLYX polypeptides, as well as polynucleotides encoding POLYX polypeptides, and antibodies that immunospecifically-bind to POLYX polypeptide or polynucleotide, or derivatives, variants, mutants, or fragments thereof. The invention additionally provides methods in which the POLYX polypeptide, polynucleotide, and antibody are used in the detection, prevention, and treatment of a broad range of pathological states.

Description

NOVEL HUMAN PROTEINS, POLYNUCLEOTIDES ENCODING THEM AND METHODS OF USING THE SAME
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The invention relates to polynucleotides and the polypeptides encoded by such polynucleotides, as well as vectors, host cells, antibodies and recombinant methods for producing the polypeptides and polynucleotides, as well as methods for using the same.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Eukaryotic cells are subdivided by membranes into multiple functionally distinct compartments called organelles. Each organelle includes proteins essential for its proper function. These proteins can include sequence motifs often referred to as sorting signals. The sorting signals can aid in targeting the proteins to their appropriate cellular organelle. In addition, sorting signals can direct some proteins to be exported, or secreted, from the cell.
One type of sorting signal is a signal sequence, which is also referred to as a signal peptide or leader sequence. The signal sequence is present as an amino-terminal extension on a newly synthesized polypeptide chain. A signal sequence can target proteins to an intracellular organelle called the endoplasmic reticulum (ER).
The signal sequence takes part in an array of protein-protein and protein-lipid interactions that result in translocation of a polypeptide containing the signal sequence through a channel in the ER. After translocation, a membrane-bound enzyme, named a signal peptidase, liberates the mature protein from the signal sequence.
The ER functions to separate membrane-bound proteins and secreted proteins from proteins that remain in the cytoplasm. Once targeted to the ER, both secreted and membrane-bound proteins can be further distributed to another cellular organelle called the Golgi apparatus. The Golgi directs the proteins to other cellular organelles such as vesicles, lysosomes, the plasma membrane, mitochondria and microbodies.
Only a limited number of genes encoding human membrane-bound and secreted proteins have been identified. Examples of known secreted proteins include human insulin, interferon, interleukins, transforming growth factor-beta, human growth hormone, erythropoietin, and lymphokines.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The invention is based, in part, upon the discovery of novel nucleic acids and secreted polypeptides encoded thereby. The nucleic acids and polypeptides are collectively referred to herein as "POLYX" nucleic acids and polypeptides.
Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention includes an isolated nucleic acid that encodes a POLYX polypeptide, or a fragment, homolog, analog or derivative thereof. For example, the nucleic acid can encode a polypeptide at least 85% identical to a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and/or 26. The nucleic acid can be, e.g., a genomic DNA fragment or a cDNA molecule. In some embodiments, the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule that includes the nucleic acid sequence of any of SEQ ID NO: 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, and/or 25.
Also included within the scope of the invention is a vector containing one or more of the nucleic acids described herein, and a cell containing the vectors or nucleic acids described herein.
The invention is also directed to host cells transformed with a vector comprising any of the nucleic acid molecules described above.
In another aspect, the invention includes a pharmaceutical composition that includes a POLYX nucleic acid and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
In a further aspect, the invention includes a substantially purified POLYX polypeptide, e.g., any of the POLYX polypeptides encoded by a POLYX nucleic acid, and fragments, homologs, analogs, and derivatives thereof. The invention also includes a pharmaceutical composition that includes a POLYX polypeptide and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
In a still a further aspect, the invention provides an antibody that binds specifically to a POLYX polypeptide. The antibody can be, e.g., a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody, and fragments, homologs, analogs, and derivatives thereof. The invention also includes a pharmaceutical composition including POLYX antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. The invention is also directed to isolated antibodies that bind to an epitope on a polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules described above.
The invention also includes kits comprising any of the pharmaceutical compositions described above.
The invention further provides a method for producing a POLYX polypeptide by providing a cell containing a POLYX nucleic acid, e.g., a vector that includes a POLYX nucleic acid, and culturing the cell under conditions sufficient to express the POLYX polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid. The expressed POLYX polypeptide is then recovered from the cell. Preferably, the cell produces little or no endogenous POLYX polypeptide. The cell can be, e.g., a prokaryotic cell or eukaryotic cell.
The invention is also directed to methods of identifying a POLYX polypeptide or nucleic acids in a sample by contacting the sample with a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide or nucleic acid, and detecting complex formation, if present.
The invention further provides methods of identifying a compound that modulates the activity of a POLYX polypeptide by contacting a POLYX polypeptide with a compound and determining whether the POLYX polypeptide activity is modified.
The invention is also directed to compounds that modulate POLYX polypeptide activity identified by contacting a POLYX polypeptide with the compound and determining whether the compound modifies activity of the POLYX polypeptide, binds to the POLYX polypeptide, or binds to a nucleic acid molecule encoding a POLYX polypeptide.
In a another aspect, the invention provides a method of determining the presence of, or predisposition to a POLYX-associated disorder in a subject. The method includes providing a sample from the subject and measuring the amount of POLYX polypeptide in the subject sample. The amount of POLYX polypeptide in the subject sample is then compared to the amount of POLYX polypeptide in a control sample. An alteration in the amount of POLYX polypeptide in the subject protein sample relative to the amount of POLYX polypeptide in the control protein sample indicates the subject has a tissue proliferation-associated condition. A control sample is preferably taken from a matched individual, i.e., an individual of similar age, sex, or other general condition but who is not suspected of having a tissue proliferation- associated condition. Alternatively, the control sample may be taken from the subject at a time when the subject is not suspected of having a tissue proliferation-associated disorder. In some embodiments, the POLYX is detected using a POLYX antibody.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a method of determining the presence of, or predisposition to, a POLYX-associated disorder in a subject. The method includes providing a nucleic acid sample (e.g., RNA or DNA, or both) from the subject and measuring the amount of the POLYX nucleic acid in the subject nucleic acid sample. The amount of POLYX nucleic acid sample in the subject nucleic acid is then compared to the amount of POLYX nucleic acid in a control sample. An alteration in the amount of POLYX nucleic acid in the sample relative to the amount of POLYX in the control sample indicates the subject has a tissue proliferation-associated disorder.
In a still further aspect, the invention provides a method of treating or preventing or delaying a POLYX-associated disorder. The method includes administering to a subject in which such treatment or prevention or delay is desired a POLYX nucleic acid, a POLYX polypeptide, or a POLYX antibody in an amount sufficient to treat, prevent, or delay a tissue proliferation-associated disorder in the subject.
Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the invention, suitable methods and materials are described below. All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety. In the case of conflict, the present Specification, including definitions, will control. In addition, the materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting.
Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description and claims.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
FIG. 1 : depicts the alignment of the proteins of clones 23208248 and 23208248.0.27.
FIG. 2 is a western blot of the protein of the extracellular domain of clone 10129612-1. FIG. 3 is a real time quantitative gene expression analysis for clone 10129612 1 using probe set Ag 47 in various cell samples.
FIG. 4 is a real time quantitative gene expression analysis for clone 10129612 1 using probe set Ag 47 in various surgical tissue samples.
FIG. 5 is a real time quantitative gene expression analysis for clone 10129612_1 using probe set Ag 47b in various cell samples.
FIG. 6 is a real time quantitative gene expression analysis for clone 10168180.0.35 using probe set Agl21 in various cell samples.
FIG. 7 is a real time quantitative gene expression analysis for clone 10354784.0.148 using probe set Ag91 in various cell samples.
FIG. 8 is a real time quantitative gene expression analysis for clone 16532807.0.137 using probe set Agl22 in various cell samples.
FIG. 9 is a real time quantitative gene expression analysis for clone 17941787.0.3 using probe set Ag96 in various cell samples.
FIG. 10 is a real time quantitative gene expression analysis for clone 21636818.0.57 using probe set Ag96 in various cell samples.
FIG. 11 depicts a western blot of clone 10354784 polypeptide secreted by 293 cells.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The invention provides novel polynucleotides and the polypeptides encoded thereby. The invention is based in part on the discovery of nucleic acids encoding 13 proteins that contain sequences suggesting they are secreted, localized to a cellular organelle, or membrane associated. The invention includes 13 POLYX nucleic acids, POLYX polypeptides, POLYX antibodies, or compounds or methods based on these nucleic acids. These nucleic acids, and their associated polypeptides, antibodies and other compositions are referred to as POLY1, POLY2, POLY3 . . . through POLY13, respectively. These sequences are collectively referred to as "POLYX nucleic acids or "POLYX polynucleotides" (where X is an integer between 1 and 13) and the corresponding encoded polypeptide is referred to as a "POLYX polypeptide" or "POLYX protein".
Table 1 provides a cross-reference between a POLYX nucleic acid or polypeptide of the invention, a table disclosing a nucleic acid and encoded polypeptide that is encompassed by an indicated POLYX nucleic acid or polypeptide of the invention, and a corresponding sequence identification number (SEQ ID NO:). Also provided is a Clone Identification
Number for the disclosed nucleic acid and encoded polypeptides. Unless indicated otherwise, reference to a "Clone" herein refers to a discrete in silico nucleic acid sequence.
TABLE 1.
Figure imgf000008_0001
POLYX nucleic acids, POLYX polypeptides, POLYX antibodies, and related compounds, are useful in a variety of applications and contexts. For example, various POLYX nucleic acids and polypeptides according to the invention are useful, inter alia, as novel members of the protein families according to the presence of domains and sequence relatedness to previously described proteins.
POLYX nucleic acids and polypeptides according to the invention can also be used to identify cell types based on the presence or absence of various POLYX nucleic acids according to the invention. Additional utilities for POLYX nucleic acids and polypeptides are discussed below.
POLY1 and POLY2 Nucleic Acids and Polypeptides
POLY1 and POLY2 nucleic acids according to the invention include the nucleic acid sequences represented in Clone 23208248 and 23208248.0.27 respectively. POLY1 and POLY2 are related by the finding that the latter clone has an extended coding sequence at the
5', or N-terminal, end. The clones provide identical polypeptide sequences in the region of overlap (see FIG. 1). Clone 23208248 is found in the adrenal gland. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 23208248 is given in Table 2. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:l) of 404 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 113 amino acid residues (represented in Table 1; SEQ ID NO:2) with a predicted molecular weight of 63327 Da. The start codon is at nucleotides 43-45 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 382-384. The protein of SEQ ID NO:2 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize extracellularly. The program SignalP predicts that there is no signal peptide. TABLE 2
Translated Protein - Frame: 1 - Nucleotide 43 to 381
1 CTTAAAGGTGAGAGTAAAGACTGCAGATGCTATTCTAATGTGATG
Met
46 AGAGCAATGGGAGGGTGTGCACAGGGTCACCTACCTGGTGGTGAG ArgAlaMetGlyGlyCysAlaGlnGlyHis euProGlyGlyGlu
91 AGCCTCCAGGCTCACATTCTATGGCTCCTGGCACTAATGAGAGAT Ser euGlnAlaHisIle euTrpLeu euAla euMetArgAsp
136 GAGACTGCCTCCCTAGGTGGGCAGTCAGCCCTCTTATCACTGTCT GluThrAlaSerLeuGlyGlyGlnSerAlaLeu euSerLeuSer
181 CATCTCAGAAGACAGACATTGCTGACATATTACCAGCTGCCCCTG HisLeuArgArgGlnThrLeuLeuT rTyrTyrGlnLeuProLeu 226 CAGACTTTATTCCAACATTCGATGCTACTAAAAGCAGCAATAATA
GlnThr euPheGlnHisSerMet eu eu ysAlaAlallelle 271 CTTTCCTCAGGATCATGGCAAGAGATCCATGACATAATCCATGTA euSerSerGlySerTrpGlnGluIleHisAspIlelleHisVal
316 AAATATTTAACACAGTGCATGCCAGAAGCACATAATAAATGTTTA ysTyrLeuThrGlnCysMetProGluAlaHisAsnLysCys eu
361 TTATTCAATCGCATGGTAAAATAGAAGAAATAGACAGTCCATTT (SEQ ID NO:l) euPheAsnArgMetValLys (SEQ ID NO : 2 )
A search of the sequence databases using BLASTX reveals that clone 23208248 has similarity to no protein in a public or a published database.
Clone 23208248.0.27 is found in the adrenal gland. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 23208248.0.27 is given in Table 3. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:3) of 824 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 130 amino acid residues (represented in Table 3; SEQ ID NO:4) with a predicted molecular weight of 14596 Da. The start codon is at nucleotides 371-373 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 762-764. The protein of SEQ ID NO:4 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize in the cytoplasm. The programs PSORT and SignalP predict that there may be an uncleavable amino terminal signal peptide.
TABLE 3
Translated Protein - Frame: 2 - Nucleotide 371 to 760 1 CGGTAGCAGAAAGTTGTGCTAACCATGGGAGACTGGCACGTGCTG
46 CAGATGCTGATCTTGCTGTGCCTTTTCTCCTTTCTGTGAATAAAG
91 CATTGTTCCAACAAGCACCTTGTATGCTGAGGTCTCCTTGGGGAT
136 TCCAAGCCCATAGGCAATGCAGGGGCCAAGGTCAATGGGCTCCGA
181 CTTCTCGTGATTGGTGGTGTTATACTCTTTGCCATCCTCCACAGG 226 TTGATAATCCCCACCTGGGATTGGCAGCCTGATCTTCCTGTTTGA
271 CACATAACATAATCTCAGGTAGGAATAACTGCTACATAGGAACAT
316 CAAGCAGAGGAAGGAAAAAGAACATAGGGAGAATAGCAGAAGATG
361 AAGCTGGGTCATGCAGGGCCTTAAAGGTGAGAGTAAAGACTGCAG MetGlnGly eu ysGlyGluSerLysAspCysArg
406 ATGCTATTCTAATGTGATGAGAGCAATGGGAGGGTGTGCACAGGG CysTyrSerAsnValMetArgAlaMetGlyGlyCysAlaGlnGly
451 TCACCTACCTGGTGGTGAGAGCCTCCAGGCTCACATTCTATGGCT HisLeuProGlyGlyGluSerLeuGlnAlaHisIleLeuTrp eu 496 CCTGGCACTAATGAGAGATGAGACTGCCTCCCTAGGTGGGCAGTC
LeuAlaLeuMetArgAspGluThrAlaSerLeuGlyGlyGlnSer
541 AGCCCTCTTATCACTGTCTCATCTCAGAAGACAGACATTGCTGAC AlaLeuLeuSer euSerHis euArgArgGlnThrLeuLeuThr
586 ATATTACCAGCTGCCCCTGCAGACTTTATTCCAACATTCGATGCT
TyrTyrGlnLeuProLeuGlnThrLeuPheGlnHisSerMetLeu
631 ACTAAAAGCAGCAATAATACTTTCCTCAGGATCATGGCAAGAGAT euLysAlaAlallelleLeuSerSerGlySerTrpGlnGluIle
676 CCATGACATAATCCATGTAAAATATTTAACACAGTGCATGCCAGA HisAspIlelleHisValLysTyr euThrGlnCysMetProGlu
721 AGCACATAATAAATGTTTATTATTCAATCGCATGGTAAAATAGAA
AlaHisAsnLysCysLeu euPheAsnArgMetValLys (SEQ ID NO:4) 766 GAATTAGACAAGTCCATTTAACACATGAAATTTATTGTAAATAAA
811 GACAGAACCTTCAC (SEQ ID NO : 3 )
A search of the sequence databases using BLASTX reveals that clone 23208248.0.27 has similarity to no protein sequences in public or published patent databases.
An alignment of the proteins of clones 23208248 and 23208248.0.27 is shown in FIG.
1. The proteins of the invention encoded by clones 23208248 and 23208248.0.27 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 23208248 and 23208248.0.27 proteins.
POLY3
A POLY3 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 29200321. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in fetal brain tissue. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 29200321 is given in Table 4, which shows the negative strand from the sequence actually discovered. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:5) of 386 bp. The nucleotide sequence shown in Table 4 has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 99 amino acid residues (represented in Table 4; SEQ ID NO:6) with a predicted molecular weight of 72993.5 Da. The start codon is at nucleotides 16-18 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 312-314. The protein of SEQ ID NO:6 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize extracellularly. The program
SignalP predicts that there is a signal peptide. The protein associated with 29200321 is encoded in a negative reading frame. The sequence shown below has been reverse- complemented and renumbered to allow reading of the protein in the expected N to C direction.
TABLE 4
Translated Protein - Frame: -1 - Nucleotide 16 to 312
1 ACGCGTTCCTTTGTCATGCATAAAGACACGGCCTTAATTCTTCTG MetHis ysAspThrAlaLeuIleLeu eu
46 CACAACCTGAGCTGTTTCGTTGTTTTCATTGAGGCACAGTGTCAC HisAsnLeuSerCysPheValValPhelleGluAlaGlnCysHis
91 CACGTAGCCCAGGCTAGCCTGAAACATGACCTTCTTCCTCATCTC HisValAlaGlnAlaSerLeu ysHisAsp eu euProHis eu 136 TCAGATTCTAAGATTATAGGCGGGCACCATCGTGCCTGGGTGGGC
SerAspSerLysIlelleGlyGlyHisHisArgAlaTrpValGly
181 ACTCAGCATACATTGAGGAACGCATCTCAGTGGACTGAAAGGGAT T rGlnHisThrLeuArgAsnAlaSerGlnTrpThrGluArgAsp
226 GTTGAGGCTGGGCATGGTGGCAAATATGGGGACTTTCGAGGCTGC ValGluAlaGlyHisGlyGlyLysTyrGlyAspPheArgGlyCys
271 GGCCAGGGGAGCTTGAGCTTGGAGCCTGTCCAGACGATGCAGTGA GlyGlnGlySerLeuSer euGluProValGlnThrMetGln
316 AGTCCAGGCAATCTGGGTGACACAGTGAGGCCTTGTCTTTGAAAA (SEQ ID NO: 5)
361 TATCTCATTTGTTTGAGAGAAGATCT (SEQ ID NO: 6)
A search of the sequence databases using BLAST P and BLASTX reveals that clone
29200321 has no significant similarity to any protein in the public or published patent databases.
The proteins of the invention encoded by clone 29200321 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 29200321 protein.
Results presented in Example C show that clone 29200321 shows high expression relative to normal cells is found in certain ovarian cancer cell lines, and in gastric cancer and a colon cancer cell line. In addition, this clone is broadly expressed in lung cancers and certain CNS cancer cells. These results suggest that this clone may be used as a selective probe for detection or diagnosis of these cancers, and that the clones or their gene products may be useful in treatment of such cancers. In addition, this gene product has been shown in Example CCl to inhibit serine protease activity. This property may make it useful in modulating tissue remodeling or in treating certain cancers.
POLY4
A POLY4 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 10129612_1. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the heart. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 10129612_1 is given in Table 5. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:7) of 1743 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 429 amino acid residues (represented in Table D; SEQ ID NO:8) with a predicted molecular weight of 47068.8 Da. The start codon is at nucleotides 437-439 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 1724-1726. The protein of SEQ ID NO:8 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize in the endoplasmic reticulum (membrane) with a certainty of 0.8500. The programs PSORT and SignalP predict that there is no signal peptide.
TABLE 5 Translated Protein - Frame: 2 - Nucleotide 437 to 1723
1 TGCTTCTCTCCCTCTCTCCTCGCTGTCTTTCCCTCGGTCATTGTT 46 CTCTCTCTCCTCCTGCCTTTGATGCACATACGTTGTCACAATTCA
91 TTGACTCTCCTCTCTTCTCTGTTCTTACACTCAAGCCTAACGGTG
136 CTTTCGCCAGGCAGCAGCAGCCTCTCCTGCGAGTTTTAGGCATGT 181 ATGCAGCTCAGTTTGATCGAGCGTTCCTTTTCTGCCTTTTCACTC
226 TTACAAAAGATTAAAAGGTGGCGTCACATTGCTCCCCTGTTCCTT
271 CCCGCAGGAGGGACTTAAAAGGGACAACAAAAACTAATCACTTTC
316 AATAAGCATTTTCTTGCTGGAAAAAAAAAAGAAAAGAAAAAAAAA
361 GAAAGAAAAAAAAAGGCGGGGGGTGGACTTAGCAGTGTAATTTGA 406 GACCGGTGGTAAGGATTGGAGCGAGCTAGAGATGCTGCACGCTGC
MetLeuHisAlaAl
451 TAACAAGGGAAGGAAGCCTTCAGCTGAGGCAGGTCGTCCCATTCC aAsn ysGlyArg ysProSerAlaGluAlaGlyArgProIlePr
496 ACCTACATCCTCGCCTAGTCTCCTCCCATCTGCTCAGCTGCCTAG oProThrSerSerProSer euLeuProSerAlaGlnLeuProSe
541 CTCCCATAATCCTCCACCAGTTAGCTGCCAGATGCCATTGCTAGA rSerHisAsnProProProValSerCysGlnMetPro euLeuAs 586 CAGCAACACCTCCCATCAAATCATGGACACCAACCCTGATGAGGA pSerAsnThrSerHisGlnlleMetAspThrAsnProAspGluGl
631 ATTCTCCCCCAATTCATACCTGCTCAGAGCATGCTCAGGGCCCCA uPheSerProAsnSerTyr euLeuArgAlaCysSerGlyProGl
676 GCAAGCCTCCAGCAGTGGCCCTCCGAACCACCACAGCCAGTCGAC nGlnAlaSerSerSerGlyProProAsnHisHisSerGlnSerTh 721 TCTGAGGCCCCCTCTCCCACCCCCTCACAACCACACGCTGTCCCA r euArgProPro euProProProHisAsnHisThr euSerHi
766 TCACCACTCGTCCGCCAACTCCCTCAACAGGAACTCACTGACCAA sHisHisSerSerAlaAsnSer euAsnArgAsnSerLeuThrAs
811 TCGGCGGAGTCAGATCCACGCCCCGGCCCCAGCGCCCAATGACCT nArgArgSerGlnlleHisAlaProAlaProAlaProAsnAspLe
856 GGCCACCACACCAGAGTCCGTTCAGCTTCAGGACAGCTGGGTGCT uAlaThrThrProGluSerValGlnLeuGlnAspSerTrpVal e
901 AAACAGCAACGTGCCACTGGAGACCCGGCACTTCCTCTTCAAGAC uAsnSerAsnValPro euGluThrArgHisPheLeuPheLysTh 946 CTCCTCGGGGAGCACACCCTTGTTCAGCAGCTCTTCCCCGGGATA rSerSerGlySerThrProLeuPheSerSerSerSerProGlyTy
991 CCCTTTGACCTCAGGAACGGTTTACACGCCCCCGCCCCGCCTGCT rPro euThrSerGlyThrValTyrThrProProProArgLeu e
1036 GCCCAGGAATACTTTCTCCAGGAAGGCTTTCAAGCTGAAGAAGCC uProArgAsnThrPheSerArg ysAlaP e ys eu ysLysPr
1081 CTCCAAATACTGCAGCTGGAAATGTGCTGCCCTCTCCGCCATTGC oSerLysTyrCysSerTrp ysCysAlaAlaLeuSerAlalleAl
1126 CGCGGCCCTCCTCTTGGCTATTTTGCTGGCGTATTTCATAGTGCC aAlaAla euLeuLeuAlalleLeu euAlaTyrPhelleValPr 1171 CTGGTCGTTGAAAAACAGCAGCATAGACAGTGGTGAAGCAGAAGT oTrpSerLeuLysAsnSerSerlleAspSerGlyGluAlaGluVa
1216 TGGTCGGCGGGTAACACAAGAAGTCCCACCAGGGGTGTTTTGGAG lGlyArgArgValThrGlnGluValProProGlyValPheTrpAr
1261 GTCACAAATTCACATCAGTCAGCCCCAGTTCTTAAAGTTCAACAT gSerGlnlleHisIleSerGlnProGlnPheLeuLysPheAsnll
1306 CTCCCTCGGGAAGGACGCTCTCTTTGGTGTTTACATAAGAAGAGG eSer euGlyLysAspAla euPheGlyValTyrlleArgArgGl
1351 ACTTCCACCATCTCATGCCCAGTATGACTTCATGGAACGTCTGGA yLeuProProSerHisAlaGlnTyrAspPheMetGluArgLeuAs 1396 CGGGAAGGAGAAGTGGAGTGTGGTTGAGTCTCCCAGGGAACGCCG pGly ysGluLysTrpSerValValGluSerProArgGluArgAr 1441 GAGCATACAGACCTTGGTTCAGAATGAAGCCGTGTTTGTGCAGTA gSerlleGlnThr euValGlnAsnGluAlaValPheValGlnTy
1486 CCTGGATGTGGGCCTGTGGCATCTGGCCTTCTACAATGATGGAAA rLeuAspValGly euTrpHis euAlaPheTyrAsnAspGlyLy
1531 AGACAAAGAGATGGTTTCCTTCAATACTGTTGTCCTAGATGATTC sAsp ysGluMetValSerPheAsnThrValValLeuAspAspSe
1576 AGTGCAGGACTGTCCACGTAACTGCCATGGGAATGGTGAATGTGT rValGlnAspCysProArgAsnCysHisGlyAsnGlyGluCysVa
1621 GTCCGGGGTGTGTCACTGTTTCCCAGGATTTCTAGGAGCAGACTG lSerGlyValCysHisCysP eProGlyPheLeuGlyAlaAspCy
1666 TGCTAAAGACCTTCCTGCCTTGACTTTCTGCAAGACAATCATTAA ΞAlaLysAsp euProAlaLeuThrPheCysLysThrllelleAs 1711 TAAAGCTGCTCTGTAAATACTAAAAAAAAAACA (SEQ ID NO: 7) nLysAlaAlaLeu (SEQ ID NO: 8)
A search of the sequence databases using BLAST P and BLASTX reveals that clone 10129612 1 has 167 of 169 residues (98%) identical to, and 168 of 169 residues (99%) positive with the 2764 residue mouse TEN-M2 protein (ACC:BAA77397). It was also found to have 74 of 134 residues (55%) identical to, and 96 of 134 residues (71%) positive with the 768 residue human protein gamma-heregulin (ACC:O14667).
The proteins of the invention encoded by clone 10129612 1 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 10129612 1 protein.
Results presented in Example C suggest that clone 10129612_1 may be used as a selective probe for detection or diagnosis of these cancers, and that the clones or their gene products may be useful in treatment of such cancers.
Heregulin is also known as neu differentiation factor (NDF) or glial growth factor 2
(GGF2). Heregulin is the ligand for HER-2/ErbB2/NEU, a proto-oncogene receptor tyrosine kinase implicated in breast and prostate cancer progression that was originally identified in rat neuro/glioblastoma cell lines. Ectopic expression of HER-2/ErbB2/NEU in MDA-MB-435 breast adenocarcinoma cells confers chemoresistance to taxol-induced apoptosis relative to vector transfected control cells (Yu et al. Overexpression of ErbB2 blocks taxol-induced apoptosis by up-regulation of p21Cipl, which inhibits p34Cdc2 kinase. Molec. Cell 2: 581- 591 , 1998). 101129612.0.19 is also related to neurestin (Otaki JM, Firestein S Dev Biol 1999 Aug 1 ;212(1 ):165-81). Neurestin is a putative transmembrane molecule implicated in neuronal development.
Neurestin shows homology to a neuregulin gene product, human gamma-heregulin, a Drosophila receptor-type pair-rule gene product, Odd Oz (Odz) / Ten(m), and Ten(a).
Putative roles in synapse formation and moφhogenesis. A mouse neurestin homolog, DOC4, has independently been isolated from the NIH-3T3. DOC4 is also known as tenascin M (TNM), Drosophila pair-rule gene homolog containing extracellular EGF-like repeats.
The tenascins constitute a family of extracellular matrix proteins that play prominent roles in tissue interactions critical to embryogenesis. Overexpression of tenascins has been described in multiple human solid malignancies. The role of the tenascin family of related proteins is to regulate epithelial-stromal interactions and participate in fibronectin-dependent cell attachment and interaction. Indeed, tenascin-C (TN) is overexpressed in the stroma of malignant ovarian tumours particularly at the interface between epithelia and stroma leading to suggestions that it may be involved in the process of invasion (Wilson et al (1996) Br J Cancer
74: 999-1004). Tenascin-C is considered a therapeutic target for certain malignant brain tumors (Gladson CL : J Neuropathol Exp Neurol 1999 Oct;58(10): 1029-40).
Stromal or moderate to strong periductal Tn-C expression in DCIS correlates with tumor cell invasion. (Jahkola et al. Eur J Cancer 1998 Oct;34(l l):1687-92 Expression of tenascin-C in intraductal carcinoma of human breast: relationship to invasion; Jahkola T, et al.
Tenascin-C expression in invasion border of early breast cancer: a predictor of local and distant recurrence. Br J Cancer. 1998 Dec;78(l l):1507-13).
Tenascin (TN) is an extracellular matrix protein found in areas of cell migration during development and expressed at high levels in migratory glioma cells (Treasurywala S, Berens ME Glia 1998 Oct;24(2):236-43 Migration arrest in glioma cells is dependent on the alphaV integrin subunit. Phillips GR, Krushel LA, Crossin KL J Cell Sci 1998 Apr;l 11 ( Pt 8): 1095- 104 Domains of tenascin involved in glioma migration).
Tenascin expression in hormone-dependent tissues of breast and endometrium indicate that Tenascin expression reflects malignant progression (Vollmer et al. Cancer Res 1992 Sep l;52(17):4642-8 Down-regulation of tenascin expression by antiprogestins during terminal differentiation of rat mammary tumors). Potential role of POLY4, Clone 10129612-1, in oncologic disease progression
Based on the bioactivity described in the medical literature for related molecules, 10129612-1 may play a role in one or more aspects of tumor cell biology that alter the interactions of tumor epithelial cells with stromal components. In consideration, 10129612-1 may play a role in the following malignant properties: autocrine/paracrine stimulation of tumor cell proliferation; autocrine/paracrine stimulation of tumor cell survival and tumor cell resistance to cytotoxic therapy; local tissue remodeling, paranechmal and basement membrane invasion and motility of tumor cells thereby contributing to metastasis; and tumor-mediated immunosuppression of T-cell mediated immune effector cells and pathways resulting in tumor escape from immune surveilance.
Therapeutic interventions targeting POLY4, Clone 10129612-1 in oncologic indications
Predicted disease indications from expression profiling (see Example 5) include a subset of human gliomas, astrocytomas, mixed glioma/astrocytomas, renal cells carcinoma, breast adenocarcinoma, ovarian cancer, melanomas. Targeting of 10129612-1 by human or humanized monoclonal antibodies designed to disrupt predicted interactions of 10129612-1 with its cognate receptor may result in significant anti-tumor/anti-metastatic activity and the amelioration of associated symptomatology. Identification of small molecules that specifically/selectively interfere with downstream signaling components engaged by 10129612- 1/recep tor interactions would also be expected to result in significant anti- tumor/anti-metastatic activity and the amelioration of associated symptomatology. Likewise, modified antisense ribonucleotides or antisense gene expression constructs (plasmids, adenovirus, adeno-associated viruses, "naked" DNA approaches) designed to diminish the expression of 10129612— 1 transcripts/messenger RNA (mRNA) would be anticipated based on predicted properties of 10129612-1 to have anti -tumor impact.
The neuregulin, glial growth factor 2, diminishes autoimmune demyelination and enhances remyelination in a chronic relapsing model for multiple sclerosis. (Cannella et al. . Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 95: 10100-10105, 1998; Notteφek LM and Rome LH, Dev Neurosci 1994;16(5-6):267-78).
Otaki and Firestein (Dev Biol 1999 Aug 1 ;212(1): 165-81) reported that, as detected by Northern blot analysis, neurestin is highly expressed in the brain and relatively low in other tissues. In situ hybridization to tissue sections demonstrates that neurestin is expressed in many types of neurons, including pyramidal cells in the cerebral cortex and tufted cells in the olfactory bulb during development. In adults, neurestin is mainly expressed in olfactory and hippocampal granule cells. Nonetheless, in adults neurestin expression can be induced in external tufted cells during regeneration of olfactory sensory neurons.
Direct delivery of recombinant purified 10129612-1 or fragments of 10129612-1 into brain parenchymal regions may promote the regeneration/repair/remylination of injured central nervous system cells resulting from ischemia, brain trauma and various neurodegenerative diseases.
POLY5
A POLY5 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clonel0168180.0.35. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the spleen. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 10168180.0.35 is given in Table 6. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:9) of 2450 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 386 amino acid residues (represented in Table 6; SEQ ID NO: 10) with a predicted molecular weight of
45140.7 Da. The start codon is at nucleotides 380-382 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 1538-1540. The protein of SEQ ID NO:10 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize to the mitochondrial inner membrane with a certainty of 0.8219. The programs PSORT and SignalP predict that there is no signal peptide. TABLE 6
Translated Protein - Frame: 2 - Nucleotide 380 to 1537
1 ATTTTTGAAAGCAAAATAAGGTTTTCTTTTTTCCCCTTTCTTGTA
46 ATAAATGATAAAATTCCTGTGCAGGTGGCAGATTTTTAAACTATA 91 CTGAGTCAACGGTGCAGGTAAACCACCCTCGGGCCCAGTCCTAGA
136 GTAGACACAAGATCGCCTGGGAGGGCCGCTGGCCCCTCTAACGCT
181 CTGGCTGTCAGACTTGGGACAAGTCCCTTAACCATTAAATATATT 226 TGGTCCCCAAATTTTGAATGGCAATAAACTGGAGACACTTTCTTT
271 AGTAAGTTGCTTTGCTAACAACACACCCTTGGAACACTTGGATCT
316 GAGTCAAAATCTATTACAACATAAAAATGATGAAAATTGCTCATG 361 GCCAGAAACTGTGGTCAATATGAATCTGTCATACAATAAATTGTC
MetAsnLeuSerTyr snLysLeuSe
406 TGATTCTGTCTTCAGGTGCTTGCCCAAAAGTATTCAAATACTTGA rAspSerValPheArgCys euPro ysSerlleGlnlle euAs
451 CCTAAATAATAACCAAATCCAAACTGTACCTAAAGAGACTATTCA p euAsnAsnAsnGlnlleGlnThrValPro ysGluThrlleHi
496 TCTGATGGCCTTACGAGAACTAAATATTGCATTTAATTTTCTAAC s euMetAla euArgGlu euAsnlleAlaPheAsnPheLeuTh
541 TGATCTCCCTGGATGCAGTCATTTCAGTAGACTTTCAGTTCTGAA rAspLeuProGlyCysSerHisPheSerArgLeuSerVal euAs
586 CATTGAAATGAACTTCATTCTCAGCCCATCTCTGGATTTTGTTCA nlleGluMetAsnPhelleLeuSerProSerLeuAspPheValGl
631 GAGCTGCCAGGAAGTTAAAACTCTAAATGCGGGAAGAAATCCATT nSerCysGlnGluval ysThr euAsnAlaGlyArgAsnProP
676 CCGGTGTACCTGTGAATTAAAAAATTTCATTCAGCTTGAAACATA eArgCysThrCysGlu euLysAsnPhelleGln euGluThrTy 721 TTCAGAGGTCATGATGGTTGGATGGTCAGATTCATACACCTGTGA rSerGluValMetMetValGlyTrpSerAspSerTyrThrCysGl
766 ATACCCTTTAAACCTAAGGGGAACTAGGTTAAAAGACGTTCATCT uTyrPro euAsnLeuArgGlyThrArgLeu ysAspValHisLe
811 CCACGAATTATCTTGCAACACAGCTCTGTTGATTGTCACCATTGT uHisGluLeuSerCysAsnThrAlaLeu euIleValThrlleVa
856 GGTTATTATGCTAGTTCTGGGGTTGGCTGTGGCCTTCTGCTGTCT lVallleMet euVal euGlyLeuAlaValAlaPheCysCysLe
901 CCACTTTGATCTGCCCTGGTATCTCAGGATGCTAGGTCAATGCAC uHisPheAspLeuProTrpTyr euArgMet euGlyGlnCysTh 946 ACAAACATGGCACAGGGTTAGGAAAACAACCCAAGAACAACTCAA rGlnThrTrpHisArgValArg ysThrT rGlnGluGlnLeuLy
991 GAGAAATGTCCGATTCCACGCATTTATTTCATACAGTGAACATGA sArgAsnValArgPheHisAlaPhelleSerTyrSerGluHisAs
1036 TTCTCTGTGGGTGAAGAATGAATCGATCCCCAATCTAGAGAAGGA pSerLeuTrpValLysAsnGluSe lleProAsn euGlu ysGl
1081 AGATGGTTCTATCTTGATTTGCCTTTATGAAAGCTACTTTGACCC uAspGlySerlleLeuIleCysLeuTyrGluSerTyrPheAspPr
1126 TGGCAAAAGCATTAGTGAAAATATTGTAAGCTTCATTGAGAAAAG oGlyLysSerlleSerGluAsnlleValSerPhelleGlu ysSe 1171 CTATAAGTCCATCTTTGTTTTGTCTCCCAACTTTGTCCAGAATGA rTyrLysSerllePheValLeuSerProAsnPheValGlnAsnGl
1216 GTGGTGCCATTATGAATTCTACTTTGCCCACCACAATCTCTTCCA uTrpCysHisTyrGluPheTyrPheAlaHisHisAsnLeuPheHi 1261 TGAAAATTCTGATCATATAATTCTTATCTTACTGGAACCCATTCC sGluAsnSerAspHisIlelleLeuIle euLeuGluProIlePr
1306 ATTCTATTGCATTCCCACCAGGTATCATAAACTGAAAGCTCTCCT oPheTyrCyslleProT rArgTyrHisLys eu ysAlaLeu e
1351 GGAAAAAAAAGCATACTTGGAATGGCCCAAGGATAGGCGTAAATG uGluLys ysAlaTyr euGluTrpProLysAspArgArg ysCy
1396 TGGGCTTTTCTGGGCAAACCTTCGAGCTGCTATTAATGTTAATGT sGly euPheTrpAlaAsn euArgAlaAlalleAsnValAsnVa
1441 ATTAGCCACCAGAGAAATGTATGAACTGCAGACATTCACAGAGTT l euAlaThrArgGluMetTyrGluLeuGlnThrP eThrGlu e
1486 AAATGAAGAGTCTCGAGGTTCTACAATCTCTCTGATGAGAACAGA uAsnGluGluSerArgGlySerTh lleSerLeuMetArgThrAs 1531 TTGTCTATAAAATCCCACAGTCCTTGGGAAGTTGGGGACCACATA pCys eu (SEQ ID NO: 10)
1576 CACTGTTGGGATGTACATTGATACAACCTTTATGATGGCAATTTG 1621 ACAATATTTATTAAAATAAAAAATGGTTATTCCCTTCATATCAGT
1666 TTCTAGAAGGATTTCTAAGAATGTATCCTATAGAAACACCTTCAC
1711 AAGTTTATAAGGGCTTATGGAAAAAGGTGTTCATCCCAGGATTGT
1756 TTATAATCATGAAAAATGTGGCCAGGTGCAGTGGCTCACTCTTGT
1801 AATCCCAGCACTATGGGAGGCCAAGGTGGGTGAACCACGAGGTCA 1846 AGAGATGGAGACCATCCTGGCCAACATGGTGAAACCCTGTCTCTA
1891 CTAAAAATACAAAAATTAGCTGGGCGTGATGGTGCATGCCTGTAG
1936 TCCCAGCTACTTGGGAGGCTGAGGCAGGAGAATCGCTTGAACCCG
1981 GGAGGTGGCAGTTGCAGTGAGCTGAGATCGAGCCACTGCACTCCA
2026 GCCTGGTGACAGAGCGAGACTCCATCTCCAAAAAAAAGAAAAAAA 2071 AAAAGAAAAAAATGGAAAACATCCTCATGGCCACAAAATAAGGTC
2116 TAATTCAATAAATTATAGTACATTAATGTAATATAATATTACATG
2161 CCACTAAAAAGAATAAGGTAGCTGTATATTTCCTGGTATGGAAAA
2206 AACATATTAATATGTTATAAACTATTAGGTTGGTGCAAAACTAAT
2251 TGTGGTTTTTGCCATTGAAATGGCATTGAAATAAAAGTGTAAAGA 2296 AATCTATACCAGATGTAGTAACAGTGGTTTGGGTCTGGGAGGTTG
2341 GATTACAGGGAGCATTTGATTTCTATGTTGTGTATTTCTATAATG
2386 TTTGAATTGTTTAGAATGAATCTGTATTTCTTTTATAAGTAGAAA
2431 AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA (SEQ ID NO:9) A search of the sequence databases using BLAST P and BLASTX reveals that the protein of clone 10168180.0.35 has 219 of 354 residues (61%) identical to, and 278 of 354 residues (78%) positive with the 786 residue human TOLL-like receptor 1 (ACC:015452). In addition, the protein has 433 of 434 residues (99%) identical to and positive with the 811 residue human Toll protein PRO358 (PCT publication WO9920756-A2 published April 29,
1999).
The proteins of the invention encoded by clonel0168180.0.35 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORF described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 10168180.0.35 protein.
POLY6
A POLY6 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 10354784.0.148. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the pituitary gland, as well as in kidney, heart, and thalamus. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 10354784.0.148 is given in Table 7. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:l 1) of 3550 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 735 amino acid residues (represented in Table 7; SEQ ID NO: 12) with a predicted molecular weight of 79802 Da. The start codon is at nucleotides 728-730 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 2933-2935. The protein of SEQ ID NO: 12 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize in the plasma membrane with a certainty of 0.4600. The programs PSORT and SignalP predict that there is a signal peptide, with the most likely cleavage site between residues 25 and 26: STA-EA.
TABLE 7
Translated Protein - Frame: 2 - Nucleotide 728 to 2932
1 GTATCATTTTCCATTCTTTTTGGGGCCTCCGAAACTGTATAAATT 46 TCAGGTTTTAGAAAACCTGGGTGTGTCCCTGGTTGGCATATAAAG
91 CGGAATCACACATAGTCCCCTTGCTCCTTGAAGGTTGCTGAGGAA
136 CGGCACACATTAGAGAGTAAACAGGCCTTTCAGTGAGTTCTCTGC 181 AGTTTGTCCACAGTGTTGAAAAAAGATTACAGCTTTCCCAGCTGT
226 GCACCTGAGGAAGTACATAGGTGATTTGCATTTGGGGACCTTGCA 271 ATATGAGAAATGCATGTGTTTAAACAGTGGATTCCATTCAGCTCA
316 GCCGGAGGCCGGCTCTGAGATGCTCACTGAGAGACAGTTGGGCCT 361 GAGAACCATAGGGTGGGGTTGAGAGCATGGCAGATTCTTGTTTCC
406 CATCTCATCTTCAGCCTCACAGCGCACATACTGAGTGCAAGCAGA
451 AAGAAATATCTGTACCATTTAAACTGCCTCTACACTCCCTCACCT
496 TTCTCTCTTTGCCAGCACACAGTTAACTGTGCATATGTTATGTTG
541 ATGCTGCTGTTCTTCTGTGTTATCTCATTTCTTACTCATAACAGC 586 TCCCTGCAGAAGCAGTCCTTGTTTCTGATAAGGACACCAAGCCCC
631 AAGGGAATTCTGTAGCACGCCCCACTCTACATAGGTTGAAAGACC
676 CGGAATGGCTGTTTGATCCCATCTCCATGCTCTCTGGGACTGCCT
721 CCTGGGCATGCTCTACNAGGACATCCTGGTNNNCCACACGCCTTC MetLeuTyr AspIle euVal HisThrProSe
766 TGTCCTTGCCCTCCTTGCCCCTCCAGGCTCCACCGCTGAGGCTGC rval euAlaLeuLeuAlaProProGlySerThrAlaGluAlaAl
811 CCGCATCATCTACCCCCCAGAGGCCCAAACCATCATTGTCACCAA aArgllelleTyrProProGluAlaGlnThrllelleValThr y 856 AGGCCAGAGTCTCATTCTGGAGTGTGTGGCCAGTGGAATCCCACC sGlyGlnSerLeuIleLeuGluCysValAlaSerGlylleProPr
901 CCCACGGGTCACCTGGGCCAAGGATGGGTCCAGTGTCACCGGCTA oProArgValThrTrpAlaLysAspGlySerSerValThrGlyTy
946 CAACAAGACGCGCTTCCTGCTGAGCAACCTCCTCATCGACACCAC rAsn ysThrArgPhe eu euSerAsn eu euIleAspThrTh
991 CAGCGAGGAGGACTCAGGCACCTCCCGGTGCATGCCCGACAATGG rSerGluGluAspSerGlyThrSerArgCysMetProAspAsnGl
1036 GGTTGGGCAGCCCGGGGCAGCGGTCATCCTCTACAATGTCCAGGT yValGlyGlnProGlyAlaAlaVallleLeuTyrAsnValGlnVa 1081 GTTTGAACCCCCTGAGGTCACCATGGAGCTATCCCAGCTGGTCAT lPheGluProProGluValThrMetGlu euSerGlnLeuValll
1126 CCCCTGGGGCCAGAGTGCCAAGCTTACCTGTGAGGTGCGTGGGAA eProTrpGlyGlnSerAla ysLeuThrCysGluValArgGlyAs
1171 CCCCCCGCCCTCCGTGCTGTGGCTGAGGAATGCTGTGCCCCTCAT nProProProSerValLeuTrpLeuArgAsnAlaValPro euIl
1216 CTCCAGCCAGCGCCTCCGGCTCTCCCGCAGGGCCCTGCGCGTGCT eSerSerGlnArg euArg euSerArgArgAla euArgValLe
1261 CAGCATGGGGCCTGAGGACGAAGGCGTCTACCAGTGCATGGCCGA uSerMetGlyProGluAspGluGlyValTyrGlnCysMetAlaGl 1306 GAACGAGGTTGGGAGCGCCCATGCCGTAGTCCAGCTGCGGACCTC uAsnGluValGlySerAlaHisAlaValValGln euArgThrSe 1351 CAGGCCAAGCATAACCCCAAGGCTATGGCAGGATGCTGAGCTGGC rArgProSerlleThrProArg euTrpGlnAspAlaGlu euAl
1396 TACTGGCACACCTCCTGTATCACCCTCCAAACTCGGCAACCCTGA aThrGlyThrProProValSerProSerLysLeuGlyAsnProGl
1441 GCAGATGCTGAGGGGGCAACCGGCGCTCCCCAGACCCCCAACGTC uGlnMetLeuArgGlyGlnProAlaLeuProArgProProThrSe
1486 AGTGGGGCCTGCTTCCCCGCAGTGTCCAGGAGAGAAGGGGCAGGG rValGlyProAlaSerProGlnCysProGlyGluLysGlyGlnGl
1531 GGCTCCCGCCGAGGCTCCCATCATCCTCAGCTCGCCCCGCACCTC yAlaProAlaGluAlaProIlelleLeuSerSerProArgThrSe
1576 CAAGACAGACTCATATGAACTGGTGTGGCGGCCTCGGCATGAGGG rLysThrAspSerTyrGluLeuValTrpArgProArgHisGluGl 1621 CAGTGGCCGGGCGCCAATCCTCTACTATGTGGTGAAACACCGCAA ySerGlyArgAlaProIleLeuTyrTyrValVal ysHisArgLy
1666 GCAGGTCACAAATTCCTCTGACGATTGGACCATCTCTGGCATTCC sGlnValT rAsnSerSerAspAspTrpThrlleSerGlyllePr
1711 AGCCAACCAGCACCGCCTGACCCTCACCAGACTTGACCCCGGGAG oAlaAsnGlnHisArgLeuThr euT rArgLeuAspProGlySe
1756 CTTGTATGAAGTGGAGATGGCAGCTTACAACTGTGCGGGAGAGGG r euTyrGluValGluMetAlaAlaTyrAsnCysAlaGlyGluGl
1801 CCAGACAGCCATGGTCACCTTCCGAACTGGACGGCGGCCCAAACC yGlnThrAlaMetValThrP eArgThrGlyArgArgProLysPr 1846 CGAGATCATGGCCAGCAAGGAGCAGCAGATCCAGAGAGACGACCC oGluIleMetAlaSer ysGluGlnGlnlleGlnArgAspAspPr
1891 TGGAGCCAGTCCCCAGAGCAGCAGCCAGCCAGACCACGGCCGCCT oGlyAlaSerProGlnSerSerSerGlnProAspHisGlyArg e
1936 CTCCCCCCCAGAAGCTCCCGACAGGCCCACCATCTCCACGGCCTC uSerProProGluAlaProAspArgProThrlleSerThrAlaSe
1981 CGAGACCTCAGTGTACGTGACCTGGATTCCCCGTGGGAATGGTGG rGluThrSerValTyrValThrTrpIleProArgGlyAsnGlyGl
2026 GTTCCCAATCCAGTCCTTCCGTGTGGAGTACAAGAAGCTAAAGAA yPheProIleGlnSerPheArgValGluTyrLysLys euLys y 2071 AGTGGGAGACTGGATTCTGGCCACCAGCGCCATCCCCCCATCGCG
ΞValGlyAspTrpIleLeuAlaThrSerAlalleProProSerAr
2116 GCTGTCCGTGGAGATCACGGGCCTAGAGAAAGGAGCCTCCTACAA gLeuSerValGluIleThrGlyLeuGlu ysGlyAlaSerTyrLy
2161 GTTTCGAGTCCGGGCTCTGAACATGCTGGGGGAGAGCGAGCCCAG sPheArgValArgAlaLeuAsnMet euGlyGluSerGluProSe
2206 CGCCCCCTCTCGGCCCTACGTGGTGTCGGGCTACAGCGGTCGCGT rAlaProSerArgProTyrValValSerGlyTyrSerGlyArgVa 2251 GTACGAGAGGCCCGTGGCAGGTCCTTATATCACCTTCACGGATGC lTyrGluArgProValAlaGlyProTyrlleThrPheThrAspAl
2296 GGTCAATGAGACCACCATCATGCTCAAGTGGATGTACATCCCAGC aValAsnGluThrThrlleMetLeuLysTrpMetTyrlleProAl
2341 AAGTAACAACAACACCCCAATCCATGGCTTTTATATCTATTATCG aSerAsnAsnAsnThrProIleHisGlyPheTyrlleTyrTyrAr 2386 ACCCACAGACAGTGACAATGATAGTGACTACAAGAAGGATATGGT gProThrAspSerAspAsnAspSerAspTyrLys ysAspMetVa
2431 GGAAGGGGACAAGTACTGGCACTCCATCAGCCACCTGCAGCCAGA lGluGlyAsp ysTyrTrpHisSerlleSerHisLeuGlnProGl
2476 GACCTCCTACGACATTAAGATGCAGTGCTTCAATGAAGGAGGGGA uThrSerTyrAspIle ysMetGlnCysP eAsnGluGlyGlyGl
2521 GAGCGAGTTCAGCAACGTGATGATCTGTGAGACCAAAGCTCGGAA uSerGluPheSerAsnValMetlleCysGluThrLysAlaArgLy
2566 GTCTTCTGGCCAGCCTGGTCGACTGCCACCCCCAACTCTGGCCCC sΞerSerGlyGlnProGlyArgLeuProProProThrLeuAlaPr 2611 ACCACAGCCGCCCCTTCCTGAAACCATAGAGCGGCCGGTGGGCAC oProGlnProPro euProGluThrlleGluArgProValGlyTh
2656 TGGGGCCATGGTGGCTCGCTCCAGCGACGTGCCCTATCTGATTGT rGlyAlaMetValAlaArgSerSerAspValProTyr euIleVa
2701 CGGGGTCGTCCTGGGCTCCATCGTTCTCATCATCGTCACCTTCAT lGlyValValLeuGlySerlleVal euIlelleValThrPhell
2746 CCCCTTCTGCTTGTGGAGGGCCTGGTCTAAGCAAAAACATACAAC eProPheCysLeuTrpArgAlaTrpSerLysGlnLysHisThrT
2791 AGACCTGGGTTTTCCTCGAAGTGCCCTTCCACCCTCCTGCCCGTA rAsp euGlyPheProArgSerAlaLeuProProSerCysProTy 2836 TACTATGGTGCCATTGGGAGGACTCCCAGGCCACCAGGCAGTGGA rT rMetValPro euGlyGly euProGlyHisGlnAlaValAs
2881 CAGCCCTACCTCAGTGGCATCAGTGGACGGGCCTGTGCTAATGGG pSerProThrSerValAlaSerValAspGlyProValLeuMetGl
2926 ATCCACATGAATAGGGGCTGCCCCTCGGCTGCAGTGGGCTACCCG ySerThr (SEQ ID NO: 12)
2971 GGCATGAAGCCCCAGCAGCACTGCCCAGGCGAGCTTCAGCAGCAG
3016 AGTGACACCAGCAGCCTGCTGAGGCAGACCCATCTTGGCAATGGA 3061 TATGACCCCCAAAGTCACCAGATCACGAGGGGTCCCAAGTCTAGC 3106 CCGGACGAGGGCTCTTTCTTATACACACTGCCCGACGACTCCACT
3151 CACCAGCTGCTGCAGCCCCATCACGACTGCTGCCAACGCCAGGAG
3196 CAGCCTGCTGNTGTGGGCCAGTCAGGGGTGAGGAGAGCCCCCGAC
3241 AGTCCTGTCCTGGAAGCAGTGTGGGACCCTCCATTTCACTCAGGG 3286 CCCCCATGCTGCTTGGGCCTTGTGCCAGTTGAAGAGGTGGACAGT
3331 CCTGACTCCTGCCAAGTGAGTGGAGGAGACTGGTGTCCCCAGCAC
3376 CCCGTAGGGGCCTACGTAGGACAGGAACCTGGAATGCAGCTCTCC
3421 CCGGGGCCACTGGTGCGTGTGTCTTTTGAAACACCACCTCTCACA 3466 ATTTAGGCAGAAGCTGATATCCCAGAAAGACTATATATTGTTTTT
3511 TTTTTAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAANCNCGGGGGGGGGCCCC (SEQ ID NO: 11)
A search of the sequence databases using BLASTX reveals that the protein of clone 10354784.0.148 has 265 of 521 residues (50%) identical to, and 324 of 521 residues (62%) positive with, the 1256 residue CDO from Rattus norvegicus (ACC:NRDB O35158). It also has 258 of 514 residues (50%), and 320 of 514 residues (62%) positive with the 1240 residue human CDO protein (SPTREMBL:O14631). CDO is an oncogene-, serum-, and anchorage- regulated member of the Ig/fibronectin type III repeat family. The protein of clone 10354784.0.148 also has 607 of 616 residues (98%) identical to, and 609 of 616 residues
(98%) positive with the 1053 residue human PROl 190 protein given in amino acid sequence SEQ ID NO:58 of PCT publication WO200012708-A2 (published March 9, 2000).
The proteins of the invention encoded by clone 10354784.0.148 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 10354784.0.148 protein.
POLY7
A POLY7 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clonel3043743.0.15. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the pituitary gland and osteosarcoma. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone
13043743.0.15 is given in Table 8. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 13) of 971 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 146 amino acid residues (represented in Table 8; SEQ ID NO: 14) with a predicted molecular weight of 16220 Da. The start codon is at nucleotides 471-473 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 909-911. The protein of SEQ ID NO: 14 is predicted by the
PSORT program to localize in the plasma membrane with a certainty of 0.7000. The programs PSORT and SignalP predict that there most likely is no signal peptide, but there is a slight probability that a cleavage site occurs between residues 42 and 43 : TQQ-QW. TABLE 8
Translated Protein - Frame: 3 - Nucleotide 471 to 908
1 AAATTCTGGCCGATTTATCCCGAGAACAATGTAAGTGGAAACTAA
46 CAATGAAGATGTTCATTTGAGCCAACAGAGGCCTGTTTACTTCCT
91 AAAATAATCTCTTAGTTACATAACCATAAGATGTCCTAAGTTGAG
136 TCCTGTTTGCTTCTTTGTAGCTTTTGGTGAAGGCCCTAGAGTATC
181 TGCTTATGTCCTGACAACATGGGGATTCTCTGGGACAAGGCAAGA 226 GGACCCAAGCTGTGTTCAAATGAGACCCAGAGATCCCAGTGCAAA
271 GGGACACCTTTGGTAAAACTGGCCACTTTGGGTCATATAGATCCC 316 AAAAGAAATCATGCCTGACTTCCTAAAATCAAAACCATAGGGATT
361 TATCAAGAAGAAACCCTGTTTAATTGGCCTATAGATGAGGATGCA
406 ACCTAAGGCATGACTGTTGCTGAATGAGCCCAAGTGATGGGCCAA 451 AAAGGTGAACCAGTCCAAACATGGCAGGACCAAGAAGGAACAAGG
MetAlaGlyProArgArgAsnLysV
496 TAGGAGAGGGCAGAGGGGTGGAGGGCAGAGAGGTGGAGGGGAGGA alGlyGluGlyArgGlyValGluGlyArgGluValGluGlyArgS
541 GTGCCTGCATGGCCATGGGATTGTTCTTCATTCCCTTTCTCAACT erAlaCysMetAlaMetGly euPhePhelleProPhe euAsnC
586 GCACCCAGCAGCAGTGGTTTTTGCTAGGCCTTTTGAAGACAGCAG ysThrGlnGlnGlnTrpPheLeuLeuGlyLeuLeu ysThrAlaG
631 GAATCTGGGAGAAGGAACATCATCGTCTTTCACAGCATGGAAACA lylleTrpGluLysGluHisHisArg euSerGlnHisGlyAsnl 676 TCAATCTTATTCCAGAGAAGGGAAGAAGTCCCCAAAGGTATGTCC leAsnLeuIleProGlu ysGlyArgSerProGlnArgTyrValA
721 GGTTTAACAGTTTCTCAAGTGGGCCAGGAAGTTCTTTTTCATGTT rgPheAsnSerPheSerSerGlyProGlySerSerPheSerCysS
766 CTGGGCTCAATCGTGATGCTTTGATTTCACTTGGTATTTTACTTT erGly euAsnArgAspAlaLeuIleSer euGlylle euLeu
811 TAGTTTTGTCTCTAACATCTGGAGCAAAGATCAGAAGACCTGAGT euVal euSer euThrSerGlyAlaLysIleArgArgProGluP
856 TCCAGATTTATTCTGTGACTCAATCACTGCTTCAATCACTGAGGG heGlnlleTyrSerValThrGlnSerLeu euGlnSerLeuArgA 901 ACGTGGTGTGATGTTCTTTGCTCTGAGCTTCTGCTTCTTGATCTA spValVal (SEQ ID NO: 14)
946 AAAAGACAGGTGGTTGTTCTGGGTGA (SEQ ID NO: 13) A search of the sequence databases using BLASTP reveals that the protein of clone 13043743.0.15 has 14 of 43 residues (32%) identical to, and 21 of 43 residues (48%) positive with a 64 residue fragment of the MHC CLASS II alpha chain proximal membrane peptide from Scyliorhinus canicula (spotted dogfish) (ACC:O02933).
The proteins of the invention encoded by clone 13043743.0.15 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 13043743.0.15 protein.
POLY 8
A POLY8 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 16532807.0.137. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the testis. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 16532807.0.137 is given in Table 9. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 15) of 3670 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 1120 amino acid residues (represented in Table 9; SEQ ID NO: 16) with a predicted molecular weight of
122733.8 Da. The start codon is at nucleotides 113-115 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 3473-3745. The protein of SEQ ID NO: 16 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize in the plasma membrane with a certainty of 0.7000. The programs PSORT and SignalP predict that there most likely is no signal peptide.
TABLE 9
Translated Protein - Frame: 2 - Nucleotide 113 to 3472
1 CAATTTTGACTGTCTTCATCAAAACGATGTGTCTGTGATCTGCTC
46 AGACCAGTTGCTATTCAAACTCTGGAACTTCTGGAACTATTTGCC
91 TCTGGAAGAGTAAGGAAGGGCCATGAAGAATGATGCAGATGTGAA
Met ysAsnAspAlaAspVal y
136 AATAAGGTTGGAAAACCGTCCCAACAGTGAAAACAGATGTGTATG sIleArgLeuGluAsnArgProAsnSerGluAsnArgCysValTr
181 GCCAACCCACAGGAAAATGGATGGAGCAGATTTGGAACTGCGACT pProThrHisArg ysMetAspGlyAlaAspLeuGluLeuArgLe
226 AGCAGATGGAAGTAACAATTGTTCAGGAAGAGTAGAGGTGAGAAT uAlaAspGlySerAsnAsnCysSerGlyArgValGluValArgll 271 TCATGAACAGTGGTGGACAATATGTGACCAGAACTGGAAGAATGA eHisGluGlnTrpTrpThrlleCysAspGlnAsnTrp ysAsnGl
316 ACAAGCCCTTGTGGTTTGTAAGCAGCTAGGATGTCCGTTCAGCGT uGlnAlaLeuValValCys ysGlnLeuGlyCysProPheSerVa
361 CTTTGGCAGTCGTCGTGCTAAACCTAGTAATGAAGCTAGAGACAT lPheGlySerArgArgAla ysProSerAsnGluAlaArgAspIl
406 TTGGATAAACAGCATATCTTGCACTGGGAATGAGTCAGCTCTCTG eTrpIleAsnSerlleSerCysThrGlyAsnGluSerAlaLeuTr
451 GGACTGCACATATGATGGAAAAGCAAAGCGAACATGCTTCCGAAG pAspCysT rTyrAspGly ysAla ysArgThrCysPheArgAr
496 ATCAGATGCTGGAGTAATTTGTTCTGATAAGGCAGATCTGGACCT gSerAspAlaGlyVallleCysSerAspLysAlaAspLeuAspLe 541 AAGGCTTGTCGGGGCTCATAGCCCCTGTTATGGGAGATTGGAGGT uArg euValGlyAlaHisSerProCysTyrGlyArgLeuGluVa
586 GAAATACCAAGGAGAGTGGGGGACTGTGTGTCATGACAGATGGAG l ysTyrGlnGlyGluTrpGlyThrValCysHisAspArgTrpSe
631 CACAAGGAATGCAGCTGTTGTGTGTAAACAATTGGGATGTGGAAA rThrArgAsnAlaAlaValValCysLysGlnLeuGlyCysGly y
676 GCCTATGCATGTGTTTGGTATGACCTATTTTAAAGAAGCATCAGG sProMetHisValPheGlyMetThrTyrPhe ysGluAlaSerGl
721 ACCTATTTGGCTGGATGACGTTTCTTGCATTGGAAATGAGTCAAA yProIleTrpLeuAspAspValSerCysIleGlyAsnGluSerAs 766 TATCTGGGACTGTGAACACAGTGGATGGGGAAAGCATAATTGTGT nlleTrpAspCysGluHisSerGlyTrpGly ysHisAsnCysVa
811 ACACAGAGAGGATGTGATTGTAACCTGCTCAGGTGATGCAACATG lHisArgGluAspVallleValT rCysSerGlyAspAlaThrTr
856 GGGCCTGAGGCTGGTGGGCGGCAGCAACCGCTGCTCGGGAAGACT pGly euArgLeuValGlyGlySerAsnArgCysSerGlyArgLe
901 GGAGGTGTACTTTCAAGGACGGTGGGGCACAGTGTGTGATGACGG uGluValTyrP eGlnGlyArgTrpGlyT rValCysAspAspGl
946 CTGGAACGGTAAAGCTGCAGCTGTGGTGTGTAGCCAGCTGGACTG yTrpAsnGly ysAlaAlaAlaValValCysSerGln euAspCy 991 CCCATCTTCTATCATTGGCATGGGTCTGGGAAACGCTTCTACAGG sProSerSerllelleGlyMetGly euGlyAsnAlaSerThrGl
1036 ATATGGAAAAATTTGGCTCGATGATGTTTCCTGTGATGGAGATGA yTyrGlyLysIleTrpLeuAspAspValSerCysAspGlyAspGl
1081 GTCAGATCTCTGGTCATGCAGGAACAGTGGGTGGGGAAATAATGA uSerAsp euTrpSerCysArgAsnSerGlyTrpGlyAsnAsnAs
1126 CTGCAGTCACAGTGAAGATGTTGGAGTGATCTGTTCTGATGCATC pCysSerHisSerGluAspValGlyVallleCysSerAspAlaSe 1171 GGATATGGAGCTGAGGCTTGTGGGTGGAAGCAGCAGGTGTGCTGG rAspMetGlu euArg euValGlyGlySerSerArgCysAlaGl
1216 AAAAGTTGAGGTGAATGTCCAGGGTGCCGTGGGAATTCTGTGTGC y ysValGluValAsnValGlnGlyAlaValGlylleLeuCysAl
1261 TAATGGCTGGGGAATGAACATTGCTGAAGTTGTTTGCAGGCAACT aAsnGlyTrpGlyMetAsnlleAlaGluValValCysArgGln e 1306 TGAATGTGGGTCTGCAATCAGGGTCTCCAGAGAGCCTCATTTCAC uGluCysGlySerAlalleArgValSerArgGluProHisPheT
1351 AGAAAGAACATTACACATCTTAATGTCGAATTCTGGCTGCACTGG rGluArgThr euHisIleLeuMetSerAsnSerGlyCysThrGl
1396 AGGGGAAGCCTCTCTCTGGGATTGTATACGATGGGAGTGGAAACA yGlyGluAlaSerLeuTrpAspCysIleArgTrpGluTrpLysGl
1441 GACTGCGTGTCATTTAAATATGGAAGCAAGTTTGATCTGCTCAGC nThrAlaCysHisLeuAsnMetGluAlaSer euIleCysSerAl
1486 CCACAGGCAGCCCAGGCTGGTTGGAGCTGATATGCCCTGCTCTGG aHisArgGlnProArg euValGlyAlaAspMetProCysSerGl 1531 ACGTGTTGAAGTGAAACATGCAGACACATGGCGCTCTGTCTGTGA yArgValGluVal ysHisAlaAspThrTrpArgSerValCysAs
1576 TTCTGATTTCTCTCTTCATGCTGCCAATGTGCTGTGCAGAGAATT pSerAspPheSer euHisAlaAlaAsnValLeuCysArgGluLe
1621 AAACTGTGGAGATGCCATATCTCTTTCTGTGGGAGATCACTTTGG uAsnCysGlyAspAlalleSerLeuSerValGlyAspHisP eGl
1666 AAAAGGGAATGGTCTAACTTGGGCCGAAAAGTTCCAGTGTGAAGG y ysGlyAsnGly euThrTrpAlaGlu ysPheGlnCysGluGl
1711 GAGTGAAACTCACCTTGCATTATGCCCCATTGTTCAACATCCGGA ySerGluThrHis euAlaLeuCysProIleValGlnHisProGl 1756 AGACACTTGTATCCACAGCAGAGAAGTTGGAGTTGTCTGTTCCCG uAspThrCysIleHisSerArgGluValGlyValValCysSerAr
1801 ATATACAGATGTCCGACTTGTGAATGGCAAATCCCAGTGTGACGG gTyrThrAspValArgLeuValAsnGly ysSerGlnCysAspGl
1846 GCAAGTGGAGATCAACGTGCTTGGACACTGGGGCTCACTGTGTGA yGlnValGluIleAsnValLeuGlyHisTrpGlySerLeuCysAs
1891 CACCCACTGGGACCCAGAAGATGCCCGTGTTCTATGCAGACAGCT pThrHisTrpAspProGluAspAlaArgVal euCysArgGln e
1936 CAGCTGTGGGACTGCTCTCTCAACCACAGGAGGAAAATATATTGG uSerCysGlyThrAlaLeuSerThrThrGlyGlyLysTyrlleGl 1981 AGAAAGAAGTGTTCGTGTGTGGGGACACAGGTTTCATTGCTTAGG yGluArgSerValArgValTrpGlyHisArgPheHisCys euGl
2026 GAATGAGTCACTTCTGGATAACTGTCAAATGACAGTTCTTGGAGC yAsnGluSerLeuLeuAspAsnCysGlnMetThrVal euGlyAl
2071 ACCTCCCTGTATCCATGGAAATACTGTCTCTGTGATCTGCACAGG aProProCysIleHisGlyAsnThrValSerVallleCysThrGl 2116 AAGCCTGACCCAGCCACTGTTTCCATGCCTCGCAAATGTATCTGA ySer euThrGlnProLeuPheProCysLeuAlaAsnValSerAs
2161 CCCATATTTGTCTGCAGTTCCAGAGGGCAGTGCTTTGATCTGCTT pProTyrLeuSerAlaValProGluGlySerAlaLeuIleCysLe
2206 AGAGGACAAACGGCTCCGCCTAGTGGATGGGGACAGCCGCTGTGC uGluAspLysArgLeuArgLeuValAspGlyAspSerArgCysAl
2251 CGGGAGAGTAGAGATCTATCACGACGGCTTCTGGGGCACCATCTG aGlyArgValGluIleTyrHisAspGlyPheTrpGlyThrlleCy
2296 TGATGACGGCTGGGACCTGAGCGATGCCCACGTGGTGTGTCAAAA sAspAspGlyTrpAspLeuSerAspAlaHisValValCysGln y 2341 GCTGGGCTGTGGAGTGGCCTTCAATGCCACGGTCTCTGCTCACTT s euGlyCysGlyValAlaPheAsnAlaThrValSerAlaHisPh
2386 TGGGGAGGGGTCAGGGCCCATCTGGCTGGATGACCTGAACTGCAC eGlyGluGlySerGlyProIleTrpLeuAspAspLeuAsnCysTh
2431 AGGAATGGAGTCCCACTTGTGGCAGTGCCCTTCCCGCGGCTGGGG rGlyMetGluSerHis euTrpGlnCysProSerArgGlyTrpGl
2476 GCAGCACGACTGCAGGCACAAGGAGGACGCAGGGGTCATCTGCTC yGlnHisAspCysArgHisLysGluAspAlaGlyVallleCysSe
2521 AGAATTCACAGCCTTGAGGCTCTACAGTGAAACTGAAACAGGGAG rGluPheThrAla euArg euTyrSerGluThrGluThrGlySe 2566 CTGTGCTGGGAGATTGGAAGTCTTCTATAACGGGACCTGGGGCAG rCysAlaGlyArg euGluValPheTyrAsnGlyThrTrpGlySe
2611 CGTCGGCAGGAGGAACATCACCACAGCCATAGCAGGCATTGTGTG rValGlyArgArgAsnlleThrThrAlalleAlaGlylleValCy
2656 CAGGCAGCTGGGCTGTGGGGAGAATGGAGTTGTCAGCCTCGCCCC sArgGln euGlyCysGlyGluAsnGlyValValSer euAlaPr
2701 TTTATCTAAGACAGGCTCTGGTTTCATGTGGGTGGATGACATTCA oLeuSerLysThrGlySerGlyPheMetTrpValAspAspIleGl
2746 GTGTCCTAAAACGCATATCTCCATATGGCAGTGCCTGTCTGCCCC nCysProLysThrHisIleSerlleTrpGlnCysLeuSerAlaPr 2791 ATGGGAGCGAAGAATCTCCAGCCCAGCAGAAGAGACCTGGATCAC oTrpGluArgArglleSerSerProAlaGluGluT rTrpIleTh
2836 ATGTGAAGATAGAATAAGAGTGCGTGGAGGAGACACCGAGTGCTC rCysGluAspArglleArgValArgGlyGlyAspThrGluCysSe 2881 TGGGAGAGTGGAGATCTGGCACGCAGGCTCCTGGGGCACAGTGTG rGlyArgValGluIleTrpHisAlaGlySerTrpGlyThrValCy
2926 TGATGACTCCTGGGACCTGGCCGAGGCGGAAGTGGTGTGTCAGCA sAspAspSerTrpAsp euAlaGluAlaGluValValCysGlnGl
2971 GCTGGGCTGTGGCTCTGCTCTGGCTGCCCTGAGGGACGCTTCGTT nLeuGlyCysGlySerAlaLeuAlaAlaLeuArgAspAlaSerPh 3016 TGGCCAGGGAACTGGAACCATCTGGTTGGATGACATGCGGTGCAA eGlyGlnGlyThrGlyT rlleTrp euAspAspMetArgCysLy
3061 AGGAAATGAGTCATTTCTATGGGACTGTCACGCCAAACCCTGGGG sGlyAsnGluSerP e euTrpAspCysHisAlaLysProTrpGl
3106 ACAGAGTGACTGTGGACACAAGGAAGATGCTGGCGTGAGGTGCTC yGlnSerAspCysGlyHis ysGluAspAlaGlyValArgCysSe
3151 TGGACAGTCGCTGAAATCACTGAATGCCTCCTCAGGTCATTTAGC rGlyGlnSerLeu ysSer euAsnAlaSerSerGlyHisLeuAl
3196 ACTTATTTTATCCAGTATCTTTGGGCTCCTTCTCCTGGTTCTGTT a euIleLeuSerSerllePheGlyLeuLeuLeu euVal euPh 3241 TATTCTATTTCTCACGTGGTGCCGAGTTCAGAAACAAAAACATCT elleLeuPhe euThrTrpCysArgValGln ysGlnLysHisLe
3286 GCCCCTCAGAGTTTCAACCAGAAGGAGGGGTTCTCTCGAGGAGAA uPro euArgValSerThrArgArgArgGlySerLeuGluGluAs
3331 TTTATTCCATGAGATGGAGACCTGCCTCAAGAGAGAGGACCCACA nLeuPheHisGluMetGluThrCys euLysArgGluAspProHi
3376 TGGGACAAGAACCTCAGATGACACCCCCAACCATGGTTGTGAAGA sGlyThrArgThrSerAspAspThrProAsnHisGlyCysGluAs
3421 TGCTAGCGACACATCGCTGTTGGGAGTTCTTCCTGCCTCTGAAGC pAlaSerAspThrSerLeuLeuGlyValLeuProAlaSerGluAl 3466 CACAAAATGACTTTAGACTTCCAGGGCTCACCAGCTCAACCTCTA aThr ys (SEQ ID NO: 16)
3511 AATATCTTTGAAGGAGACAACAACTTTTAAATGAATAAAGAGGAA 3556 GTCAAGTTGCCCTATGGAAAACTTGTCCAAATAACATTTCTTOAA
3601 CAATAGGAGAACAGCTAAATTGATAAAGACTGGTGATAATAAAAA
3646 TT,GAATTATGTATATCCCTGTTAAA (SEQ ID NO: 15)
A search of the sequence databases using BLASTP reveals that the protein of clone 16532807.0.137 has 606 of 1099 residues (55%)identical to, and 773 of 1099 residues (70%) positive with, the 1151 residue human Ml 30 antigen, cytoplasmic variant 1 precursor (ACC:Q07899).
The proteins of the invention encoded by clone 16532807.0.137 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 16532807.0.137 protein.
POLY9
A POLY9 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 17883252.0.13. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the thyroid gland, fetal kidney, kidney, fetal lung, lymph node, and placenta. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 17883252.0.13 is given in Table 10. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 17) of 1619 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 234 amino acid residues (represented in Table 10; SEQ ID NO: 18) with a predicted molecular weight of 25396.6 Da. The start codon is at nucleotides 514-516 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 1216-1218. The protein of SEQ ID NO: 18 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize in the endoplasmic reticulum (membrane) with a certainty of 0.5500, and that the protein may have an uncleavable N- terminal signal sequence. The program SignalP predicts that there is a signal peptide with the most likely cleavage site between residues 22 and 23: TEH- AY.
TABLE 10
Translated Protein - Frame: 1 - Nucleotide 514 to 1215
1 GATTCCAGAAGGCTGAGGCCGGCAGGTCCCTGGTGGGGCTGGATC
46 CCAGCTCTGCCCACGAACACCCCGTTTGCATAGACTGGGGTGCAA
91 ACTCACCCCTGCCCTGCTGTGAGGAGGGCCCTGGAACCAGGCAGG
136 ACAGGAGAAACGGCCACCCGTAGCTGGAGCCATCCTTCCCGGAGC
181 CTCGGGCAGATGCCCAGCAGGATCCACTCGATTCCTGCACCAAGA 226 GCTCTGGACAGCGTCACCCCCCCTGTGCCCCCCAGGCTGTGGCCC
271 CAGCTGTTTGTGCCTGGCGAGGGTCTGGCTAGCTGGAAGAGGGGG 316 CCAGCGGAGGAGAGAGTGGGCGCCACCGTGGGGCTGTCCCACCGG
361 TGGAGGCTCCAGCGGAGATGAGCTGGGCAGGCCTCGCGGAGCAAG
406 TGCAAACTGCACCCGCGTCCTGGGGGCATCTGCGGGGAGACTTAG 451 GGGTCATGCTTTGTGCCCCAGGCCACCCAGAGGAGAAGGCCACCC
496 CGCCTGGAGGCACAGGCCATGAGGGGCTCTCAGGAGGTGCTGCTG
MetArgGlySerGlnGluValLeu eu 541 ATGTGGCTTCTGGTGTTGGCAGTGGGCGGCACAGAGCACGCCTAC MetTrpLeu euVal euAlaValGlyGlyThrGluHisAlaTyr
586 CGGCCCGGCCGTAGGGTGTGTGCTGTCCGGGCTCACGGGGACCCT ArgProGlyArgArgValCysAlaValArgAlaHisGlyAspPro
631 GTCTCCGAGTCGTTCGTGCAGCGTGTGTACCAGCCCTTCCTCACC ValSerGluSerPheValGlnArgValTyrGlnProPheLeuThr
676 ACCTGCGACGGGCACCGGGCCTGCAGCACCTACGCAATATGCCAG ThrCysAspGlyHisArgAlaCysSerT rTyrAlalleCysGln
721 CCGCCATGCCGGAACGGAGGGAGCTGTGTCCAGCCTGGCCGCTGC ProProCysArgAsnGlyGlySerCysValGlnProGlyArgCys
766 CGCTGCCCTGCAGGATGGCGGGGTGACACTTGCCAGTCAGATGTG ArgCysProAlaGlyTrpArgGlyAspThrCysGlnSerAspVal 811 GATGAATGCAGTGCTAGGAGGGGCGGCTGTCCCCAGCGCTGCGTC
AspGluCysSerAlaArgArgGlyGlyCysProGlnArgCysVal
856 AACACCGCCGGCAGTTACTGGTGCCAGTGTTGGGAGGGGCACAGC AsnThrAlaGlySerTyrTrpCysGlnCysTrpGluGlyHisSer
901 CTGTCTGCAGACGGTACACTCTGTGTGCCCAAGGGAGGGCCCCCC LeuSerAlaAspGlyT rLeuCysValProLysGlyGlyProPro
946 AGGGTGGCCCCCAACCCGACAGGAGTGGACAGTGCAATGAAGGAA ArgValAlaProAsnProThrGlyValAspSerAlaMetLysGlu
991 GAAGTGCAGAGGCTGCAGTCCAGGGTGGACCTGCTGGAGGAGAAG GluValGlnArgLeuGlnSerArgValAspLeu euGluGluLys 1036 CTGCAGCTGGTGCTGGCCCCACTGCACAGCCTGGCCTCGCAGGCA euGln euVal euAlaProLeuHisSer euAlaSerGlnAla
1081 CTGGAGCATGGGCTCCCGGACCCCGGCAGCCTCCTGGTGCACTCC euGluHisGlyLeuProAspProGlySerLeu euValHisSer
1126 TTCCAGCAGCTCGGCCGCATCGACTCCCTGAGCGAGCAGATTTCC PheGlnGlnLeuGlyArglleAspSerLeuSerGluGlnlleSer
1171 TTCCTGGAGGAGCAGCTGGGGTCCTGCTCCTGCAAGAAAGACTCG Phe euGluGluGlnLeuGlySerCysSerCysLys ysAspSer (SEQ ID NO: 18)
1216 TGACTGCCCAGCGCCCCAGGCTGGACTGAGCCCCTCACGCCGCCC
1261 TGCAGCCCCCATGCCCCTGCCCAACATGCTGGGGGTCCAGAAGCC
1306 ACCTCGGGGTGACTGAGCGGAAGGCCAGGCAGGGCCTTCCTCCTC 1351 TTCCTCCTCCCCTTCCTCGGGAGGCTCCCCAGACCCTGGCATGGG 1396 ATGGGCTGGGATCTTCTCTGTGAATCCACCCCTGGCTACCCCCAC
1441 CCTGGCTACCCCAACGGCATCCCAAGGCCAGGTGGGCCCTCAGCT 1486 GAGGGAAGGTACGAGCTCCCTGCTGGAGCCTGGGACCCATGGCAC
1531 AGGCCAGGCAGCCCGGAGGCTGGGTGGGGCCTCAGTGGGGCTGCT 1576 GCCTGACCCCCAGCACAATAAAAATGAAACGTGAGCTGCAAAAA ( SEQ ID NO : 17 )
A search of the sequence databases using BLASTP reveals that the protein of clone 17883252.0.13 has 171 of 174 residues (98%) identical and X of X (XX%) positive with the 273 residue human neuro-growth factor-like protein Zneul (ACC:W88381).
The proteins of the invention encoded by clone 17883252.0.13 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 17883252.0.13 protein.
POLY10
A POLY10 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 17941787.0.3. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the mammary gland and pituitary gland. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 17941787.0.3 is given in Table 11. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 19) of 1441 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 430 amino acid residues (represented in Tablel 1 ; SEQ ID NO:20) with a predicted molecular weight of 48793 Da. The start codon is at nucleotides 120-122 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 1410-1412. The protein of SEQ ID NO:20 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize extracellularly with a certainty of 0.3700, and to have a cleavable N-terminal signal sequence. The program SignalP predicts that there is a signal peptide with the most likely cleavage site between residues 27 and 28: VYA-CG.
TABLE 11
Translated Protein - Frame: 3 - Nucleotide 120 to 1409
1 CGCCGGTGGCTCGGCGGCGGCGGCGGCGGCGGCGGCGGCGGCGGC
46 GGCGGCGTCGTCTACCTCCAGCTTCTCCTCCCTCCTCCTCCGTCT 91 CCTCCTCTCTCTCTCCATCTGCTGTGGTTATGGCCTGTCGCTGGA
MetAlaCysArgTrpS
136 GCACAAAAGAGTCTCCGCGGTGGAGGTCTGCGTTGCTCTTGCTTT erThr ysGluSerProArgTrpArgSerAlaLeu eu eu euP 181 TCCTCGCTGGGGTGTACGCTTGTGGAGAGACTCCAGAGCAAATAC he euAlaGlyValTyrAlaCysGlyGluThrProGluGlnlleA
226 GAGCACCAAGTGGCATAATCACAAGCCCAGGCTGGCCTTCTGAAT rgAlaProSerGlyllelleThrSerProGlyTrpProSerGluT
271 ATCCTGCAAAAATCAACTGTAGCTGGTTCATAAGGGCAAACCCAG yrProAla ysIleAsnCysSerTrpPhelleArgAlaAsnProG 316 GCGAAATCATTACTATAAGTTTTCAGGATTTTGATATTCAAGGAT lyGluIlelleThrlleSerPheGlnAspPheAspIleGlnGlyS
361 CCAGAAGGTGCAATTTGGACTGGTTGACAATAGAAACATACAAGA erArgArgCysAsn euAspTrpLeuThrlleGluThrTyrLysA
406 ATATTGAAAGTTACAGAGCTTGTGGTTCCACAATTCCACCTCCGT snlleGluSerTyrArgAlaCysGlySerThrlleProProProT
451 ATATCTCTTCACAAGACCACATCTGGATTAGGTTTCATTCGGATG yrlleSerSerGlnAspHisIleTrpIleArgPheHisSerAspA
496 ACAACATCTCTAGAAAGGGTTTCAGACTGGCATATTTTTCAGGGA spAsnlleSerArgLysGlyPheArg euAlaTyrPheSerGlyL 541 AATCTGAGGAACCAAATTGTGCTTGTGATCAGTTTCGTTGTGGTA ysSerGluGluProAsnCysAlaCysAspGlnPheArgCysGlyA
586 ATGGAAAGTGTATACCAGAAGCCTGGAAATGTAATAACATGGATG snGly ysCysIleProGluAlaTrpLysCysAsnAsnMetAspG
631 AATGTGGAGATAGTTCCGATGAAGAGATCTGTGCCAAAGAAGCAA luCysGlyAspSerSerAspGluGluIleCysAla ysGluAlaA
676 ATCCTCCAACTGCTGCTGCTTTTCAACCCTGTGCTTACAACCAGT snProProThrAlaAlaAlaPheGlnProCysAlaTyrAsnGlnP
721 TCCAGTGTTTATCCCGTTTTACCAAAGTTTACACTTGCCTCCCCG heGlnCys euSerArgPheThrLysValTyrThrCys euProG 766 AATCTTTAAAATGTGATGGGAACATTGACTGCCTTGACCTAGGAG luSer eu ysCysAspGlyAsnlleAspCysLeuAspLeuGlyA
811 ATGAGATAGACTGTGATGTGCCAACATGTGGGCAATGGCTAAAAT spGluIleAspCysAspValProT rCysGlyGlnTrp eu ysT
856 ATTTTTATGGTACTTTTAATTCTCCCAATTATCCAGACTTTTATC yrPheTyrGlyThrPheAsnSerProAsnTyrProAspPheTyrP
901 CTCCTGGAAGCAATTGCACCTGGTTAATAGACACTGGTGATCACC roProGlySerAsnCysThrTrp euIleAspThrGlyAspHisA
946 GTAAAGTCATTTTACGCTTCACTGACTTTAAACTTGATGGTACTG rg ysVallleLeuArgPheThrAspPheLysLeuAspGlyThrG 991 GTTATGGTGATTATGTCAAAATATATGATGGATTAGAGGAGAATC lyTyrGlyAspTyrValLysIleTyrAspGly euGluGluAsnP
1036 CACACAAGCTTTTGCGTGTGTTGACAGCTTTTGATTCTCATGCAC roHis ysLeuLeuArgVal euThrAlaPheAspSerHisAlaP 1081 CTCTTACAGTTGTTTCTTCTTCTGGACAGATAAGGGTACATTTTT ro euThrValValSerSerSerGlyGlnlleArgValHisP eC
1126 GTGCTGATAAAGTGAATGCTGCAAGGGGATTTAATGCTACTTACC ysAlaAsp ysValAsnAlaAlaArgGlyPheAsnAlaThrTyrG
1171 AAGTAGATGGGTTCTGTTTGCCATGGGAAATACCCTGTGGAGGTA InValAspGlyPheCysLeuProTrpGluIleProCysGlyGlyA 1216 ACTGGGGGTGTTATACTGAGCAGCAGCGTCGTGATGGGTATTGGC snTrpGlyCysTyrThrGluGlnGlnArgArgAspGlyTyrTrpH
1261 ATTGCCCAAATGGAAGGGATGAAACCAATTGTACCATGTGCCAGA i sCysProAsnGlyArgAspGluThrAsnCysThrMetCysGlnL
1306 AGGAAGAATTTCCATGTTCCCGAAATGGTGTCTGCTATCCTCGCT ysGluGluPheProCysSerArgAsnGlyValCysTyrProArgS
1351 CTGATCGCTGCAACTACCAGAATCATTGCCCAAATGGCAAACAGA erAspArgCysAsnTyrGlnAsnHisCysProAsnGlyLysGlnA
1396 ACCCATCTACTTGGTAAGTAGCATTAAATCCCCTTGCAGCATTCA snProSerT rTrp (SEQ ID NO: 20) 1441 C (SEQ ID NO:19)
A search of the sequence databases using BLASTP reveals that the protein of clone 17941787.0.3 has 398 of 403 residues (98%) identical to, and 400 of 403 residues (99%) positive with the 859 residue human ST7 protein (SPTREMBL-ACC:Q9Y561) .
The proteins of the invention encoded by clone 17941787.0.3 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 17941787.0.3 protein.
POLY11
A POLY11 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 20936375.0.104. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the kidney. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 20936375.0.104 is given in Table 12. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:21) of 2056 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 534 amino acid residues (represented in Table 12; SEQ ID NO:22) with a predicted molecular weight of
60037.3 Da. The start codon is at nucleotides 7-9 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 1609- 1611. The protein of SEQ ID NO:22 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize in the plasma membrane with a certainty of 0.7300 and to have an uncleavable N-terminal signal sequence. The program SignalP predicts that there is no signal peptide.
TABLE 12
Translated Protein - Frame: 1 - Nucleotide 7 to 1608
1 CGCTCCATGTATNAGTTTCATGCAGGCTCTTGGGAAAGCTGGTGC MetTyr PheHisAlaGlySerTrpGluSerTrpCys 46 TGCTGCTGCCTGATTCCCGCCGACAGACCTTGGGACCGGGGCCAA
CysCysCysLeuIleProAlaAspArgProTrpAspArgGlyGln
91 CACTGGCAGCTGGAGATGGCGGACACGAGATCCGTGCACGAGACT HisTrpGlnLeuGluMetAlaAspThrArgSerValHisGluThr
136 AGGTTTGAGGCGGCCGTGAAGGTGATCCAGAGTTTGCCGAAGAAT ArgPheGluAlaAlaVal ysVallleGlnSer euPro ysAsn
181 GATTCATTCCAGCCAACAAATGAAATGATGCTTAAATTTTATAGC AspSerPheGlnProThrAsnGluMetMet euLysPheTyrSer
226 TTCTATAAGCAGGCAACTGAAGGACCCTGTAAACTTTCAAGGCCT PheTyrLysGlnAlaThrGluGlyProCysLysLeuSerArgPro 271 GGATTTTGGGATCCTATTGGAAGATATAAATGGGATGCTTGGAGT
GlyPheTrpAspProIleGlyArgTyrLysTrpAspAlaTrpSer
316 TCACTGGGTGATATGACCAAAGAGGAAGCCATGATTGCATATGTT Ser euGlyAspMetThrLysGluGluAlaMetlleAlaTyrVal
361 GAAGAAATGAAAAAGATTATTGAAACTATGCCAATGACTGAGAAA GluGluMetLysLysIlelleGluThrMetProMetThrGluLys
406 GTTGAAGAATTGCTGCGTGTCATAGGTCCATTTTATGAAATTGTC ValGluGluLeu euArgVallleGlyProPheTyrGluIleVal
451 GAGGACAAAAAGAGTGGCAGGAGTTCTGATATAACCTCAGTCCGA GluAspLysLysSerGlyArgSerSerAspIleThrSerValArg 496 CTGGAGAAAATCTCTAAATGTTTAGAAGATCTTGGTAATGTTCTC
LeuGluLysIleSer__ysCys__euGluAspLeuGlyAsnValLeu
541 ACTTCTACTCCAAACGCCAAAACCGTTAATGGTAAAGCTGAAAGC ThrSerThrProAsnAla ysThrValAsnGlyLysAlaGluSer
586 AGTGACAGTGGAGCCGAGTCTGAGGAAGAAGAGGCCCAAGAAGAA SerAspSerGlyAlaGluSerGluGluGluGluAlaGlnGluGlu
631 GTGAAAGGAGCAGAACAAAGTGATAATGATAAGAAAATGATGAAG ValLysGlyAlaGluGlnSerAspAsnAspLysLysMetMetLys
676 AAGTCAGCAGACCATAAGAATTTGGAAGTCATTGTCACTAATGGC LysSerAlaAspHis ysAsnLeuGluVallleValT rAsnGly 721 TATGATAAAGATGGCTTTGTTCAGGATATACAGAATGACATTCAT
TyrAspLysAspGlyPheValGlnAspIleGlnAsnAspIleHis 766 GCCAGTTCTTCCCTGAATGGCAGAAGCACTGAAGAAGTAAAGCCC AlaSerSerSerLeuAsnGlyArgSerThrGluGluVal ysPro
811 ATTGATGAAAACTTGGGGCAAACTGGAAAATCTGCTGTTTGCATT IleAspGluAsn euGlyGlnThrGlyLysSerAlaValCysIle
856 CACCAAGATATAAATGATGATCATGTTGAAGATGTTACAGGAATT HisGlnAspIleAsnAspAspHisValGluAspValThrGlylle 901 CAGCATTTGACAAGCGATTCAGACAGTGAAGTTTACTGTGATTCT
GlnHisLeuThrSerAspSerAspSerGluValTyrCysAspSer
946 ATGGAACAATTTGGAC AGAAGAGTCTTTAGACAGCTTTACGTCC MetGluGlnP eGlyGlnGluGluSerLeuAspSerPheThrSer
991 AACAATGGACCATTTCAGTATTACTTGGGTGGTCATTCCAGTCAA AsnAsnGlyProPheGlnTyrTyrLeuGlyGlyHisSerSerGln
1036 CCCATGGAAAATTCTGGATTTCGTGAAGATATTCAAGTACCTCCT ProMetGluAsnSerGlyPheArgGluAspIleGlnValProPro
1081 GGAAATGGCAACATTGGGAATATGCAGGTGGTTGCAGTTGAAGGA GlyAsnGlyAsnlleGlyAsnMetGlnValValAlaValGluGly 1126 AAAGGTGAAGTCAAGCATGGAGGAGAAGATGGCAGGAATAACAGC
LysGlyGluValLysHisGlyGlyGluAspGlyArgAsnAsnSer
1171 GGAGCACCACACCGGGAGAAGCGAGGCGGAGAAACTGACGAATTC GlyAlaProHisArgGlu ysArgGlyGlyGluT rAspGluPhe
1216 TCTAATGTTAGAAGAGGAAGAGGACATAGGATGCAACACTTGAGC SerAsnValArgArgGlyArgGlyHisArgMetGlnHisLeuSer
1261 GAAGGAACCAAGGGCCGGCAGGTGGGAAGTGGAGGTGATGGGGAG GluGlyThrLysGlyArgGlnValGlySerGlyGlyAspGlyGlu
1306 CGCTGGGGCTCCGACAGAGGGTCCCGAGGCAGCCTCAATGAGCAG
ArgTrpGlySerAspArgGlySerArgGlySer euAsnGluGln 1351 ATCGCCCTCGTGCTGATGAGACTGCAGGAGGACATGCAGAATGTC
IleAlaLeuVal euMetArgLeuGlnGluAspMetGlnAsnVal
1396 CTTCAGAGACTGCAGAAACTGGAAACGCTGACTGCTTTGCAGGCA LeuGlriArgLeuGlnLysLeuGluThrLeuThrAlaLeuGlnAla
1441 AAATCATCAACATCAACATTGCAGACTGCTCCTCAGCCCACCTCA LysSerSerThrSerThr euGlnT rAlaProGlnProThrSer
1486 CAGAGACCATCTTGGTGGCCCTTCGAGATGTCTCCTGGTGTGCTA GlnArgProSerTrpTrpProPheGluMetSerProGlyValLeu
1531 ACGTTTGCCATCATATGGCCTTTTATTGCACAGTGGTTGGTGTAT ThrPheAlallelleTrpProPhelleAlaGlnTrpLeuValTyr 1576 TTATACTATCAAAGAAGGAGAAGAAAACTGAACTGAGGAAAATGG
LeuTyrTyrGlnArgArgArgArgLys euAsn (SEQ ID NO: 22)
1621 TGTTTTCCTCAAGAAGACTACTGGAACTGGATGACCTCAGAATGA 1666 ACTGGATTGTGGTGTTCACAAGAAAATCTTAGTTTGTGATGATTA 1711 CATTGCTTTTTGTTGTCCAGTAGTTTAGTTTGTGTACATATATAC
1756 ACATATATATTTTGCACTACACAAACGATAACATTTTAAGGACTA
1801 ATATTGCTGATACTTGAATAATCAATCTCTACTAGGTTATAAGTA 1846 GTATACACAGATTTACCCTGCCCTTGAACTTGAAGGACATTAAAT 1891 TATTAATGATCATTTGGTAACATGTTTACCTGATTATCTTCCATA 1936 GAGTAACATAAGCTGCTTTTCAAAGGTACCATTGTGATAATGAGA 1981 TCAAATTTATAAGTTATTATTTTTAATTTTCTAAATTAAATAAAA 2026 GAAAGAATGCAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA (SEQ ID NO: 21)
A search of the sequence databases using BLASTP reveals that the protein of clone 20936375.0.104 has 453 of 534 residues (84%) identical to, and 483 of 534 residues (90%) positive with the 533 residue bovine endozepine-related protein precursor (membrane- associated diazepam binding inhibitor) (MA-DBI) (ACC:P07106). It also has a low similarity over 91 residues to the 359 residue human peroxisomal D3,D2-enoyl-coA isomerase 3 (ACC:AAD34173).
The proteins of the invention encoded by clone 20936375.0.104 include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 20936375.0.104 protein.
POLY12
A POLY 12 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 21636818.0.57. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the uterus and bone marrow. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 21636818.0.57 is given in Table 13. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:23) of 1544 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 151 amino acid residues (represented in Table 13; SEQ ID NO:24) with a predicted molecular weight of 16776.3 Da. The start codon is at nucleotides 274-276 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 727-729. The protein of SEQ ID
NO:24 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize extracellularly with a certainty of 0.3700 and to have a cleavable N-terminal signal sequence. The program SignalP predicts that the most likely cleavage site occurs between residues 19 and 20: SNP-SH. TABLE 13
Translated Protein - Frame: 1 - Nucleotide 274 to 726
1 ATAACCAACAATGGCAATGACCATCCACCACAGGCCCGGCACTCA
46 TGATCACAATGTGAGGTAGACACTGCTGCCCCCACTTCACAGACA
91 AGGAAATCGAAGTTCAGAGCTATTCAATCACCTCTTCGAGGCCGC
136 ACAATTCACCAGCAGCAAAGCTTGGCCTGGGACCCAGTTGCACCT
181 GGCCCAAAGTCTGAGGTCTCCTCCACTGCCTCCTCCCTTCTTCAT
226 CCCCAGCATCAGGCCCAGATCTGGGCCTCCACCACCTTCAGCCTG
271 ACTATGGCGAGGTCTTTCTACCTGGTCTCCCTGCCTCTGGTACTT MetAlaArgSerPheTyrLeuValSer euPro euValLeu
316 CCCTCCTCCAACCCCTCTCACGTGTGGCTGACCAGGTGTACTCAT ProSerSerAsnProSerHisValTrpLeuThrArgCysThrHis
361 GTCATTCTCTTTCAAAAAAGTATTCAGGGCCTTCAATACATACAA Vallle euPheGln ysSerlleGlnGlyLeuGlnTyrlleGln 406 AATCTGGAGTGGTCCTCACCTGTCACTGAATCCTGGCTATGTTGC
Asn euGluTrpSerSerProValThrGluSerTrpLeuCysCys
451 AGGACCCAGCCAAAGACTTTTTCCACAAAGTCTTCTCCCGAAACC ArgThrGlnPro ysThrPheSerThrLysSerSerProGluThr
496 TTAGCTCTCACACTCTCTCCCTCTCTCCCCTCTGCCCCGCGTCTG euAlaLeuThr euSerProSerLeuProSerAlaProArg eu
541 TACCTGGTTTCTCTCTGTGCTCTCGTAACACCTCAGGCCAAGGTA Tyr euValSerLeuCysAlaLeuValThrProGlnAla ysVal
586 ATTCCGTGTGGTGGAGGCCTGTCTCGTGCACTGCGGGATGTTCAG IleProCysGlyGlyGlyLeuSerArgAla euArgAspValGln 631 CAGCATCCCTGGCTCCTGCCCACCCCCAATCATGACCATCAAAAA
GlnHisProTrpLeuLeuProThrProAsnHisAspHisGlnLys
676 TGTCCCCAGACAACTACCAAGTATCCCCTGGAGGGCAAAATCACC CysProGlnThrThrThr ysTyrProLeuGluGly ysIleThr
721 CTGGGTTGAGAGCCACTGTCTCAGACAGTACTTCGGCCACTGCCT euGly (SEQ ID NO: 24)
766 CGGACCGCACCTTGTGGCTCAGGGAATGAGTATAGACTTCTCTGA
811 AGGGGCTGCCTGCATTTTAAAAAGCCACCACCAGAACTCACCATT
856 GCGAGTCAATTTGGGGGTGGTTCGGGAATTCACCAGGCTCTCCAT 901 TTCCAGGTGAATATCTTTTGTTTCGCCAGTATCATATAAATGGCG
946 CACCTGGCAGAAATTTACAAAGTCAAACAGAAAGAAAATCAAATA
991 TCAAGTAACAAATTCCTACCTAAGAGCAGAATGGCTGAAAGGAAA 1036 GTCTGGGATAGAAGGCTGGGTAAAGTTCAGACAGAAGTTAGGATG
1081 ATGACCTTTAAATCTTTTATGAAATAAGGTGGGGTTTGAGAAAAA
1126 CAAACACATTTTAACTGTGGGACTTTGTGCTAGAAATCAGCTACA
1171 CAGGGCCGGGTGCGGTGGCTCACACCTATAATCCCTATAGTTGGG
1216 GAGGCCGAGGCCAGCAGATGGCTTAAGGCTAGGAGTTTGAGACCA
1261 GTTTGGGAAACACAGGGAGGCCTTGTCTCTACAAAAAATTTAAAA
1306 ATTAGCTGTAGTCCCAGCTACTTGGGAGGCTGAAGTGGGAGGATC 1351 CCTTGAGACCAGGAAGTCAAAGCTTCAGTGAGCTGAGATAGTGCC
1396 CCCACACCCCAAAAAGCCTGGGCAACAAAGCAAGACTTTGTTTCN
1441 AAAAAAAAAAAAAGAAAAAAGAAAAGAGAGAAAAAATTAGTTACT 1486 CGGTCATGGAGGTCCCTCTAAGAGTCTCGGTTGGACTACTAATAA 1531 TGCTGCCTCTTAAC (SEQ ID NO: 23)
A search of the sequence databases using BLASTP reveals that the protein of clone
21636818.0.57 has 17 of 49 residues (34%) identical to, and 26 of 49 residues (53%) positive with the 386 residue PKMIOI conjugation proteins (TRAL), (TRAM), (TRAA), (TRAB), (TRAC), (TRAB), (TRAC), (TRAD), (TRAN), (TRAE), (TRAO), (TRAF), (TRAG), entry exclusion protein (EEX), (KIKA), (KORB), (KORA) and endonuclease (NUC) genes, complete CDS (TRAM)(TRAB) (TRAB) (TRAD) (TRAE) (TRAF) (EEX) (KORB) (KORA)
(NUC) from Escherichia coli, (ACC: SPTREMBL Q46705).
The proteins of the invention encoded by clone 21636818.0.57include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 21636818.0.57 protein.
POLY13
A POLY13 nucleic acid according to the invention includes the nucleic acid sequence represented in the nucleic acid sequence represented in Clone 20468752-0-18_update. RNA sequences homologous to this clone are found in the placenta. A representation of the nucleotide sequence of clone 20468752-0-18_update is given in Table 14. This clone includes a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:25) of 2306 bp. This nucleotide sequence has an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of 720 amino acid residues (represented in Table 14; SEQ ID NO:26) with a predicted molecular weight of 80141.8 Da. The start codon is at nucleotides 128-130 and the stop codon is at nucleotides 2287-2289. The protein of SEQ ID NO:26 is predicted by the PSORT program to localize extracellularly with a certainty of 0.3700 and to have a cleavable N-terminal signal sequence. The program SignalP predicts that the most likely cleavage site occurs between residues 21 and 22: ISS-LP.
TABLE 14
Translated Protein - Frame: 2 - Nucleotide 128 to 2287
1 GAGCTGAAACCCGAGCTCCCGCTCAGCTGGGGCTCGGGGAGGTCC
46 CTGTAAAACCCGCCTGCCCCCGGCCTCCCTGGGTCCCTCCTCTCC
91 CTCCCCAGTAGACGCTCGGACACCAGCCGCGGCAAGGATGGAGCT
MetGluLe
136 GGGTTGCTGGACGCAGTTGGGGCTCACTTTTCTTCAGCTCCTTCT uGlyCysTrpThrGlnLeuGlyLeuThrPhe euGlnLeuLeuLe
181 CATCTCGTCCTTGCCAAGAGAGTACACAGTCATTAATGAAGCCTG uIleSerSer euProArgGluTyrThrVallleAsnGluAlaCy
226 CCCTGGAGCAGAGTGGAATATCATGTGTCGGGAGTGCTGTGAATA sProGlyAlaGluTrpAsnlleMetCysArgGluCysCysGluTy 271 TGATCAGATTGAGTGCGTCTGCCCCGGAAAGAGGGAAGTCGTGGG rAspGlnlleGluCysValCysProGlyLysArgGluValValGl
316 TTATACCATCCCTTGCTGCAGGAATGAGGAGAATGAGTGTGACTC yTyrT rlleProCysCysArgAsnGluGluAsnGluCysAspSe
361 CTGCCTGATCCACCCAGGTTGTACCATCTTTGAAAACTGCAAGAG rCys euIleHisProGlyCysThrllePheGluAsnCysLysSe
406 CTGCCGAAATGGCTCATGGGGGGGTACCTTGGATGACTTCTATGT rCysArgAsnGlySerTrpGlyGlyThr euAspAspPheTyrVa
451 GAAGGGGTTCTACTGTGCAGAGTGCCGAGCAGGCTGGTACGGAGG l ysGlyPheTyrCysAlaGluCysArgAlaGlyTrpTyrGlyGl 496 AGACTGCATGCGATGTGGCCAGGTTCTGCGAGCCCCAAAGGGTCA yAspCysMetArgCysGlyGlnValLeuArgAlaPro ysGlyGl
541 GATTTTGTTGGAAAGCTATCCCCTAAATGCTCACTGTGAATGGAC nlleLeuLeuGluSerTyrPro euAsnAlaHisCysGluTrpT
586 CATTCATGCTAAACCTGGGTTTGTCATCCAACTAAGATTTGTCAT rlleHisAla ysProGlyPheVallleGln euArgP eValMe
631 GTTGAGCCTGGAGTTTGACTACATGTGCCAGTATGACTATGTTGA tLeuSerLeuGluPheAspTyrMetCysGlnTyrAspTyrValGl
676 GGTTCGTGATGGAGACAACCGCGATGGCCAGATCATCAAGCGTGT uValArgAspGlyAspAsnArgAspGlyGlnllelle ysArgVa 721 CTGTGGCAACGAGCGGCCAGCTCCTATCCAGAGCATAGGATCCTC ICysGlyAsnGluArgProAlaProIleGlnSerlleGlySerSe
766 ACTCCACGTCCTCTTCCACTCCGATGGCTCCAAGAATTTTGACGG r euHisVal euPheHisSerAspGlySerLysAsnP eAspGl
811 TTTCCATGCCATTTATGAGGAGATCACAGCATGCTCCTCATCCCC yPheHisAlalleTyrGluGluIleThrAlaCysSerSerSerPr
856 TTGTTTCCATGACGGCACGTGCGTCCTTGACAAGGCTGGATCTTA oCysPheHisAspGlyThrCysValLeuAspLysAlaGlySerTy
901 CAAGTGTGCCTGCTTGGCAGGCTATACTGGGCAGCGCTGTGAAAA rLysCysAlaCys euAlaGlyTyrThrGlyGlnArgCysGluAs
946 TCTCCTTGAAGAAAGAAACTGCTCAGACCCTGGGGGCCCAGTCAA nLeuLeuGluGluArgAsnCysSerAspProGlyGlyProValAs 991 TGGGTACCAGAAAATAACAGGGGGCCCTGGGCTTATCAACGGACG nGlyTyrGln ysIleThrGlyGlyProGlyLeuIleAsnGlyAr
1036 CCATGCTAAAATTGGCACCGTGGTGTCTTTCTTTTGTAACAACTC gHisAlaLysIleGlyThrValValSerPhePheCysAsnAsnSe
1081 CTATGTTCTTAGTGGCAATGAGAAAAGAACTTGCCAGCAGAATGG rTyrVal euSerGlyAsnGluLysArgThrCysGlnGlnAsnGl
1126 AGAGTGGTCAGGGAAACAGCCCATCTGCATAAAAGCCTGCCGAGA yGluTrpSerGlyLysGlnProIleCysIleLysAlaCysArgGl
1171 ACCAAAGATTTCAGACCTGGTGAGAAGGAGAGTTCTTCCGATGCA uProLysIleSerAspLeuValArgArgArgValLeuProMetGl 1216 GGTTCAGTCAAGGGAGACACCATTACACCAGCTATACTCAGCGGC nValGlnSerArgGluThrPro euHisGlnLeuTyrSerAlaAl
1261 CTTCAGCAAGCAGAAACTGCAGAGTGCCCCTACCAAGAAGCCAGC aPheSerLysGlnLysLeuGlnSerAlaProThrLysLysProAl
1306 CCTTCCCTTTGGAGATCTGCCCATGGGATACCAACATCTGCATAC aLeuProPheGlyAspLeuProMetGlyTyrGlnHis euHisTh
1351 CCAGCTCCAGTATGAGTGCATCTCACCCTTCTACCGCCGCCTGGG rGlnLeuGlnTyrGluCysIleSerProPheTyrArgArg euGl
1396 CAGCAGCAGGAAGACATGTCTGAAGACTGGGAAGTGGAGTGGGCG yΞerSerArgLysT rCys eu ysThrGly ysTrpSerGlyAr 1441 GGCACCATCCTGCATCCCTATCTGCGGGAAAATTGAGAACATCAC gAlaProSerCysIleProIleCysGly ysIleGluAsnlleTh
1486 TGCTCCAAAGACCCAAGGGTTGCGCTGGCCGTGGCAGGCAGCCAT rAlaProLysThrGlnGlyLeuArgTrpProTrpGlnAlaAlall
1531 CTACAGGAGGACCAGCGGGGTGCATGACGGCAGCCTACACAAGGG eTyrArgArgThrSerGlyValHisAspGlySer euHis ysGl
1576 AGCGTGGTTCCTAGTCTGCAGCGGTGCCCTGGTGAATGAGCGCAC yAlaTrpPheLeuValCysSerGlyAlaLeuValAsnGluArgTh 1621 TGTGGTGGTGGCTGCCCACTGTGTTACTGACCTGGGGAAGGTCAC rValValValAlaAlaHisCysValThrAspLeuGlyLysValTh
1666 CATGATCAAGACAGCAGACCTGAAAGTTGTTTTGGGGAAATTCTA rMetlle ysThrAlaAspLeu ysValValLeuGlyLysPheTy
1711 CCGGGATGATGACCGGGATGAGAAGACCATCCAGAGCCTACAGAT rArgAspAspAspArgAspGluLysThrlleGlnSerLeuGlnll 1756 TTCTGCTATCATTCTGCATCCCAACTATGACCCCATCCTGCTTGA eSerAlallelleLeuHisProAsnTyrAspProIleLeuLeuAs
1801 TGCTGACATCGCCATCCTGAAGCTCCTAGACAAGGCCCGTATCAG pAlaAspIleAlalle eu ysLeuLeuAsp ysAlaArglleSe
1846 CACCCGAGTCCAGCCCATCTGCCTCGCTGCCAGTCGGGATCTCAG rThrArgValGlnProIleCysLeuAlaAlaSerArgAsp euSe
1891 CACTTCCTTCCAGGAGTCCCACATCACTGTGGCTGGCTGGAATGT rThrSerPheGlnGluSerHisIleThrValAlaGlyTrpAsnVa
1936 CCTGGCAGACGTGAGGAGCCCTGGCTTCAAGAACGACACACTGCG l euAlaAspValArgSerProGlyPheLysAsnAspThr euAr 1981 CTCTGGGGTGGTCAGTGTGGTGGACTCGCTGCTGTGTGAGGAGCA gSerGlyValValSerValValAspSerLeuLeuCysGluGluGl
2026 GCATGAGGACCATGGCATCCCAGTGAGTGTCACTGATAACATGTT nHisGluAspHisGlylleProValSerValThrAspAsnMetPh
2071 CTGTGCCAGCTGGGAACCCACTGCCCCTTCTGATATCTGCACTGC eCysAlaSerTrpGluProThrAlaProSerAspIleCysThrAl
2116 AGAGACAGGAGGCATCGCGGCTGTGTCCTTCCCGGGACGAGCATC aGluThrGlyGlylleAlaAlaValΞerPheProGlyArgAlaSe
2161 TCCTGAGCCACGCTGGCATCTGATGGGACTGGTCAGCTGGAGCTA rProGluProArgTrpHisLeuMetGly euValSerTrpSerTy 2206 TGATAAAACATGCAGCCACAGGCTCTCCACTGCCTTCACCAAGGT rAsp ysThrCysSerHisArg euSerThrAlaPheThr ysVa
2251 GCTGCCTTTTAAAGACTGGATTGAAAGAAATATGAAATGAACCAT lLeuProPhe ysAspTrpIleGluArgAsnMet ys (SEQ ID NO: 26)
2296 GCTCATGCACT (SEQ ID NO: 25)
A search of the sequence databases using BLASTP reveals that the protein of clone 20468752-0-18_update has 157 of 454 residues (34%) identical to, and 234 of 454 residues (51%) positive with, the 1019 residue factor C protein from Carcinoscoφius rotundicauda
(SOUTHEAST ASIAN HORSESHOE CRAB) (SPTREMBL-ACC:Q26422). In addition, the 720 residue protein of clone 20468752-0-18_updat has 180 of 181 residues (99%) identical to, and 181 of 181 residues (100%) positive with the 181 residue fragment of a human hypothetical 20.0 kDa protein (TREMBLNEW-ACC:CAB43317), starting at residue 540. The proteins of the invention encoded by clone 20468752-0-18_update include the full protein disclosed as being encoded by the ORFs described herein, as well as any mature protein arising therefrom as a result of posttranslational modifications. Thus, the proteins of the invention encompass both a precursor and any active forms of the 21636818.0.57 protein.
POLYX Nucleic Acids
The novel nucleic acids of the invention include those that encode a POLYX or POLYX-like protein, or biologically-active portions thereof. The nucleic acids include nucleic acids encoding polypeptides that include the amino acid sequence of one or more of SEQ ID NO:2« (wherein n = 1 to 13). The encoded polypeptides can thus include, e.g., the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and/or 26.
In some embodiments, a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of one or more of SEQ ID NO:2« (wherein n = 1 to 13) includes the nucleic acid sequence of any of SEQ ID NO:2w-l (wherein n = 1 to 13), or a fragment thereof, and can thus include, e.g., the nucleic acid sequences of SEQ ID NO:l, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, and/or 25. Additionally, the invention includes mutant or variant nucleic acids of any of SEQ ID NO:2w-l (wherein n = 1 to 13), or a fragment thereof, any of whose bases may be changed from the disclosed sequence while still encoding a protein that maintains its POLYX- like biological activities and physiological functions. The invention further includes the complement of the nucleic acid sequence of any of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n = 1 to 13), including fragments, derivatives, analogs and homologs thereof. The invention additionally includes nucleic acids or nucleic acid fragments, or complements thereto, whose structures include chemical modifications.
Also included are nucleic acid fragments sufficient for use as hybridization probes to identify POLYX-encoding nucleic acids (e.g., POLYX mRNA) and fragments for use as polymerase chain reaction (PCR) primers for the amplification or mutation of POLYX nucleic acid molecules. As used herein, the term "nucleic acid molecule" is intended to include DNA molecules (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA), RNA molecules (e.g., mRNA), analogs of the DNA or RNA generated using nucleotide analogs, and derivatives, fragments, and homologs thereof. The nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA. As utilized herein, the term "probes" refer to nucleic acid sequences of variable length, preferably between at least about 10 nucleotides (nt), 100 nt, or as many as about, e.g., 6,000 nt, depending upon the specific use. Probes are used in the detection of identical, similar, or complementary nucleic acid sequences. Longer length probes are usually obtained from a natural or recombinant source, are highly specific and much slower to hybridize than oligomers. Probes may be single- or double-stranded, and may also be designed to have specificity in PCR, membrane-based hybridization technologies, or ELISA-like technologies.
As utilized herein, the term "isolated" nucleic acid molecule is a nucleic acid that is separated from other nucleic acid molecules that are present in the natural source of the nucleic acid. Examples of isolated nucleic acid molecules include, but are not limited to, recombinant DNA molecules contained in a vector, recombinant DNA molecules maintained in a heterologous host cell, partially or substantially purified nucleic acid molecules, and synthetic DNA or RNA molecules. Preferably, an "isolated" nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5'- and 3'-termini of the nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid is derived. For example, in various embodiments, the isolated POLYX nucleic acid molecule can contain less than approximately 50 kb, 25 kb, 5 kb, 4 kb, 3 kb, 2 kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA of the cell from which the nucleic acid is derived. Moreover, an "isolated" nucleic acid molecule, such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
As used herein, a "mature" form of a polypeptide or protein disclosed in the present invention is the product of a naturally occurring polypeptide or precursor form or proprotein. The naturally occurring polypeptide, precursor or proprotein includes, by way of nonlimiting example, the full length gene product, encoded by the corresponding gene. Alternatively, it may be defined as the polypeptide, precursor or proprotein encoded by an open reading frame described herein. The product "mature" form arises, again by way of nonlimiting example, as a result of one or more naturally occurring processing steps as they may take place within the cell, or host cell, in which the gene product arises. Examples of such processing steps leading to a "mature" form of a polypeptide or protein include the cleavage of the N-terminal methionine residue encoded by the initiation codon of an open reading frame, or the proteolytic cleavage of a signal peptide or leader sequence. Thus a mature form arising from a precursor polypeptide or protein that has residues 1 to N, where residue 1 is the N-terminal methionine, would have residues 2 through N remaining after removal of the N-terminal methionine. Alternatively, a mature form arising from a precursor polypeptide or protein having residues 1 to N, in which an N-terminal signal sequence from residue 1 to residue M is cleaved, would have the residues from residue M+l to residue N remaining. Further as used herein, a "mature" form of a polypeptide or protein may arise from a step of post-translational modification other than a proteolytic cleavage event. Such additional processes include, by way of non- limiting example, glycosylation, myristoylation or phosphorylation. In general, a mature polypeptide or protein may result from the operation of only one of these processes, or a combination of any of them.
A nucleic acid molecule of the invention, e.g., a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n = 1 to 13), or a complement of any of these nucleotide sequences, can be isolated using standard molecular biology techniques and the sequence information provided herein. Using all or a portion of the nucleic acid sequence of any of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n=\ to 13) as a hybridization probe, POLYX nucleic acid sequences can be isolated using standard hybridization and cloning techniques (e.g., as described in Sambrook et al, eds., MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL 2nd Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1989; and Ausubel, et al, eds., CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1993.)
A nucleic acid of the invention can be amplified using cDNA, mRNA or alternatively, genomic DNA, as a template and appropriate oligonucleotide primers according to standard PCR amplification techniques. The nucleic acid so amplified can be cloned into an appropriate vector and characterized by DNA sequence analysis. Furthermore, oligonucleotides corresponding to POLYX nucleotide sequences can be prepared by standard synthetic techniques, e.g. , using an automated DNA synthesizer.
As used herein, the term "oligonucleotide" refers to a series of linked nucleotide residues, which oligonucleotide has a sufficient number of nucleotide bases to be used in a PCR reaction. A short oligonucleotide sequence may be based on, or designed from, a genomic or cDNA sequence and is used to amplify, confirm, or reveal the presence of an identical, similar or complementary DNA or RNA in a particular cell or tissue. Oligonucleotides comprise portions of a nucleic acid sequence having about 10 nt, 50 nt, or 100 nt in length, preferably about 15 nt to 30 nt in length. In one embodiment, an oligonucleotide comprising a nucleic acid molecule less than 100 nt in length would further comprise at lease 6 contiguous nucleotides of any of SEQ ID NO:2n-l (wherein n = 1 to 13), or a complement thereof. Oligonucleotides may be chemically synthesized and may also be used as probes.
In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention comprises a nucleic acid molecule that is a complement of the nucleotide sequence shown in any of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n = 1 to 13). In still another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention comprises a nucleic acid molecule that is a complement of the nucleotide sequence shown in any of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n = 1 to 13), or a portion of this nucleotide sequence. A nucleic acid molecule that is complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown in any of SEQ ID NO:2_z-l (wherein n = 1 to 13) is one that is sufficiently complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown that it can hydrogen bond with little or no mismatches to the nucleotide sequence shown in of any of SEQ ID NO:2n-l (wherein n = 1 to 13), thereby forming a stable duplex.
As used herein, the term "complementary" refers to Watson-Crick or Hoogsteen base- pairing between nucleotides units of a nucleic acid molecule, whereas the term "binding" is defined as the physical or chemical interaction between two polypeptides or compounds or associated polypeptides or compounds or combinations thereof. Binding includes ionic, non-ionic, Von der Waals, hydrophobic interactions, and the like. A physical interaction can be either direct or indirect. Indirect interactions may be through or due to the effects of another polypeptide or compound. Direct binding refers to interactions that do not take place through, or due to, the effect of another polypeptide or compound, but instead are without other substantial chemical intermediates.
Additionally, the nucleic acid molecule of the invention can comprise only a portion of the nucleic acid sequence of any of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n = 1 to 13), e.g., a fragment that can be used as a probe or primer, or a fragment encoding a biologically active portion of POLYX. Fragments provided herein are defined as sequences of at least 6 (contiguous) nucleic acids or at least 4 (contiguous) amino acids, a length sufficient to allow for specific hybridization in the case of nucleic acids or for specific recognition of an epitope in the case of amino acids, respectively, and are at most some portion less than a full length sequence. Fragments may be derived from any contiguous portion of a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence of choice. Derivatives are nucleic acid sequences or amino acid sequences formed from the native compounds either directly or by modification or partial substitution. Analogs are nucleic acid sequences or amino acid sequences that have a structure similar to, but not identical to, the native compound but differs from it in respect to certain components or side chains. Analogs may be synthetic or from a different evolutionary origin and may have a similar or opposite metabolic activity compared to wild-type.
Derivatives and analogs may be full-length or other than full-length, if the derivative or analog contains a modified nucleic acid or amino acid, as described infra. Derivatives or analogs of the nucleic acids or proteins of the invention include, but are not limited to, molecules comprising regions that are substantially homologous to the nucleic acids or proteins of the invention, in various embodiments, by at least about 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or even 99% identity (with a preferred identity of 80-99%) over a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence of identical size or when compared to an aligned sequence in which the alignment is done by a computer homology program known in the art, or whose encoding nucleic acid is capable of hybridizing to the complement of a sequence encoding the aforementioned proteins under stringent, moderately stringent, or low stringent conditions. See e.g. Ausubel, et al, CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1993, and below. An exemplary program is the Gap program (Wisconsin Sequence Analysis Package, Version 8 for UNIX, Genetics Computer Group, University Research Park, Madison, WI) using the default settings, which uses the algorithm of Smith and
Waterman (Adv. Appl. Math., 1981, 2: 482-489), which is incoφorated herein by reference in its entirety.
As utilized herein, the term "homologous nucleic acid sequence" or "homologous amino acid sequence," or variations thereof, refer to sequences characterized by a homology at the nucleotide level or amino acid level as discussed supra. Homologous nucleotide sequences encode those sequences coding for isoforms of POLYX polypeptide. Isoforms can be expressed in different tissues of the same organism as a result of, e.g., alternative splicing of RNA. Alternatively, isoforms can be encoded by different genes. In the invention, homologous nucleotide sequences include nucleotide sequences encoding for a POLYX polypeptide of species other than humans, including, but not limited to, mammals, and thus can include, e.g., mouse, rat, rabbit, dog, cat cow, horse, and other organisms. Homologous nucleotide sequences also include, but are not limited to, naturally occurring allelic variations and mutations of the nucleotide sequences set forth herein. A homologous nucleotide sequence does not, however, include the nucleotide sequence encoding human POLYX protein. Homologous nucleic acid sequences include those nucleic acid sequences that encode conservative amino acid substitutions (see below) in any of SEQ ID NO:2« (wherein n = 1 to 13) as well as a polypeptide having POLYX activity. Biological activities of the POLYX proteins are described below. A homologous amino acid sequence does not encode the amino acid sequence of a human POLYX polypeptide.
The nucleotide sequence determined from the cloning of the human POLYX gene allows for the generation of probes and primers designed for use in identifying the cell types disclosed and/or cloning POLYX homologues in other cell types, e.g., from other tissues, as well as POLYX homologues from other mammals. The probe/primer typically comprises a substantially-purified oligonucleotide. The oligonucleotide typically comprises a region of nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under stringent conditions to at least about 12, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350 or 400 or more consecutive sense strand nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:2n-\ (wherein n = 1 to 13); or an anti-sense strand nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n = 1 to 13); or of a naturally occurring mutant of SEQ ID NO:2«-l
(wherein n = 1 to 13).
Probes based upon the human POLYX nucleotide sequence can be used to detect transcripts or genomic sequences encoding the same or homologous proteins. In various embodiments, the probe further comprises a label group attached thereto, e.g., the label group can be a radioisotope, a fluorescent compound, an enzyme, or an enzyme co-factor. Such probes can be used as a part of a diagnostic test kit for identifying cells or tissue which mis- express a POLYX protein, such as by measuring a level of a POLYX-encoding nucleic acid in a sample of cells from a subject e.g., detecting POLYX mRNA levels or determining whether a genomic POLYX gene has been mutated or deleted.
As utilized herein, the term "a polypeptide having a biologically-active portion of
POLYX refers to polypeptides exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical to, an activity of a polypeptide of the invention, including mature forms, as measured in a particular biological assay, with or without dose dependency. A nucleic acid fragment encoding a "biologically-active portion of POLYX can be prepared by isolating a portion of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n = 1 to 13), that encodes a polypeptide having a POLYX biological activity , expressing the encoded portion of POLYX protein (e.g., by recombinant expression in vitro), and assessing the activity of the encoded portion of POLY. POLYX Variants
The invention further encompasses nucleic acid molecules that differ from the disclosed POLYX nucleotide sequences due to degeneracy of the genetic code. These nucleic acids therefore encode the same POLYX protein as those encoded by the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2n-l (wherein n = 1 to 13). In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention has a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein having an amino acid sequence shown in any of SEQ ID NO:2« (wherein n = 1 to 13).
In addition to the human POLYX nucleotide sequence shown in any of SEQ ID NO:2n-l (wherein n - 1 to 13), it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that DNA sequence polymoφhisms that lead to changes in the amino acid sequences of POLYX may exist within a population (e.g., the human population). Such genetic polymoφhism in the POLYX gene may exist among individuals within a population due to natural allelic variation. As used herein, the terms "gene" and "recombinant gene" refer to nucleic acid molecules comprising an open reading frame encoding a POLYX protein, preferably a mammalian POLYX protein. Such natural allelic variations can typically result in 1-5% variance in the nucleotide sequence of the POLYX gene. Any and all such nucleotide variations and resulting amino acid polymoφhisms in POLYX that are the result of natural allelic variation and that do not alter the functional activity of POLYX are intended to be within the scope of the invention.
Additionally, nucleic acid molecules encoding POLYX proteins from other species, and thus that have a nucleotide sequence that differs from the human sequence of any of SEQ
ID NO:2«-l (wherein n = 1 to 13), are intended to be within the scope of the invention. Nucleic acid molecules corresponding to natural allelic variants and homologues of the POLYX cDNAs of the invention can be isolated based on their homology to the human POLYX nucleic acids disclosed herein using the human cDNAs, or a portion thereof, as a hybridization probe according to standard hybridization techniques under stringent hybridization conditions.
In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention is at least 6 nucleotides in length and hybridizes under stringent conditions to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of any of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n = 1 to 13). In another embodiment, the nucleic acid is at least 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 or 750 nucleotides in length. In yet another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention hybridizes to the coding region. As used herein, the term "hybridizes under stringent conditions" is intended to describe conditions for hybridization and washing under which nucleotide sequences at least 60% homologous to each other typically remain hybridized to each other.
Homologs (i.e., nucleic acids encoding POLYX proteins derived from species other than human) or other related sequences (e.g., paralogs) can be obtained by low, moderate or high stringency hybridization with all or a portion of the particular human sequence as a probe using methods well known in the art for nucleic acid hybridization and cloning.
As used herein, the phrase "stringent hybridization conditions" refers to conditions under which a probe, primer or oligonucleotide will hybridize to its target sequence, but to no other sequences. Stringent conditions are sequence-dependent and will be different in different circumstances. Longer sequences hybridize specifically at higher temperatures than shorter sequences. Generally, stringent conditions are selected to be about 5°C lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength, pH and nucleic acid concentration) at which 50% of the probes complementary to the target sequence hybridize to the target sequence at equilibrium. Since the target sequences are generally present at excess, at Tm, 50% of the probes are occupied at equilibrium. Typically, stringent conditions will be those in which the salt concentration is less than about 1.0 M sodium ion, typically about 0.01 to 1.0 M sodium ion (or other salts) at pH 7.0 to 8.3 and the temperature is at least about 30°C for short probes, primers or oligonucleotides (e.g., 10 nt to 50 nt) and at least about 60°C for longer probes, primers and oligonucleotides. Stringent conditions may also be achieved with the addition of destabilizing agents, such as formamide.
Stringent conditions are known to those skilled in the art and can be found in CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6.
Preferably, the conditions are such that sequences at least about 65%, 70%, 75%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99% homologous to each other typically remain hybridized to each other. A non-limiting example of stringent hybridization conditions is hybridization in a high salt buffer comprising 6X SSC, 50 mM Tris-HCI (pH 7.5), 1 mM EDTA, 0.02% PVP, 0.02% Ficoll, 0.02% BSA, and 500 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA at 65°C. This hybridization is followed by one or more washes in 0.2X SSC, 0.01% BSA at 50°C. An isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention that hybridizes under stringent conditions to the sequence of any of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n = 1 to 13) corresponds to a naturally occurring nucleic acid molecule. As used herein, a "naturally-occurring" nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature (e.g., encodes a natural protein).
In a second embodiment, a nucleic acid sequence that is hybridizable to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of any of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n = 1 to 13), or fragments, analogs or derivatives thereof, under conditions of moderate stringency is provided. A non-limiting example of moderate stringency hybridization conditions are hybridization in 6X SSC, 5X Denhardt's solution, 0.5% SDS and 100 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA at 55°C, followed by one or more washes in IX SSC, 0.1 % SDS at 37°C. Other conditions of moderate stringency that may be used are well known in the art. See, e.g., Ausubel et al. feds.), 1993, CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, NY, and Kriegler, 1990. GENE TRANSFER AND EXPRESSION, A LABORATORY MANUAL, Stockton Press, NY.
In a third embodiment, a nucleic acid that is hybridizable to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of any of SEQ ID NO:2n-l (wherein n = 1 to 13), or fragments, analogs or derivatives thereof, under conditions of low stringency, is provided. A non-limiting example of low stringency hybridization conditions are hybridization in 35% formamide, 5X SSC, 50 mM Tris-HCI (pH 7.5), 5 mM EDTA, 0.02% PVP, 0.02% Ficoll, 0.2% BSA, 100 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA, 10% (wt/vol) dextran sulfate at 40°C, followed by one or more washes in 2X SSC, 25 mM Tris-HCI (pH 7.4), 5 mM EDTA, and 0.1% SDS at 50°C. Other conditions of low stringency that may be used are well known in the art (e.g., as employed for cross-species hybridizations). See, e.g., Ausubel, et al, (eds.), 1993. CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, NY, and Kriegler, 1990. GENE TRANSFER AND EXPRESSION, A LABORATORY MANUAL, Stockton Press, NY; Shilo and Weinberg, 1981. Proc. Natl Acad. Set USA 78: 6789-6792.
Conservative Mutations
In addition to naturally-occurring allelic variants of the POLYX sequence that may exist in the population, the skilled artisan will further appreciate that changes can be introduced by mutation into the nucleotide sequence of any of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n =
1 to 13), thereby leading to changes in the amino acid sequence of the encoded POLYX protein, without altering the functional ability of the POLYX protein. For example, nucleotide substitutions leading to amino acid substitutions at "non-essential" amino acid residues can be made in the sequence of any of SEQ ID NO:2n-l (wherein n = 1 to 13). A "non-essential" amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequence of POLYX without altering the biological activity, whereas an "essential" amino acid residue is required for biological activity. For example, amino acid residues that are conserved among the POLYX proteins of the invention, are predicted to be particularly non-amenable to such alteration.
Amino acid residues that are conserved among members of a POLYX family are predicted to be less amenable to alteration. For example, a POLYX protein according to the invention can contain at least one domain that is a typically conserved region in a POLYX family member. As such, these conserved domains are not likely to be amenable to mutation. Other amino acid residues, however, (e.g., those that are not conserved or only semi-conserved among members of the POLYX family) may not be as essential for activity and thus are more likely to be amenable to alteration.
Another aspect of the invention pertains to nucleic acid molecules encoding POLYX proteins that contain changes in amino acid residues that are not essential for activity. Such POLYX proteins differ in amino acid sequence from any of any of SEQ ID NO:2« (wherein n = 1 to 13), yet retain biological activity. In one embodiment, the isolated nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein, wherein the protein comprises an amino acid sequence at least about 75% homologous to the amino acid sequence of any of SEQ ID NO:2n (wherein n = 1 to 13). Preferably, the protein encoded by the nucleic acid is at least about 80% homologous to any of SEQ ID NO:2« (wherein n = 1 to 13), more preferably at least about 90%, 95%, 98%, and most preferably at least about 99% homologous to SEQ ID NO:2« (wherein π = 1 to 13).
An isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a POLYX protein homologous to the protein of any of SEQ ID NO:2« (wherein n = 1 to 13) can be created by introducing one or more nucleotide substitutions, additions or deletions into the corresponding nucleotide sequence (i.e., SEQ ID NO:2«-l for the corresponding ή), such that one or more amino acid substitutions, additions or deletions are introduced into the encoded protein. Mutations can be introduced into SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n = 1 to 13) by standard techniques, such as site-directed mutagenesis and PCR-mediated mutagenesis. Preferably, conservative amino acid substitutions are made at one or more predicted non-essential amino acid residues. A "conservative amino acid substitution" is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), β-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). Thus, a predicted nonessential amino acid residue in POLYX is replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family. Alternatively, in another embodiment, mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of a POLYX coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for
POLYX biological activity to identify mutants that retain activity. Following mutagenesis of SEQ ID NO:2/.-l (wherein n = 1 to 13)^ the encoded protein can be expressed by any recombinant technology known in the art and the activity of the protein can be determined.
In one embodiment, a mutant POLYX protein can be assayed for: (i) the ability to form proteimprotein interactions with other POLYX proteins, other cell-surface proteins, or biologically-active portions thereof; (ii) complex formation between a mutant POLYX protein and a POLYX receptor; (Hi) the ability of a mutant POLYX protein to bind to an intracellular target protein or biologically active portion thereof; (e.g., avidin proteins); (iv) the ability to bind BRA protein; or (v) the ability to specifically bind an anti-POLYX protein antibody.
Antisense Nucleic Acids
Another aspect of the invention pertains to isolated antisense nucleic acid molecules that are hybridizable to or complementary to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n = 1 to 13), or fragments, analogs or derivatives thereof. An "antisense" nucleic acid comprises a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a "sense" nucleic acid encoding a protein, e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complementary to an mRNA sequence. In specific aspects, antisense nucleic acid molecules are provided that comprise a sequence complementary to at least about 10, 25, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides or an entire POLYX coding strand, or to only a portion thereof. Nucleic acid molecules encoding fragments, homologs, derivatives and analogs of a POLYX protein of any of SEQ ID NO:2n (wherein n = 1 to 13) or antisense nucleic acids complementary to a POLYX nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2n-l (wherein n = 1 to 13) are additionally provided.
In one embodiment, an antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a "coding region" of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding POLY. The term "coding region" refers to the region of the nucleotide sequence comprising codons which are translated into amino acid residues (e.g., the protein coding region of a human POLYX that corresponds to any of SEQ ID NO:2« (wherein n = 1 to 13)). In another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a "non-coding region" of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding POLY. The term "non-coding region" refers to 5' and 3' sequences which flank the coding region that are not translated into amino acids (i.e., also referred to as 5' and 3' non-translated regions).
Given the coding strand sequences encoding POLYX disclosed herein (e.g., SEQ ID
NO:2«-l (wherein n = 1 to 13) ), antisense nucleic acids of the invention can be designed according to the rules of Watson and Crick or Hoogsteen base-pairing. The antisense nucleic acid molecule can be complementary to the entire coding region of POLYX mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide that is antisense to only a portion of the coding or non-coding region of POLYX mRNA. For example, the antisense oligonucleotide can be complementary to the region surrounding the translation start site of POLYX mRNA. An antisense oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 or 50 nucleotides in length. An antisense nucleic acid of the invention can be constructed using chemical synthesis or enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art. For example, an antisense nucleic acid (e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide) can be chemically synthesized using naturally- occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids, e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine-substituted nucleotides can be used.
Examples of modified nucleotides that can be used to generate the antisense nucleic acid include: 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-chlorouracil, 5-iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl- 2-thiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, beta-D-galactosylqueosine, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenine, 1 -methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyluracil, 5-methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, beta-D-mannosylqueosine, 5'-methoxycarboxymethyluracil, 5-methoxyuracil,
2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenine, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid (v), wybutoxosine, pseudouracil, queosine, 2-thiocytosine, 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 2-thiouracil, 4-thiouracil, 5-methyluracil, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid methylester, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid (v), 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 3-(3-amino-3-N-2-carboxypropyl) uracil, (acp3)w, and 2,6-diaminopurine. Alternatively, the antisense nucleic acid can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation to a target nucleic acid of interest, described further in the following subsection).
The antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention are typically administered to a subject or generated in situ such that they hybridize with or bind to cellular mRNA and/or genomic DNA encoding a POLYX protein to thereby inhibit expression of the protein, e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation. The hybridization can be by conventional nucleotide complementarity to form a stable duplex, or, for example, in the case of an antisense nucleic acid molecule that binds to DNA duplexes, through specific interactions in the major groove of the double helix. An example of a route of administration of antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention includes direct injection at a tissue site. Alternatively, antisense nucleic acid molecules can be modified to target selected cells and then administered systemically. For example, for systemic administration, antisense molecules can be modified such that they specifically bind to receptors or antigens expressed on a selected cell surface (e.g., by linking the antisense nucleic acid molecules to peptides or antibodies that bind to cell surface receptors or antigens). The antisense nucleic acid molecules can also be delivered to cells using the vectors described herein. To achieve sufficient intracellular concentrations of antisense molecules, vector constructs in which the antisense nucleic acid molecule is placed under the control of a strong pol II or pol III promoter are preferred.
In yet another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule of the invention is an α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule. An α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual α-units, the strands run parallel to each other (Gaultier, et al, 1987. Nucl. Acids Res. 15: 6625-6641). The antisense nucleic acid molecule can also comprise a 2'-o-methylribonucleotide (Inoue, et al, 1987. Nucl Acids Res. 15: 6131-6148) or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (Inoue, et al, 1987. FEBSLett. 215: 327-330).
Ribozymes and PNA Moieties
Such modifications include, by way of non-limiting example, modified bases, and nucleic acids whose sugar phosphate backbones are modified or derivatized. These modifications are carried out at least in part to enhance the chemical stability of the modified nucleic acid, such that they may be used, for example, as antisense binding nucleic acids in therapeutic applications in a subject.
In still another embodiment, an antisense nucleic acid of the invention is a ribozyme. Ribozymes are catalytic RNA molecules with ribonuclease activity that are capable of cleaving a single-stranded nucleic acid, such as an mRNA, to which they have a complementary region. Thus, ribozymes (e.g., hammerhead ribozymes; described by Haselhoff and Gerlach, 1988. Nature 334: 585-591) can be used to catalytically-cleave
POLYX mRNA transcripts to thereby inhibit translation of POLYX mRNA. A ribozyme having specificity for a POLYX-encoding nucleic acid can be designed based upon the nucleotide sequence of a POLYX DNA disclosed herein (i.e., SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n - 1 to 13)). For example, a derivative of a Tetrahymena L-19 IVS RNA can be constructed in which the nucleotide sequence of the active site is complementary to the nucleotide sequence to be cleaved in a POLYX-encoding mRNA. See, e.g., Cech, et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,987,071; and Cech, et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,116,742. Alternatively, POLYX mRNA can be used to select a catalytic RNA having a specific ribonuclease activity from a pool of RNA molecules (Bartel, et al, 1993. Science 261 : 1411-1418).
Alternatively, POLYX gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the POLYX (e.g., the POLYX promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the POLYX gene in target cells. See, e.g., Helene, 1991. Anticancer Drug Des. 6: 569-84; Helene, et al, 1992. Ann. N Y. Acad. Sci. 660: 27-36; and Maher, 1992. Bioassays 14: 807-15.
In various embodiments, the nucleic acids of POLYX can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety or phosphate backbone to improve, e.g., the stability, hybridization, or solubility of the molecule. For example, the deoxyribose phosphate backbone of the nucleic acids can be modified to generate peptide nucleic acids (Hyrup, et al., 1996. Bioorg. Med. Chem. A 5-23). As used herein, the terms "peptide nucleic acids" or "PNAs" refer to nucleic acid mimics, e.g., DNA mimics, in which the deoxyribose phosphate backbone is replaced by a pseudopeptide backbone and only the four natural nucleobases are retained. The neutral backbone of PNAs has been shown to allow for specific hybridization to DNA and RNA under conditions of low ionic strength. The synthesis of PNA oligomers can be performed using standard solid phase peptide synthesis protocols as described in Hyrup, et al, 1996. supra; Perry-O'Keefe, et al, 1996. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93: 14670-14675.
PNAs of POLYX can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications. For example,
PNAs can be used as antisense or antigene agents for sequence-specific modulation of gene expression by, e.g., inducing transcription or translation arrest or inhibiting replication. PNAs of POLYX can also be used, e.g., in the analysis of single base pair mutations in a gene by, e.g., PNA directed PCR clamping; as artificial restriction enzymes when used in combination with other enzymes, e.g., SI nucleases (see, Hyrup, 1996., supra); or as probes or primers for
DNA sequence and hybridization (see, Hyrup, et al, 1996.; Perry-O'Keefe, 1996., supra).
In another embodiment, PNAs of POLYX can be modified, e.g., to enhance their stability or cellular uptake, by attaching lipophilic or other helper groups to PNA, by the formation of PNA-DNA chimeras, or by the use of liposomes or other techniques of drug delivery known in the art. For example, PNA-DNA chimeras of POLYX can be generated that may combine the advantageous properties of PNA and DNA. Such chimeras allow DNA recognition enzymes, e.g., RNase H and DNA polymerases, to interact with the DNA portion while the PNA portion would provide high binding affinity and specificity. PNA-DNA chimeras can be linked using linkers of appropriate lengths selected in terms of base stacking, number of bonds between the nucleobases, and orientation (see, Hyrup, 1996., supra). The synthesis of PNA-DNA chimeras can be performed as described in Finn, et al, (1996. Nucl. Acids Res. 24: 3357-3363). For example, a DNA chain can be synthesized on a solid support using standard phosphoramidite coupling chemistry, and modified nucleoside analogs, e.g., 5'-(4-methoxytrityl)amino-5'-deoxy-thymidine phosphoramidite, can be used between the PNA and the 5' end of DNA (Mag, et al, 1989. Nucl. Acid Res. 17: 5973-5988). PNA monomers are then coupled in a stepwise manner to produce a chimeric molecule with a 5' PNA segment and a 3' DNA segment (see, Finn, et al, 1996., supra). Alternatively, chimeric molecules can be synthesized with a 5' DNA segment and a 3' PNA segment. See, e.g., Petersen, et al, 1975. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 5: 1119-11124.
In other embodiments, the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger, et al, 1989. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86:
6553-6556; Lemaitre, et al, 1987. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. 84: 648-652; PCT Publication No. WO88/09810) or the blood-brain barrier (see. e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 89/10134). In addition, oligonucleotides can be modified with hybridization triggered cleavage agents (see, e.g., Krol, et al, 1988. BioTechniques 6:958-976) or intercalating agents (see, e.g., Zon, 1988. Pharm. Res. 5: 539-549). To this end, the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule, e.g., a peptide, a hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, a transport agent, a hybridization-triggered cleavage agent, and the like.
Characterization of POLYX Polypeptides
A polypeptide according to the invention includes a polypeptide including the amino acid sequence of POLYX polypeptides whose sequences are provided in any SEQ ID NO:2«
(wherein n = 1 to 13) and includes SEQ ID NOS:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and/or 26. The invention also includes a mutant or variant protein any of whose residues may be changed from the corresponding residues shown in SEQ ID NOS:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and/or 26, while still encoding a protein that maintains its POLYX activities and physiological functions, or a functional fragment thereof.
In general, a POLYX variant that preserves POLYX-like function includes any variant in which residues at a particular position in the sequence have been substituted by other amino acids, and further include the possibility of inserting an additional residue or residues between two residues of the parent protein as well as the possibility of deleting one or more residues from the parent sequence. Any amino acid substitution, insertion, or deletion is encompassed by the invention. In favorable circumstances, the substitution is a conservative substitution as defined above.
One aspect of the invention pertains to isolated POLYX proteins, and biologically- active portions thereof, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof. Also provided are polypeptide fragments suitable for use as immunogens to raise anti-POLYX antibodies. In one embodiment, native POLYX proteins can be isolated from cells or tissue sources by an appropriate purification scheme using standard protein purification techniques. In another embodiment, POLYX proteins are produced by recombinant DNA techniques. Alternative to recombinant expression, a POLYX protein or polypeptide can be synthesized chemically using standard peptide synthesis techniques.
An "isolated" or "purified" polypeptide or protein or biologically-active portion thereof is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the POLYX protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. The language "substantially free of cellular material" includes preparations of POLYX proteins in which the protein is separated from cellular components of the cells from which it is isolated or recombinantly- produced. In one embodiment, the language "substantially free of cellular material" includes preparations of POLYX proteins having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of non-POLYX proteins (also referred to herein as a "contaminating protein"), more preferably less than about 20% of non-POLYX proteins, still more preferably less than about 10% of non-POLYX proteins, and most preferably less than about 5% of non-POLYX proteins. When the POLYX protein or biologically-active portion thereof is recombinantly-produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the POLYX protein preparation.
As utilized herein, the phrase "substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals" includes preparations of POLYX protein in which the protein is separated from chemical precursors or other chemicals that are involved in the synthesis of the protein. In one embodiment, the language "substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals" includes preparations of POLYX protein having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of chemical precursors or non-POLYX chemicals, more preferably less than about 20% chemical precursors or non-POLYX chemicals, still more preferably less than about 10% chemical precursors or non-POLYX chemicals, and most preferably less than about 5% chemical precursors or non-POLYX chemicals.
Biologically-active portions of a POLYX protein include peptides comprising amino acid sequences sufficiently homologous to or derived from the amino acid sequence of the
POLYX protein which include fewer amino acids than the full-length POLYX proteins, and exhibit at least one activity of a POLYX protein. Typically, biologically-active portions comprise a domain or motif with at least one activity of the POLYX protein. A biologically- active portion of a POLYX protein can be a polypeptide which is, for example, 10, 25, 50, 100 or more amino acids in length.
A biologically-active portion of a POLYX protein of the invention may contain at least one of the above-identified conserved domains. Moreover, other biologically active portions, in which other regions of the protein are deleted, can be prepared by recombinant techniques and evaluated for one or more of the functional activities of a native POLYX protein.
In an embodiment, the POLYX protein has an amino acid sequence shown in any of SEQ ID NO:2_z (wherein n = 1 to 13). In other embodiments, the POLYX protein is substantially homologous to any of SEQ ID NO:2« (wherein n = 1 to 13) and retains the functional activity of the protein of any of SEQ ID NO:2« (wherein n = 1 to 13), yet differs in amino acid sequence due to natural allelic variation or mutagenesis, as described in detail below. Accordingly, in another embodiment, the POLYX protein is a protein that comprises an amino acid sequence at least about 45% homologous, and more preferably about 55, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 98 or even 99% homologous to the amino acid sequence of any of SEQ ID
NO:2« (wherein n = 1 to 13) and retains the functional activity of the POLYX proteins of the corresponding polypeptide having the sequence of SEQ ID NO:2« (wherein n = 1 to 13).
Determining Homology Between Two or More Sequences
To determine the percent homology of two amino acid sequences or of two nucleic acids, the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison puφoses (e.g., gaps can be introduced in the sequence of a first amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment with a second amino or nucleic acid sequence). The amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are homologous at that position (i.e., as used herein amino acid or nucleic acid "homology" is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid "identity").
The nucleic acid sequence homology may be determined as the degree of identity between two sequences. The homology may be determined using computer programs known in the art, such as GAP software provided in the GCG program package. See, Needleman and
Wunsch, 1970. J. Mol Biol. 48: 443-453. Using GCG GAP software with the following settings for nucleic acid sequence comparison: GAP creation penalty of 5.0 and GAP extension penalty of 0.3, the coding region of the analogous nucleic acid sequences referred to above exhibits a degree of identity preferably of at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99%, with the CDS (encoding) part of the DNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2/ι-l (wherein n = l to 13), e.g., SEQ ID NOS:l, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, and/or 25.
The term "sequence identity" refers to the degree to which two polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences are identical on a residue-by-residue basis over a particular region of comparison. The term "percentage of sequence identity" is calculated by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over that region of comparison, determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base (e.g., A, T, C, G, U, or I, in the case of nucleic acids) occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the region of comparison (i.e., the window size), and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity. The term "substantial identity" as used herein denotes a characteristic of a polynucleotide sequence, wherein the polynucleotide comprises a sequence that has at least 80 percent sequence identity, preferably at least 85 percent identity and often 90 to 95 percent sequence identity, more usually at least 99 percent sequence identity as compared to a reference sequence over a comparison region.
Chimeric and Fusion Proteins
The invention also provides POLYX chimeric or fusion proteins. As used herein, a .
POLYX "chimeric protein" or "fusion protein" comprises a POLYX polypeptide operatively- linked to a non-POLYX polypeptide. An "POLYX polypeptide" refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a POLYX protein shown in SEQ ID NO:2« (wherein n = 1 to 13), [e.g., SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and/or 26], whereas a "non-POLYX polypeptide" refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a protein that is not substantially homologous to the POLYX protein (e.g., a protein that is different from the POLYX protein and that is derived from the same or a different organism). Within a POLYX fusion protein the POLYX polypeptide can correspond to all or a portion of a POLYX protein. In one embodiment, a POLYX fusion protein comprises at least one biologically-active portion of a POLYX protein. In another embodiment, a POLYX fusion protein comprises at least two biologically-active portions of a POLYX protein. In yet another embodiment, a POLYX fusion protein comprises at least three biologically-active portions of a POLYX protein. Within the fusion protein, the term "operatively-linked" is intended to indicate that the POLYX polypeptide and the non-POLYX polypeptide are fused in-frame with one another. The non-POLYX polypeptide can be fused to the amino-terminus or carboxyl-terminus of the POLYX polypeptide.
In one embodiment, the fusion protein is a GST-POL YX fusion protein in which the
POLYX sequences are fused to the carboxyl-terminus of the GST (glutathione S-transferase) sequences. Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant POLYX polypeptides.
In another embodiment, the fusion protein is a POLYX protein containing a heterologous signal sequence at its amino-terminus. In certain host cells (e.g., mammalian host cells), expression and/or secretion of POLYX can be increased through use of a heterologous signal sequence.
In yet another embodiment, the fusion protein is a POLYX-immunoglobulin fusion protein in which the POLYX sequences are fused to sequences derived from a member of the immunoglobulin protein family. The POLYX-immunoglobulin fusion proteins of the invention can be incoφorated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject to inhibit an interaction between a POLYX ligand and a POLYX protein on the surface of a cell, to thereby suppress POLYX-mediated signal fransduction in vivo. The POLYX- immunoglobulin fusion proteins can be used to affect the bioavailability of a POLYX cognate ligand. Inhibition of the POLYX ligand/POLYX interaction may be useful therapeutically for both the treatment of proliferative and differentiative disorders, as well as modulating (e.g., promoting or inhibiting) cell survival. Moreover, the POLYX-immunoglobulin fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-POLYX antibodies in a subject, to purify POLYX ligands, and in screening assays to identify molecules that inhibit the interaction of POLYX with a POLYX ligand.
A POLYX chimeric or fusion protein of the invention can be produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques. For example, DNA fragments coding for the different polypeptide sequences are ligated together in-frame in accordance with conventional techniques, e.g., by employing blunt-ended or stagger-ended termini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide for appropriate termini, filling-in of cohesive ends as appropriate, alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, and enzymatic ligation. In another embodiment, the fusion gene can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers. Alternatively, PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out using anchor primers that give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments that can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, e.g., Ausubel, et al. (eds.) CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, 1992). Moreover, many expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide). A POLYX-encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the POLYX protein.
POLYX Agonists and Antagonists
The invention also pertains to variants of the POLYX proteins that function as either POLYX agonists (i.e., mimetics) or as POLYX antagonists. Variants of the POLYX protein can be generated by mutagenesis (e.g., discrete point mutation or truncation of the POLYX protein). An agonist of a POLYX protein can retain substantially the same, or a subset of, the biological activities of the naturally-occurring form of a POLYX protein. An antagonist of a
POLYX protein can inhibit one or more of the activities of the naturally occurring form of a POLYX protein by, for example, competitively binding to a downstream or upstream member of a cellular signaling cascade which includes the POLYX protein. Thus, specific biological effects can be elicited by treatment with a variant of limited function. In one embodiment, treatment of a subject with a variant having a subset of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the protein has fewer side effects in a subject relative to treatment with the naturally occurring form of the POLYX proteins.
Variants of the POLYX proteins that function as either POLYX agonists (i.e., mimetics) or as POLYX antagonists can be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants (e.g., truncation mutants) of the POLYX proteins for POLYX protein agonist or antagonist activity. In one embodiment, a variegated library of POLYX variants is generated by combinatorial mutagenesis at the nucleic acid level and is encoded by a variegated gene library. A variegated library of POLYX variants can be produced by, for example, enzymatically-ligating a mixture of synthetic oligonucleotides into gene sequences such that a degenerate set of potential POLYX sequences is expressible as individual polypeptides, or alternatively, as a set of larger fusion proteins (e.g., for phage display) containing the set of POLYX sequences therein. There are a variety of methods which can be used to produce libraries of potential POLYX variants from a degenerate oligonucleotide sequence. Chemical synthesis of a degenerate gene sequence can be performed in an automatic DNA synthesizer, and the synthetic gene then ligated into an appropriate expression vector. Use of a degenerate set of genes allows for the provision, in one mixture, of all of the sequences encoding the desired set of potential POLYX sequences. Methods for synthesizing degenerate oligonucleotides are well-known within the art. .See, e.g., Narang, 1983. Tetrahedron 39: 3; Itakura, et al, 1984. Annu. Rev. Biochem. 53: 323; Itakura, et al, 1984. Science 198: 1056; Ike, et al, 1983. Nucl Acids Res. 11 : 477.
Polypeptide Libraries
In addition, libraries of fragments of the POLYX protein coding sequences can be used to generate a variegated population of POLYX fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of a POLYX protein. In one embodiment, a library of coding sequence fragments can be generated by treating a double-stranded PCR fragment of a POLYX coding sequence with a nuclease under conditions wherein nicking occurs only about once per molecule, denaturing the double stranded DNA, renaturing the DNA to form double-stranded
DNA that can include sense/antisense pairs from different nicked products, removing single stranded portions from reformed duplexes by treatment with Si nuclease, and ligating the resulting fragment library into an expression vector. By this method, expression libraries can be derived which encodes amino-terminal and internal fragments of various sizes of the POLYX proteins.
Various techniques are known in the art for screening gene products of combinatorial libraries made by point mutations or truncation, and for screening cDNA libraries for gene products having a selected property. Such techniques are adaptable for rapid screening of the gene libraries generated by the combinatorial mutagenesis of POLYX proteins. The most widely used techniques, which are amenable to high throughput analysis, for screening large gene libraries typically include cloning the gene library into replicable expression vectors, transforming appropriate cells with the resulting library of vectors, and expressing the combinatorial genes under conditions in which detection of a desired activity facilitates isolation of the vector encoding the gene whose product was detected. Recursive ensemble mutagenesis (REM), a new technique that enhances the frequency of functional mutants in the libraries, can be used in combination with the screening assays to identify POLYX variants. See, e.g., Arkin and Yourvan, 1992. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 7811-7815; Delgrave, et al, 1993. Protein Engineering 6:327-331.
Anti-POLYX Antibodies
The invention encompasses antibodies and antibody fragments, such as Fab or (Fat>)2, that bind immunospecifically to any of the POLYX polypeptides of said invention.
An isolated POLYX protein, or a portion or fragment thereof, can be used as an immunogen to generate antibodies that bind to POLYX polypeptides using standard techniques for polyclonal and monoclonal antibody preparation. The full-length POLYX proteins can be used or, alternatively, the invention provides antigenic peptide fragments of POLYX proteins for use as immunogens. The antigenic POLYX peptides comprises at least 4 amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2« (wherein n = 1 to 13) and encompasses an epitope of POLYX such that an antibody raised against the peptide forms a specific immune complex with POLY. Preferably, the antigenic peptide comprises at least 6, 8, 10, 15, 20, or 30 amino acid residues. Longer antigenic peptides are sometimes preferable over shorter antigenic peptides, depending on use and according to methods well known to someone skilled in the art.
In certain embodiments of the invention, at least one epitope encompassed by the antigenic peptide is a region of POLYX that is located on the surface of the protein (e.g., a hydrophilic region). As a means for targeting antibody production, hydropathy plots showing regions of hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity may be generated by any method well known in the art, including, for example, the Kyte-Doolittle or the Hopp- Woods methods, either with or without Fourier transformation (see, e.g., Hopp and Woods, 1981. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 78: 3824-3828; Kyte and Doolittle, 1982. J. Mol. Biol. 157: 105-142, each incoφorated herein by reference in their entirety).
As disclosed herein, POLYX protein sequences of SEQ ID NO:2« (wherein n = 1 to
13), or derivatives, fragments, analogs, or homologs thereof, may be utilized as immunogens in the generation of antibodies that immunospecifically -bind these protein components. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically- active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically-binds (immunoreacts with) an antigen, such as POLY. Such antibodies include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, single chain, Fab and F(ab')2 fragments, and an Fab expression library. In a specific embodiment, antibodies to human POLYX proteins are disclosed. Various procedures known within the art may be used for the production of polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies to a POLYX protein sequence of SEQ ID NO:2« (wherein n = 1 to 13), or a derivative, fragment, analog, or homolog thereof. Some of these proteins are discussed, infra.
For the production of polyclonal antibodies, various suitable host animals (e.g., rabbit, goat, mouse or other mammal) may be immunized by injection with the native protein, or a synthetic variant thereof, or a derivative of the foregoing. An appropriate immunogenic preparation can contain, for example, recombinantly-expressed POLYX protein or a chemically-synthesized POLYX polypeptide. The preparation can further include an adjuvant.
Various adjuvants used to increase the immunological response include, but are not limited to, Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels (e.g., aluminum hydroxide), surface active substances (e.g., lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, dinitrophenol, etc.), human adjuvants such as Bacille Calmette-Guerin and Corynebacterium parvum, or similar immunostimulatory agents. If desired, the antibody molecules directed against POLYX can be isolated from the mammal (e.g., from the blood) and further purified by well known techniques, such as protein A chromatography to obtain the IgG fraction.
The term "monoclonal antibody" or "monoclonal antibody composition", as used herein, refers to a population of antibody molecules that contain only one species of an antigen binding site capable of immunoreacting with a particular epitope of POLY. A monoclonal antibody composition thus typically displays a single binding affinity for a particular POLYX protein with which it immunoreacts. For preparation of monoclonal antibodies directed towards a particular POLYX protein, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof, any technique that provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell line culture may be utilized. Such techniques include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique (see, e.g., Kohler & Milstein, 1975. Nature 256: 495-497); the trioma technique; the human B-cell hybridoma technique (see, e.g., Kozbor, et al, 1983. Immunol. Today A: 72) and the EBV hybridoma technique to produce human monoclonal antibodies (see, e.g., Cole, et al, 1985. In: MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AND CANCER THERAPY, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77-96). Human monoclonal antibodies may be utilized in the practice of the invention and may be produced by using human hybridomas (see, e.g., Cote, et al, 1983. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80: 2026-2030) or by transforming human B-cells with Epstein Barr Virus in vitro (see, e.g., Cole, et al, 1985. In: MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AND CANCER THERAPY, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77-96). Each of the above citations is incoφorated herein by reference in their entirety.
According to the invention, techniques can be adapted for the production of single-chain antibodies specific to a POLYX protein (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778). In addition, methods can be adapted for the construction of Fab expression libraries (see, e.g.,
Huse, et al, 1989. Science 246: 1275-1281) to allow rapid and effective identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity for a POLYX protein or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof. Non-human antibodies can be "humanized" by techniques well known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,225,539. Antibody fragments that contain the idiotypes to a POLYX protein may be produced by techniques known in the art including, but not limited to: ( ) an F(S ') fragment produced by pepsin digestion of an antibody molecule; (ii) an Fab fragment generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of an F(ab')2 fragment; (Hi) an Fab fragment generated by the treatment of the antibody molecule with papain and a reducing agent and (iv) Fv fragments.
Additionally, recombinant anti-POLYX antibodies, such as chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies, comprising both human and non-human portions, which can be made using standard recombinant DNA techniques, are within the scope of the invention. Such chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art, for example using methods described in International Application No. PCT/US 86/02269; European Patent Application No. 184,187; European Patent
Application No. 171,496; European Patent Application No. 173,494; PCT International Publication No. WO 86/01533; U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567; U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539; European Patent Application No. 125,023; Better, et al, 1988. Science 240: 1041-1043; Liu, et al, 1987. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84: 3439-3443; Liu, et al, 1987. J. Immunol. 139: 3521-3526; Sun, et al, 1987. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84: 214-218; Nishimura, et al, 1987. Cancer Res. Al:
999-1005; Wood, et al, 1985. Nature 314 : 446-449; Shaw, et al, 1988. J. Natl Cancer Inst. 80: 1553-1559); Morrison(1985) Science 229:1202-1207; Oi, et al (1986) BioTechniques 4:214; Jones, et al, 1986. Nature 321: 552-525; Verhoeyan, et al, 1988. Science 239: 1534; and Beidler, et al, 1988. J. Immunol. 141: 4053-4060. Each of the above citations are incoφorated herein by reference in their entirety.
In one embodiment, methods for the screening of antibodies that possess the desired specificity include, but are not limited to, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and other immunologically-mediated techniques known within the art. In a specific embodiment, selection of antibodies that are specific to a particular domain of a POLYX protein is facilitated by generation of hybridomas that bind to the fragment of a POLYX protein possessing such a domain. Thus, antibodies that are specific for a desired domain within a POLYX protein, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof, are also provided herein.
Anti-POLYX antibodies may be used in methods known within the art relating to the localization and/or quantitation of a POLYX protein (e.g., for use in measuring levels of the POLYX protein within appropriate physiological samples, for use in diagnostic methods, for use in imaging the protein, and the like). In a given embodiment, antibodies for POLYX proteins, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof, that contain the antibody derived binding domain, are utilized as pharmacologically-active compounds (hereinafter "Therapeutics").
An anti-POLYX antibody (e.g., monoclonal antibody) can be used to isolate a POLYX polypeptide by standard techniques, such as affinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation.
An anti-POLYX antibody can facilitate the purification of natural POLYX polypeptide from cells and of recombinantly-produced POLYX polypeptide expressed in host cells. Moreover, an anti-POLYX antibody can be used to detect POLYX protein (e.g., in a cellular lysate or cell supernatant) in order to evaluate the abundance and pattern of expression of the POLYX protein. Anti-POLYX antibodies can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in tissue as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to, for example, determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen. Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a detectable substance. Examples of detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, and radioactive materials. Examples of suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, β-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; examples of suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin; examples of suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; an example of a luminescent material includes luminol; examples of bioluminescent materials include
_ t • 1 luciferase, lucifeπn, and aequorin, and examples of suitable radioactive material include I, ,3T, 35S or 3H. POLYX Recombinant Expression Vectors and Host Cells
Another aspect of the invention pertains to vectors, preferably expression vectors, containing a nucleic acid encoding a POLYX protein, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof. As used herein, the term "vector" refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked. One type of vector is a
"plasmid", which refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments can be ligated. Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein additional DNA segments can be ligated into the viral genome. Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors). Other vectors (e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors) are integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome. Moreover, certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively-linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as "expression vectors". In general, expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids.
In the present Specification, "plasmid" and "vector" can be used interchangeably, as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector. However, the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
The recombinant expression vectors of the invention comprise a nucleic acid of the invention in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell, which means that the recombinant expression vectors include one or more regulatory sequences, selected on the basis of the host cells to be used for expression, that is operatively-linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed. Within a recombinant expression vector, "operably-linked" is intended to mean that the nucleotide sequence of interest is linked to the regulatory sequence(s) in a manner that allows for expression of the nucleotide sequence (e.g., in an in vitro transcription translation system or in a host cell when the vector is introduced into the host cell).
As utilized herein, the phrase "regulatory sequence" is intended to includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals). Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA (1990). Regulatory sequences include those that direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence in many types of host cell and those that direct expression of the nucleotide sequence only in certain host cells (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory sequences). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of the expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, etc.
The expression vectors of the invention can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or peptides, including fusion proteins or peptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein (e.g., POLYX proteins, mutant forms of POLYX proteins, fusion proteins, etc.).
The recombinant expression vectors of the invention can be designed for expression of
POLYX proteins in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells. For example, POLYX proteins can be expressed in bacterial cells such as Escherichia coli, insect cells (using baculovirus expression vectors) yeast cells or mammalian cells. Suitable host cells are discussed further in Goeddel, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990). Alternatively, the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T polymerase.
Expression of proteins in prokaryotes is most often carried out in Escherichia coli with vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters directing the expression of either fusion or non-fusion proteins. Fusion vectors add a number of amino acids to a protein encoded therein, usually to the amino terminus of the recombinant protein. Such fusion vectors typically serve three puφoses: (i) to increase expression of recombinant protein; (ii) to increase the solubility of the recombinant protein; and (Hi) to aid in the purification of the recombinant protein by acting as a ligand in affinity purification. Often, in fusion expression vectors, a proteolytic cleavage site is introduced at the junction of the fusion moiety and the recombinant protein to enable separation of the recombinant protein from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification of the fusion protein. Such enzymes, and their cognate recognition sequences, include Factor Xa, thrombin, and enterokinase. Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith and Johnson, 1988. Gene 67: 31-40), pMAL (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.) and pRIT5 (Pharmacia, Piscataway, NJ) that fuse glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding protein, or protein A, respectively, to the target recombinant protein. Examples of suitable inducible non-fusion Escherichia coli expression vectors include pTrc (Amrann et al, (1988) Gene 69:301-315) and pET 1 Id (Studier, et al, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif (1990) 60-89).
One strategy to maximize recombinant protein expression in Escherichia coli is to express the protein in a host bacteria with an impaired capacity to proteolytically-cleave the recombinant protein. See, e.g., Gottesman, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990) 119-128. Another strategy is to alter the nucleic acid sequence of the nucleic acid to be inserted into an expression vector so that the individual codons for each amino acid are those preferentially utilized in Escherichia coli (see, e.g., Wada, et al, 1992. Nucl Acids Res. 20: 2111-21 18). Such alteration of nucleic acid sequences of the invention can be carried out by standard DNA synthesis techniques.
In another embodiment, the POLYX expression vector is a yeast expression vector. Examples of vectors for expression in yeast Saccharomyces cerivisae include pYepSecl (Baldari, et al, 1987. EMBO J. 6: 229-234), pMFa (Kurjan and Herskowitz, 1982. Cell 30:
933-943), pJRY88 (Schultz et al, 1987. Gene 54: 113-123), pYES2 (Invifrogen Coφoration, San Diego, Calif), and picZ (InVitrogen Coφ, San Diego, Calif).
Alternatively, POLYX can be expressed in insect cells using baculovirus expression vectors. Baculovirus vectors available for expression of proteins in cultured insect cells (e.g., SF9 cells) include the pAc series (Smith, et al, 1983. Mol. Cell. Biol. 3: 2156-2165) and the pVL series (Lucklow and Summers, 1989. Virology 170: 31-39).
In yet another embodiment, a nucleic acid of the invention is expressed in mammalian cells using a mammalian expression vector. Examples of mammalian expression vectors include pCDM8 (Seed, 1987. Nature 329: 840) and pMT2PC (Kaufinan, et al, 1987. EMBO J. 6: 187-195). When used in mammalian cells, the expression vector's control functions are often provided by viral regulatory elements. For example, commonly used promoters are derived from polyoma, adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus, and simian virus 40. For other suitable expression systems for both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells see, e.g., Chapters 16 and 17 of Sambrook, et al, MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL. 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989. In another embodiment, the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression of the nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid). Tissue-specific regulatory elements are known in the art. Non-limiting examples of suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; see, Pinkert, et al, 1987. Genes Dev.
1 : 268-277), lymphoid-specific promoters (see, Calame and Eaton, 1988. Adv. Immunol. 43: 235-275), in particular promoters of T cell receptors (see, Winoto and Baltimore, 1989. EMBO J. 8: 729-733) and immunoglobulins (see, Banerji, et al, 1983. Cell 33: 729-740; Queen and Baltimore, 1983. Cell 33: 741-748), neuron-specific promoters (e.g., the neurofilament promoter; see, Byrne and Ruddle, 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 5473-5477), pancreas-specific promoters (see, Edlund, et al, 1985. Science 230: 912-916), and mammary gland-specific promoters (e.g., milk whey promoter; U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,316 and European Application Publication No. 264,166). Developmentally-regulated promoters are also encompassed, e.g., the murine hox promoters (Kessel and Gruss, 1990. Science 249: 374-379) and the α-fetoprotein promoter (see, Campes and Tilghman, 1989. Genes Dev. 3: 537-546).
The invention further provides a recombinant expression vector comprising a DNA molecule of the invention cloned into the expression vector in an antisense orientation. That is, the DNA molecule is operatively-linked to a regulatory sequence in a manner that allows for expression (by transcription of the DNA molecule) of an RNA molecule that is antisense to POLYX mRNA. Regulatory sequences operatively linked to a nucleic acid cloned in the antisense orientation can be chosen that direct the continuous expression of the antisense RNA molecule in a variety of cell types, for instance viral promoters and/or enhancers, or regulatory sequences can be chosen that direct constitutive, tissue specific or cell type specific expression of antisense RNA. The antisense expression vector can be in the form of a recombinant plasmid, phagemid or attenuated virus in which antisense nucleic acids are produced under the control of a high efficiency regulatory region, the activity of which can be determined by the cell type into which the vector is introduced. For a discussion of the regulation of gene expression using antisense genes see, e.g., Weintraub, et al, "Antisense RNA as a molecular tool for genetic analysis," Reviews-Trends in Genetics, Vol. 1(1) 1986.
Another aspect of the invention pertains to host cells into which a recombinant expression vector of the invention has been introduced. The terms "host cell" and "recombinant host cell" are used interchangeably herein. It is understood that such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but also to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.
A host cell can be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell. For example, POLYX protein can be expressed in bacterial cells such as Escherichia coli, insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells). Other suitable host cells are known to those skilled in the art.
Vector DNA can be introduced into prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques. As used herein, the terms "transformation" and "transfection" are intended to refer to a variety of art-recognized techniques for introducing foreign nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation. Suitable methods for transforming or transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook, et al. (MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL. 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989), and other laboratory manuals.
For stable transfection of mammalian cells, it is known that, depending upon the expression vector and transfection technique used, only a small fraction of cells may integrate the foreign DNA into their genome. In order to identify and select these integrants, a gene that encodes a selectable marker (e.g., resistance to antibiotics) is generally introduced into the host cells along with the gene of interest. Various selectable markers include those that confer resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin, and methotrexate. Nucleic acid encoding a selectable marker can be introduced into a host cell on the same vector as that encoding POLYX or can be introduced on a separate vector. Cells stably-transfected with the introduced nucleic acid can be identified by drug selection (e.g., cells that have incoφorated the selectable marker gene will survive, while the other cells die).
A host cell of the invention, such as a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell in culture, can be used to produce (i.e., express) POLYX protein. Accordingly, the invention further provides methods for producing POLYX protein using the host cells of the invention. In one embodiment, the method comprises culturing the host cell of invention (i.e., into which a recombinant expression vector encoding POLYX protein has been introduced) in a suitable medium such that POLYX protein is produced. In another embodiment, the method further comprises isolating POLYX protein from the medium or the host cell.
Transgenic Animals
The host cells of the invention can also be used to produce non-human transgenic animals. For example, in one embodiment, a host cell of the invention is a fertilized oocyte or an embryonic stem cell into which POLYX protein-coding sequences have been introduced. These host cells can then be used to create non-human transgenic animals in which exogenous POLYX sequences have been introduced into their genome or homologous recombinant animals in which endogenous POLYX sequences have been altered. Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of POLYX protein and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of POLYX protein activity. As used herein, a "transgenic animal" is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more of the cells of the animal includes a transgene. Other examples of transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, etc.
A transgene is exogenous DNA that is integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic animal develops and that remains in the genome of the mature animal, thereby directing the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic animal. As used herein, a "homologous recombinant animal" is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a mouse, in which an endogenous POLYX gene has been altered by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell of the animal, prior to development of the animal.
A transgenic animal of the invention can be created by introducing POLYX-encoding nucleic acid into the male pronuclei of a fertilized oocyte (e.g., by micro-injection, retroviral infection) and allowing the oocyte to develop in a pseudopregnant female foster animal. The human POLYX cDNA sequences of SEQ ID NO:2_z-l (wherein n = 1 to 13), can be introduced as a transgene into the genome of a non-human animal. Alternatively, a non- human homologue of the human POLYX gene, such as a mouse POLYX gene, can be isolated based on hybridization to the human POLYX cDNA (described further supra) and used as a transgene. Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression of the transgene. A tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably-linked to the POLYX transgene to direct expression of POLYX protein to particular cells. Methods for generating transgenic animals via embryo manipulation and micro-injection, particularly animals such as mice, have become conventional in the art and are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,736,866;
4,870,009; and 4,873,191 ; and Hogan, 1986. In: MANIPULATING THE MOUSE EMBRYO, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. Similar methods are used for production of other transgenic animals. A transgenic founder animal can be identified based upon the presence of the POLYX transgene in its genome and/or expression of POLYX mRNA in tissues or cells of the animals. A transgenic founder animal can then be used to breed additional animals carrying the transgene. Moreover, transgenic animals carrying a transgene-encoding POLYX protein can further be bred to other transgenic animals carrying other transgenes.
To create a homologous recombinant animal, a vector is prepared which contains at least a portion of a POLYX gene into which a deletion, addition or substitution has been introduced to thereby alter, e.g., functionally disrupt, the POLYX gene. The POLYX gene can be a human gene (e.g., the cDNA of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n - 1 to 13)), but more preferably, is a non-human homologue of a human POLYX gene. For example, a mouse homologue of human POLYX gene of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n = 1 to 13), can be used to construct a homologous recombination vector suitable for altering an endogenous POLYX gene in the mouse genome. In one embodiment, the vector is designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous POLYX gene is functionally disrupted (i.e., no longer encodes a functional protein; also referred to as a "knock out" vector).
Alternatively, the vector can be designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous POLYX gene is mutated or otherwise altered but still encodes functional protein (e.g., the upstream regulatory region can be altered to thereby alter the expression of the endogenous POLYX protein). In the homologous recombination vector, the altered portion of the POLYX gene is flanked at its 5'- and 3'-termini by additional nucleic acid of the POLYX gene to allow for homologous recombination to occur between the exogenous POLYX gene carried by the vector and an endogenous POLYX gene in an embryonic stem cell. The additional flanking POLYX nucleic acid is of sufficient length for successful homologous recombination with the endogenous gene. Typically, several kilobases (Kb) of flanking DNA (both at the 5'- and 3 '-termini) are included in the vector. See, e.g., Thomas, et al, 1987. Cell 51 : 503 for a description of homologous recombination vectors. The vector is ten introduced into an embryonic stem cell line (e.g., by electroporation) and cells in which the introduced POLYX gene has homologously-recombined with the endogenous POLYX gene are selected. See, e.g., Li, et al, 1992. Cell 69: 915.
The selected cells are then micro-injected into a blastocyst of an animal (e.g., a mouse) to form aggregation chimeras. See, e.g., Bradley, 1987. In: TERATOCARCINOMAS AND EMBRYONIC STEM CELLS: A PRACTICAL APPROACH, Robertson, ed. IRL, Oxford, pp. 113-152. A chimeric embryo can then be implanted into a suitable pseudopregnant female foster animal and the embryo brought to term. Progeny harboring the homologously-recombined DNA in their germ cells can be used to breed animals in which all cells of the animal contain the homologously-recombined DNA by germline transmission of the transgene. Methods for constructing homologous recombination vectors and homologous recombinant animals are described further in Bradley, 1991. Curr. Opin. Biotechnol 2: 823-829; PCT International Publication Nos.: WO 90/11354; WO 91/01140; WO 92/0968; and WO 93/04169.
In another embodiment, transgenic non-human animals can be produced that contain selected systems that allow for regulated expression of the transgene. One example of such a system is the cre/loxP recombinase system of bacteriophage PI. For a description of the cre/loxP recombinase system, See, e.g., Lakso, et al, 1992. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 6232-6236. Another example of a recombinase system is the FLP recombinase system of Saccharomyces cerevisiae. See, O'Gorman, et al. , 1991. Science 251:1351-1355. Ifa cre/loxP recombinase system is used to regulate expression of the transgene, animals containing transgenes encoding both the Cre recombinase and a selected protein are required. Such animals can be provided through the construction of "double" transgenic animals, e.g., by mating two transgenic animals, one containing a transgene encoding a selected protein and the other containing a transgene encoding a recombinase.
Clones of the non-human transgenic animals described herein can also be produced according to the methods described in Wilmut, et al, 1997. Nature 385: 810-813. In brief, a cell (e.g., a somatic cell) from the transgenic animal can be isolated and induced to exit the growth cycle and enter Go phase. The quiescent cell can then be fused, e.g., through the use of electrical pulses, to an enucleated oocyte from an animal of the same species from which the quiescent cell is isolated. The reconstructed oocyte is then cultured such that it develops to morula or blastocyte, and then transferred to pseudopregnant female foster animal. The offspring borne of this female foster animal will be a clone of the animal from which the cell (e.g., the somatic cell) is isolated.
Pharmaceutical Compositions
The POLYX nucleic acid molecules, POLYX proteins, and anti-POLYX antibodies (also referred to herein as "active compounds") of the invention, and derivatives, fragments, analogs and homologs thereof, can be incoφorated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration. Such compositions typically comprise the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier. As used herein, "pharmaceutically- acceptable carrier" is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absoφtion delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. Suitable carriers are described in the most recent edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, a standard reference text in the field, which is incoφorated herein by reference. Preferred examples of such carriers or diluents include, but are not limited to, water, saline, finger's solutions, dextrose solution, and 5% human serum albumin. Liposomes and other non-aqueous (i.e., lipophilic) vehicles such as fixed oils may also be used. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incoφorated into the compositions.
A pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (i.e., topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates, and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic. Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringeability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof.
The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absoφtion of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absoφtion, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incoφorating the active compound (e.g., a POLYX protein or anti-POLYX antibody) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incoφorating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the puφose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incoφorated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
The compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Coφoration and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811.
It is especially advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
The nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be inserted into vectors and used as gene therapy vectors. Gene therapy vectors can be delivered to a subject by, for example, intravenous injection, local administration (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,328,470) or by stereotactic injection (see, e.g., Chen, et al, 1994. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91 : 3054-3057).
The pharmaceutical preparation of the gene therapy vector can include the gene therapy vector in an acceptable diluent, or can comprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded. Alternatively, where the complete gene delivery vector can be produced intact from recombinant cells, e.g., retro viral vectors, the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells that produce the gene delivery system.
The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
Screening and Detection Methods
The nucleic acid molecules, proteins, protein homologues, and antibodies described herein can be used in one or more of the following methods: (i) screening assays; (ii) detection assays (e.g., chromosomal mapping, cell and tissue typing, forensic biology), (Hi) predictive medicine (e.g. , diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, monitoring clinical trials, and pharmacogenomics); and (iv) methods of treatment (e.g., therapeutic and prophylactic).
The isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can be used to express POLYX protein (e.g., via a recombinant expression vector in a host cell in gene therapy applications), to detect POLYX mRNA (e.g., in a biological sample) or a genetic lesion in an POLYX gene, and to modulate POLYX activity, as described further, infra. In addition, the POLYX proteins can be used to screen drugs or compounds that modulate the POLYX protein activity or expression as well as to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of POLYX protein or production of POLYX protein forms that have decreased or aberrant activity compared to POLYX wild-type protein. In addition, the anti-POLYX antibodies of the present invention can be used to detect and isolate POLYX proteins and modulate POLYX activity.
The invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the screening assays described herein and uses thereof for treatments as described, supra.
Screening Assays
The invention provides a method (also referred to herein as a "screening assay") for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules or other drugs) that bind to POLYX proteins or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, e.g., POLYX protein expression or POLYX protein activity. The invention also includes compounds identified in the screening assays described herein.
In one embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which bind to or modulate the activity of the membrane-bound form of a POLYX protein or polypeptide or biologically-active portion thereof. The test compounds of the invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the "one-bead one-compound" library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library approach is limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds. See, e.g., Lam, 1997. Anticancer Drug Design 12: 145.
A "small molecule" as used herein, is meant to refer to a composition that has a molecular weight of less than about 5 kD and most preferably less than about 4 kD. Small molecules can be, e.g., nucleic acids, peptides, polypeptides, peptidomimetics, carbohydrates, lipids or other organic or inorganic molecules. Libraries of chemical and/or biological mixtures, such as fungal, bacterial, or algal extracts, are known in the art and can be screened with any of the assays of the invention.
Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in: DeWitt, et al, 1993. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90: 6909; Erb, et al, 1994. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 91 : 11422; Zuckermann, et al, 1994. J. Med. Chem. 37: 2678;
Cho, et al, 1993. Science 261: 1303; Carrell, et al, 1994. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 33: 2059; Carell, et al, 1994. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 33: 2061; and Gallop, et al, 1994. J. Med. Chem. 37: 1233.
Libraries of compounds may be presented in solution (e.g., Houghten, 1992. Biotechniques 13: 412-421), or on beads (Lam, 1991. Nature 354: 82-84), on chips (Fodor,
1993. Nature 364: 555-556), bacteria (Ladner, U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409), spores (Ladner, U.S. Patent 5,233,409), plasmids (Cull, et al, 1992. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 1865-1869) or on phage (Scott and Smith, 1990. Science 249: 386-390; Devlin, 1990. Science 249: 404-406; Cwirla, et al, 1990. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 87: 6378-6382; Felici, 1991. J. Mol Biol. 222: 301-310; Ladner, U.S. Patent No. 5,233,409.).
In one embodiment, an assay is a cell-based assay in which a cell which expresses a membrane-bound form of POLYX protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to a POLYX protein determined. The cell, for example, can of mammalian origin or a yeast cell. Determining the ability of the test compound to bind to the POLYX protein can be accomplished, for example, by coupling the test compound with a radioisotope or enzymatic label such that binding of the test compound to the POLYX protein or biologically-active portion thereof can be determined by detecting the labeled compound in a complex. For example, test compounds can be labeled with 1251, 35S, 14C, or 3H, either directly or indirectly, and the radioisotope detected by direct counting of radioemission or by scintillation counting.
Alternatively, test compounds can be enzymatically-labeled with, for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase, and the enzymatic label detected by determination of conversion of an appropriate substrate to product. In one embodiment, the assay comprises contacting a cell which expresses a membrane-bound form of POLYX protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface with a known compound which binds POLYX to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a POLYX protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a POLYX protein comprises determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to POLYX protein or a biologically-active portion thereof as compared to the known compound.
In another embodiment, an assay is a cell-based assay comprising contacting a cell expressing a membrane-bound form of POLYX protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to modulate (e.g., stimulate or inhibit) the activity of the POLYX protein or biologically-active portion thereof. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of POLYX or a biologically-active portion thereof can be accomplished, for example, by determining the ability of the POLYX protein to bind to or interact with a
POLYX target molecule. As used herein, a "target molecule" is a molecule with which a POLYX protein binds or interacts in nature, for example, a molecule on the surface of a cell which expresses a POLYX interacting protein, a molecule on the surface of a second cell, a molecule in the extracellular milieu, a molecule associated with the internal surface of a cell membrane or a cytoplasmic molecule. An POLYX target molecule can be a non-POLYX molecule or a POLYX protein or polypeptide of the invention. In one embodiment, a POLYX target molecule is a component of a signal fransduction pathway that facilitates fransduction of an extracellular signal (e.g. a signal generated by binding of a compound to a membrane-bound POLYX molecule) through the cell membrane and into the cell. The target, for example, can be a second intercellular protein that has catalytic activity or a protein that facilitates the association of downstream signaling molecules with POLY.
Determining the ability of the POLYX protein to bind to or interact with a POLYX target molecule can be accomplished by one of the methods described above for determining direct binding. In one embodiment, determining the ability of the POLYX protein to bind to or interact with a POLYX target molecule can be accomplished by determining the activity of the target molecule. For example, the activity of the target molecule can be determined by detecting induction of a cellular second messenger of the target (i.e. intracellular Ca2+, diacylglycerol, IP3, etc.), detecting catalytic/enzymatic activity of the target an appropriate substrate, detecting the induction of a reporter gene (comprising a POLYX-responsive regulatory element operatively linked to a nucleic acid encoding a detectable marker, e.g., luciferase), or detecting a cellular response, for example, cell survival, cellular differentiation, or cell proliferation. In yet another embodiment, an assay of the invention is a cell-free assay comprising contacting a POLYX protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to bind to the POLYX protein or biologically- active portion thereof. Binding of the test compound to the POLYX protein can be determined either directly or indirectly as described above. In one such embodiment, the assay comprises contacting the POLYX protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a known compound which binds POLYX to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a POLYX protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a POLYX protein comprises determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to
POLYX or biologically-active portion thereof as compared to the known compound.
In still another embodiment, an assay is a cell-free assay comprising contacting POLYX protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to modulate (e.g. stimulate or inhibit) the activity of the POLYX protein or biologically-active portion thereof. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of POLYX can be accomplished, for example, by determining the ability of the POLYX protein to bind to a POLYX target molecule by one of the methods described above for determining direct binding. In an alternative embodiment, determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of POLYX protein can be accomplished by determining the ability of the POLYX protein further modulate a POLYX target molecule. For example, the catalytic/enzymatic activity of the target molecule on an appropriate substrate can be determined as described, supra.
In yet another embodiment, the cell-free assay comprises contacting the POLYX protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a known compound which binds POLYX protein to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a POLYX protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a POLYX protein comprises determining the ability of the POLYX protein to preferentially bind to or modulate the activity of a POLYX target molecule.
The cell-free assays of the invention are amenable to use of both the soluble form or the membrane-bound form of POLYX protein. In the case of cell- free assays comprising the membrane-bound form of POLYX protein, it may be desirable to utilize a solubilizing agent such that the membrane-bound form of POLYX protein is maintained in solution. Examples of such solubilizing agents include non-ionic detergents such as n-octylglucoside, n-dodecylglucoside, n-dodecylmaltoside, octanoyl-N-methylglucamide, decanoyl-N-methylglucamide, Triton® X-100, Triton® X-114, Thesit®, Isotridecypoly(ethylene glycol ether)n, N-dodecyl— N,N-dimethyl-3-ammonio-l -propane sulfonate, 3-(3-cholamidopropyl) dimethylamminiol-1 -propane sulfonate (CHAPS), or 3-(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminiol-2-hydroxy-l -propane sulfonate (CHAPSO).
In more than one embodiment of the above assay methods of the invention, it may be desirable to immobilize either POLYX protein or its target molecule to facilitate separation of complexed from uncomplexed forms of one or both of the proteins, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Binding of a test compound to POLYX protein, or interaction of POLYX protein with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound, can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and micro-centrifuge tubes. In one embodiment, a fusion protein can be provided that adds a domain that allows one or both of the proteins to be bound to a matrix. For example, GST-POLYX fusion proteins or GST-target fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, MO) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, that are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or POLYX protein, and the mixture is incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components, the matrix immobilized in the case of beads, complex determined either directly or indirectly, for example, as described, supra. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of POLYX protein binding or activity determined using standard techniques.
Other techniques for immobilizing proteins on matrices can also be used in the screening assays of the invention. For example, either the POLYX protein or its target molecule can be immobilized utilizing conjugation of biotin and streptavidin. Biotinylated
POLYX protein or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques well-known within the art (e.g., biotinylation kit,
Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, 111.), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical). Alternatively, antibodies reactive with POLYX protein or target molecules, but which do not interfere with binding of the POLYX protein to its target molecule, can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or POLYX protein trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation. Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST-immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with the POLYX protein or target molecule, as well as enzyme-linked assays that rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with the POLYX protein or target molecule.
In another embodiment, modulators of POLYX protein expression are identified in a method wherein a cell is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of POLYX mRNA or protein in the cell is determined. The level of expression of POLYX mRNA or protein in the presence of the candidate compound is compared to the level of expression of
POLYX mRNA or protein in the absence of the candidate compound. The candidate compound can then be identified as a modulator of POLYX mRNA or protein expression based upon this comparison. For example, when expression of POLYX mRNA or protein is greater (i.e., statistically significantly greater) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of POLYX mRNA or protein expression. Alternatively, when expression of POLYX mRNA or protein is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of POLYX mRNA or protein expression. The level of POLYX mRNA or protein expression in the cells can be determined by methods described herein for detecting POLYX mRNA or protein.
In yet another aspect of the invention, the POLYX proteins can be used as "bait proteins" in a two-hybrid assay or three hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,283,317; Zervos, et al, 1993. Ce// 72: 223-232; Madura, et al, 1993. J. Biol Chem. 268: 12046-12054; Bartel, et al, 1993. Biotechniques 14: 920-924; Iwabuchi, et al, 1993. Oncogene 8: 1693-1696; and Brent WO 94/10300), to identify other proteins that bind to or interact with
POLYX ("POLYX-binding proteins" or "POLYX-bp") and modulate POLYX activity. Such POLYX -binding proteins are also likely to be involved in the propagation of signals by the POLYX proteins as, for example, upstream or downstream elements of the POLYX pathway.
The two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains. Briefly, the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs. In one construct, the gene that codes for POLYX is fused to a gene encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4). In the other construct, a DNA sequence, from a library of DNA sequences, that encodes an unidentified protein ("prey" or "sample") is fused to a gene that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor. If the "bait" and the "prey" proteins are able to interact, in vivo, forming a POLYX-dependent complex, the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close POLYX imity. This POLYX imity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., LacZ) that is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the cloned gene that encodes the protein which interacts with POLY.
The invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the aforementioned screening assays and uses thereof for treatments as described herein.
Detection Assays
Portions or fragments of the cDNA sequences identified herein (and the corresponding complete gene sequences) can be used in numerous ways as polynucleotide reagents. By way of example, and not of limitation, these sequences can be used to: (/) map their respective genes on a chromosome; and, thus, locate gene regions associated with genetic disease; (ii) identify an individual from a minute biological sample (tissue typing); and (Hi) aid in forensic identification of a biological sample. Some of these applications are described in the subsections, infra.
Chromosome Mapping
Once the sequence (or a portion of the sequence) of a gene has been isolated, this sequence can be used to map the location of the gene on a chromosome. This process is called chromosome mapping. Accordingly, portions or fragments of the POLYX sequences shown in SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n - 1 to 13), or fragments or derivatives thereof, can be used to map the location of the POLYX genes, respectively, on a chromosome. The mapping of the
POLYX sequences to chromosomes is an important first step in correlating these sequences with genes associated with disease.
Briefly, POLYX genes can be mapped to chromosomes by preparing PCR primers (preferably 15-25 bp in length) from the POLYX sequences. Computer analysis of the POLY, sequences can be used to rapidly select primers that do not span more than one exon in the genomic DNA, thus complicating the amplification process. These primers can then be used for PCR screening of somatic cell hybrids containing individual human chromosomes. Only those hybrids containing the human gene corresponding to the POLYX sequences will yield an amplified fragment.
Somatic cell hybrids are prepared by fusing somatic cells from different mammals
(e.g., human and mouse cells). As hybrids of human and mouse cells grow and divide, they gradually lose human chromosomes in random order, but retain the mouse chromosomes. By using media in which mouse cells cannot grow, because they lack a particular enzyme, but in which human cells can, the one human chromosome that contains the gene encoding the needed enzyme will be retained. By using various media, panels of hybrid cell lines can be established. Each cell line in a panel contains either a single human chromosome or a small number of human chromosomes, and a full set of mouse chromosomes, allowing easy mapping of individual genes to specific human chromosomes. See, e.g., D'Eustachio, et al, 1983. Science 220: 919-924. Somatic cell hybrids containing only fragments of human chromosomes can also be produced by using human chromosomes with translocations and deletions.
PCR mapping of somatic cell hybrids is a rapid procedure for assigning a particular sequence to a particular chromosome. Three or more sequences can be assigned per day using a single thermal cycler. Using the POLYX sequences to design oligonucleotide primers, sub- localization can be achieved with panels of fragments from specific chromosomes.
Fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) of a DNA sequence to a metaphase chromosomal spread can further be used to provide a precise chromosomal location in one step. Chromosome spreads can be made using cells whose division has been blocked in metaphase by a chemical like colcemid that disrupts the mitotic spindle. The chromosomes can be treated briefly with trypsin, and then stained with Giemsa. A pattern of light and dark bands develops on each chromosome, so that the chromosomes can be identified individually. The FISH technique can be used with a DNA sequence as short as 500 or 600 bases. However, clones larger than 1,000 bases have a higher likelihood of binding to a unique chromosomal location with sufficient signal intensity for simple detection. Preferably 1,000 bases, and more preferably 2,000 bases, will suffice to get good results at a reasonable amount of time. For a review of this technique, see, Verma, et al, HUMAN CHROMOSOMES: A MANUAL OF BASIC TECHNIQUES (Pergamon Press, NY 1988). Reagents for chromosome mapping can be used individually to mark a single chromosome or a single site on that chromosome, or panels of reagents can be used for marking multiple sites and/or multiple chromosomes. Reagents corresponding to non-coding regions of the genes actually are preferred for mapping puφoses. Coding sequences are more likely to be conserved within gene families, thus increasing the chance of cross hybridizations during chromosomal mapping.
Once a sequence has been mapped to a precise chromosomal location, the physical position of the sequence on the chromosome can be correlated with genetic map data. Such data are found, e.g., in McKusick, MENDELIAN INHERITANCE IN MAN, available on-line through Johns Hopkins University Welch Medical Library). The relationship between genes and disease, mapped to the same chromosomal region, can then be identified through linkage analysis (co-inheritance of physically adjacent genes), described in, e.g., Egeland, et al, 1987. Nature, 325: 783-787.
Additionally, differences in the DΝA sequences between individuals affected and unaffected with a disease associated with the POLYX gene, can be determined. If a mutation is observed in some or all of the affected individuals but not in any unaffected individuals, then the mutation is likely to be the causative agent of the particular disease. Comparison of affected and unaffected individuals generally involves first looking for structural alterations in the chromosomes, such as deletions or translocations that are visible from chromosome spreads or detectable using PCR based on that DΝA sequence. Ultimately, complete sequencing of genes from several individuals can be performed to confirm the presence of a mutation and to distinguish mutations from polymoφhisms.
Tissue Typing
The POLYX sequences of the invention can also be used to identify individuals from minute biological samples. In this technique, an individual's genomic DΝA is digested with one or more restriction enzymes, and probed on a Southern blot to yield unique bands for identification. The sequences of the invention are useful as additional DΝA markers for RFLP ("restriction fragment length polymoφhisms," as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,272,057).
Furthermore, the sequences of the invention can be used to provide an alternative technique that determines the actual base-by-base DNA sequence of selected portions of an individual's genome. Thus, the POLYX sequences described herein can be used to prepare two PCR primers from the 5'- and 3'-termini of the sequences. These primers can then be used to amplify an individual's DNA and subsequently sequence it.
Panels of corresponding DNA sequences from individuals, prepared in this manner, can provide unique individual identifications, as each individual will have a unique set of such DNA sequences due to allelic differences. The sequences of the invention can be used to obtain such identification sequences from individuals and from tissue. The POLYX sequences of the invention uniquely represent portions of the human genome. Allelic variation occurs to some degree in the coding regions of these sequences, and to a greater degree in the non- coding regions. It is estimated that allelic variation between individual humans occurs with a frequency of about once per each 500 bases. Much of the allelic variation is due to single nucleotide polymoφhisms (SNPs), which include restriction fragment length polymoφhisms (RFLPs).
Each of the sequences described herein can, to some degree, be used as a standard against which DNA from an individual can be compared for identification puφoses. Because greater numbers of polymoφhisms occur in the non-coding regions, fewer sequences are necessary to differentiate individuals. The non-coding sequences can comfortably provide positive individual identification with a panel of perhaps 10 to 1,000 primers that each yield a non-coding amplified sequence of 100 bases. If predicted coding sequences, such as those in SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n = 1 to 13) are used, a more appropriate number of primers for positive individual identification would be 500-2,000.
Use of Partial POLYX Sequences in Forensic Biology
DNA-based identification techniques can also be used in forensic biology. Forensic biology is a scientific field employing genetic typing of biological evidence found at a crime scene as a means for positively identifying, e.g., a peφetrator of a crime. To make such an identification, PCR technology can be used to amplify DNA sequences taken from very small biological samples such as tissues (e.g., hair or skin, or body fluids, e.g., blood, saliva, or semen found at a crime scene). The amplified sequence can then be compared to a standard, thereby allowing identification of the origin of the biological sample.
The sequences of the invention can be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., PCR primers, targeted to specific loci in the human genome, that can enhance the reliability of
DNA-based forensic identifications by, for example, providing another "identification marker" (i.e. another DNA sequence that is unique to a particular individual). As mentioned above, actual base sequence information can be used for identification as an accurate alternative to patterns formed by restriction enzyme generated fragments. Sequences targeted to non-coding regions of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (where n = 1 to 13) are particularly appropriate for this use as greater numbers of polymoφhisms occur in the non-coding regions, making it easier to differentiate individuals using this technique. Examples of polynucleotide reagents include the POLYX sequences or portions thereof, e.g., fragments derived from the non-coding regions of one or more of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (where n = 1 to 13), having a length of at least 20 bases, preferably at least 30 bases.
The POLYX sequences described herein can further be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., labeled or label-able probes that can be used, for example, in an in situ hybridization technique, to identify a specific tissue (e.g., brain tissue, etc). This can be very useful in cases where a forensic pathologist is presented with a tissue of unknown origin. Panels of such POLYX probes can be used to identify tissue by species and/or by organ type.
In a similar fashion, these reagents, e.g., POLYX primers or probes can be used to screen tissue culture for contamination (i.e., screen for the presence of a mixture of different types of cells in a culture).
Predictive Medicine
The invention also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, pharmacogenomics, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic (predictive) puφoses to thereby treat an individual prophylactically. Accordingly, one aspect of the invention relates to diagnostic assays for determining POLYX protein and/or nucleic acid expression as well as POLYX activity, in the context of a biological sample (e.g., blood, serum, cells, tissue) to thereby determine whether an individual is afflicted with a disease or disorder, or is at risk of developing a disorder, associated with aberrant POLYX expression or activity. The invention also provides for prognostic (or predictive) assays for determining whether an individual is at risk of developing a disorder associated with POLYX protein, nucleic acid expression or activity. For example, mutations in a POLYX gene can be assayed in a biological sample. Such assays can be used for prognostic or predictive puφose to thereby prophylactically treat an individual prior to the onset of a disorder characterized by or associated with POLYX protein, nucleic acid expression, or biological activity. Another aspect of the invention provides methods for determining POLYX protein, nucleic acid expression or activity in an individual to thereby select appropriate therapeutic or prophylactic agents for that individual (referred to herein as "pharmacogenomics"). Pharmacogenomics allows for the selection of agents (e.g., drugs) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of an individual based on the genotype of the individual (e.g., the genotype of the individual examined to determine the ability of the individual to respond to a particular agent.)
Yet another aspect of the invention pertains to monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs, compounds) on the expression or activity of POLYX in clinical trials. These and other agents are described in further detail in the following sections.
Diagnostic Assays
An exemplary method for detecting the presence or absence of POLYX in a biological sample involves obtaining a biological sample from a test subject and contacting the biological sample with a compound or an agent capable of detecting POLYX protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) that encodes POLYX protein such that the presence of POLYX is detected in the biological sample. An agent for detecting POLYX mRNA or genomic DNA is a labeled nucleic acid probe capable of hybridizing to POLYX mRNA or genomic DNA. The nucleic acid probe can be, for example, a full-length POLYX nucleic acid, such as the nucleic acid of SEQ ID NO:2«-l (wherein n = 1 to 13), or a portion thereof, such as an oligonucleotide of at least 15, 30, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to specifically hybridize under stringent conditions to POLYX mRNA or genomic DNA. Other suitable probes for use in the diagnostic assays of the invention are described herein.
An agent for detecting POLYX protein is an antibody capable of binding to POLYX protein, preferably an antibody with a detectable label. Antibodies can be polyclonal, or more preferably, monoclonal. An intact antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., Fab or F(ab)2) can be used. As utilized herein, the term "labeled", with regard to the probe or antibody, is intended to encompass direct labeling of the probe or antibody by coupling (i.e., physically linking) a detectable substance to the probe or antibody, as well as indirect labeling of the probe or antibody by reactivity with another reagent that is directly labeled. Examples of indirect labeling include detection of a primary antibody using a fluorescently-labeled secondary antibody and end-labeling of a DNA probe with biotin such that it can be detected with fluorescently-labeled streptavidin. As utilized herein, the term "biological sample" is intended to include tissues, cells and biological fluids isolated from a subject, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present within a subject. That is, the detection method of the invention can be used to detect POLYX mRNA, protein, or genomic DNA in a biological sample in vitro as well as in vivo. For example, in vitro techniques for detection of POLYX mRNA include Northern hybridizations and in situ hybridizations. In vitro techniques for detection of POLYX protein include enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), Western blots, immunoprecipitations, and immuno fluorescence. In vitro techniques for detection of POLYX genomic DNA include Southern hybridizations. Furthermore, in vivo techniques for detection of POLYX protein include introducing into a subject a labeled anti-POLYX antibody. For example, the antibody can be labeled with a radioactive marker whose presence and location in a subject can be detected by standard imaging techniques.
In one embodiment, the biological sample contains protein molecules from the test subject. Alternatively, the biological sample can contain mRNA molecules from the test subject or genomic DNA molecules from the test subject. A preferred biological sample is a peripheral blood leukocyte sample isolated by conventional means from a subject.
In another embodiment, the methods further involve obtaining a control biological sample from a control subject, contacting the control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting POLYX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA, such that the presence of POLYX protein, mRNA or genomic DNA is detected in the biological sample, and comparing the presence of POLYX protein, mRNA or genomic DNA in the control sample with the presence of POLYX protein, mRNA or genomic DNA in the test sample.
The invention also encompasses kits for detecting the presence of POLYX in a biological sample. For example, the kit can comprise: a labeled compound or agent capable of detecting POLYX protein or mRNA in a biological sample; means for determining the amount of POLYX in the sample; and means for comparing the amount of POLYX in the sample with a standard. The compound or agent can be packaged in a suitable container. The kit can further comprise instructions for using the kit to detect POLYX protein or nucleic acid.
Prognostic Assays
The diagnostic methods described herein can furthermore be utilized to identify subjects having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant POLYX expression or activity. For example, the assays described herein, such as the preceding diagnostic assays or the following assays, can be utilized to identify a subject having or at risk of developing a disorder associated with POLYX protein, nucleic acid expression or activity. Alternatively, the prognostic assays can be utilized to identify a subject having or at risk for developing a disease or disorder. Thus, the invention provides a method for identifying a disease or disorder associated with aberrant POLYX expression or activity in which a test sample is obtained from a subject and POLYX protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) is detected, wherein the presence of POLYX protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant POLYX expression or activity. As used herein, a "test sample" refers to a biological sample obtained from a subject of interest. For example, a test sample can be a biological fluid (e.g., serum), cell sample, or tissue.
Furthermore, the prognostic assays described herein can be used to determine whether a subject can be administered an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate) to treat a disease or disorder associated with abeπant POLYX expression or activity. For example, such methods can be used to determine whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for a disorder. Thus, the invention provides methods for determining whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for a disorder associated with aberrant POLYX expression or activity in which a test sample is obtained and POLYX protein or nucleic acid is detected (e.g., wherein the presence of POLYX protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject that can be administered the agent to treat a disorder associated with aberrant POLYX expression or activity).
The methods of the invention can also be used to detect genetic lesions in a POLYX gene, thereby determining if a subject with the lesioned gene is at risk for a disorder characterized by aberrant cell proliferation and/or differentiation. In various embodiments, the methods include detecting, in a sample of cells from the subject, the presence or absence of a genetic lesion characterized by at least one of an alteration affecting the integrity of a gene encoding a POLYX-protein, or the mis-expression of the POLYX gene. For example, such genetic lesions can be detected by ascertaining the existence of at least one of: (i) a deletion of one or more nucleotides from a POLYX gene; (ii) an addition of one or more nucleotides to a
POLYX gene; (// ) a substitution of one or more nucleotides of a POLYX gene, (iv) a chromosomal reaπangement of a POLYX gene; (v) an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of a POLYX gene; (vi) aberrant modification of a POLYX gene, such as of the methylation pattern of the genomic DNA; (vii) the presence of a non- wild-type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of a POLYX gene; (viii) a non- wild-type level of a POLYX protein, (ix) allelic loss of a POLYX gene; and (x) inappropriate post-translational modification of a POLYX protein. As described herein, there are a large number of assay techniques known in the art which can be used for detecting lesions in a POLYX gene. A preferred biological sample is a peripheral blood leukocyte sample isolated by conventional means from a subject. However, any biological sample containing nucleated cells may be used, including, for example, buccal mucosal cells.
In certain embodiments, detection of the lesion involves the use of a probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,683,195 and 4,683,202), such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligation chain reaction (LCR) (see, e.g., Landegran, et αl, 1988. Science 241 : 1077-1080; and Nakazawa, et αl, 1994. Proc. Nαtl Acαd. Sci. USA 91 : 360-364), the latter of which can be particularly useful for detecting point mutations in the POLYX-gene (see, Abravaya, et αl, 1995. Nucl. Acids Res. 23: 675-682).
This method can include the steps of collecting a sample of cells from a patient, isolating nucleic acid (e.g., genomic, mRNA or both) from the cells of the sample, contacting the nucleic acid sample with one or more primers that specifically hybridize to a POLYX gene under conditions such that hybridization and amplification of the POLYX gene (if present) occurs, and detecting the presence or absence of an amplification product, or detecting the size of the amplification product and comparing the length to a control sample. It is anticipated that PCR and/or LCR may be desirable to use as a preliminary amplification step in conjunction with any of the techniques used for detecting mutations described herein.
Alternative amplification methods include: self sustained sequence replication (see, Guatelli, et αl, 1990. Proc. Nαtl Acαd. Sci. USA 87: 1874-1878), transcriptional amplification system (see, Kwoh, et αl., 1989. Proc. Nαtl. Acαd. Sci. USA 86: 1173-1177); Qβ Replicase (see, Lizardi, et αl, 1988. BioTechnology 6: 1197), or any other nucleic acid amplification method, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques well known to those of skill in the art. These detection schemes are especially useful for the detection of nucleic acid molecules if such molecules are present in very low numbers.
In an alternative embodiment, mutations in a POLYX gene from a sample cell can be identified by alterations in restriction enzyme cleavage patterns. For example, sample and control DNA is isolated, amplified (optionally), digested with one or more restriction endonucleases, and fragment length sizes are determined by gel electrophoresis and compared. Differences in fragment length sizes between sample and control DNA indicates mutations in the sample DNA. Moreover, the use of sequence specific ribozymes (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,493,531) can be used to score for the presence of specific mutations by development or loss of a ribozyme cleavage site.
In other embodiments, genetic mutations in POLYX can be identified by hybridizing a sample and control nucleic acids, e.g., DNA or RNA, to high-density arrays containing hundreds or thousands of oligonucleotides probes. See, e.g., Cronin, et al, 1996. Human Mutation 1: 244-255; Kozal, et al, 1996. Nat. Med. 2: 753-759. For example, genetic mutations in POLYX can be identified in two dimensional aπays containing light-generated DNA probes as described in Cronin, et al, supra. Briefly, a first hybridization array of probes can be used to scan through long stretches of DNA in a sample and control to identify base changes between the sequences by making linear arrays of sequential overlapping probes. This step allows the identification of point mutations. This is followed by a second hybridization array that allows the characterization of specific mutations by using smaller, specialized probe arrays complementary to all variants or mutations detected. Each mutation array is composed of parallel probe sets, one complementary to the wild-type gene and the other complementary to the mutant gene.
In yet another embodiment, any of a variety of sequencing reactions known in the art can be used to directly sequence the POLYX gene and detect mutations by comparing the sequence of the sample POLYX with the corresponding wild-type (control) sequence. Examples of sequencing reactions include those based on techniques developed by Maxim and Gilbert, 1977. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1A: 560 or Sanger, 1977. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 74: 5463. It is also contemplated that any of a variety of automated sequencing procedures can be utilized when performing the diagnostic assays (see, e.g., Naeve, et al, 1995. BioTechniques 19: 448), including sequencing by mass spectromefry (see, e.g., PCT International Publication No. WO 94/16101; Cohen, et al, 1996. Adv. Chromatography 36: 127-162; and Griffin, et al, 1993. Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol 38: 147-159).
Other methods for detecting mutations in the POLYX gene include methods in which protection from cleavage agents is used to detect mismatched bases in RNA/RNA or RNA/DNA heteroduplexes. See, e.g., Myers, et al, 1985. Science 230: 1242. In general, the art technique of "mismatch cleavage" starts by providing heteroduplexes of formed by hybridizing (labeled) RNA or DNA containing the wild-type POLYX sequence with potentially mutant RNA or DNA obtained from a tissue sample. The double-stranded duplexes are treated with an agent that cleaves single-stranded regions of the duplex such as which will exist due to basepair mismatches between the control and sample strands. For instance, RNA/DNA duplexes can be treated with RNase and DNA/DNA hybrids treated with Si nuclease to enzymatically digesting the mismatched regions. In other embodiments, either DNA/DNA or RNA DNA duplexes can be treated with hydroxylamine or osmium tetroxide and with piperidine in order to digest mismatched regions. After digestion of the mismatched regions, the resulting material is then separated by size on denaturing polyacrylamide gels to determine the site of mutation. See, e.g., Cotton, et al, 1988. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 4397; Saleeba, et al, 1992. Methods Enzymol 217: 286-295. In an embodiment, the control DNA or RNA can be labeled for detection.
In still another embodiment, the mismatch cleavage reaction employs one or more proteins that recognize mismatched base pairs in double-stranded DNA (so called "DNA mismatch repair" enzymes) in defined systems for detecting and mapping point mutations in POLYX cDNAs obtained from samples of cells. For example, the mutY enzyme of E. coli cleaves A at G/A mismatches and the thymidine DNA glycosylase from HeLa cells cleaves T at G/T mismatches. See, e.g., Hsu, et al, 1994. Carcinogenesis 15: 1657-1662. According to an exemplary embodiment, a probe based on a POLYX sequence, e.g., a wild-type POLYX sequence, is hybridized to a cDNA or other DNA product from a test cell(s). The duplex is treated with a DNA mismatch repair enzyme, and the cleavage products, if any, can be detected from electrophoresis protocols or the like. See, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,459,039.
In other embodiments, alterations in electrophoretic mobility will be used to identify mutations in POLYX genes. For example, single strand conformation polymoφhism (SSCP) may be used to detect differences in electrophoretic mobility between mutant and wild type nucleic acids. See, e.g., Orita, et al, 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA: 86: 2766; Cotton,
1993. Mutat. Res. 285: 125-144; Hayashi, 1992. Genet. Anal. Tech. Appl 9: 73-79.
Single-stranded DNA fragments of sample and control POLYX nucleic acids will be denatured and allowed to renature. The secondary structure of single-stranded nucleic acids varies according to sequence, the resulting alteration in electrophoretic mobility enables the detection of even a single base change. The DNA fragments may be labeled or detected with labeled probes. The sensitivity of the assay may be enhanced by using RNA (rather than DNA), in which the secondary structure is more sensitive to a change in sequence. In one embodiment, the subject method utilizes heteroduplex analysis to separate double stranded heteroduplex molecules on the basis of changes in electrophoretic mobility. See, e.g., Keen, et al, 1991. Trends Genet. 7: 5.
In yet another embodiment, the movement of mutant or wild-type fragments in polyacrylamide gels containing a gradient of denaturant is assayed using denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE). See, e.g., Myers, et al, 1985. Nature 313: 495. When DGGE is used as the method of analysis, DNA will be modified to insure that it does not completely denature, for example by adding a GC clamp of apPOLYXimately 40 bp of high-melting GC-rich DNA by PCR. In a further embodiment, a temperature gradient is used in place of a denaturing gradient to identify differences in the mobility of control and sample DNA. See, e.g., Rosenbaum and Reissner, 1987. Biophys. Chem. 265: 12753.
Examples of other techniques for detecting point mutations include, but are not limited to, selective oligonucleotide hybridization, selective amplification, or selective primer extension. For example, oligonucleotide primers may be prepared in which the known mutation is placed centrally and then hybridized to target DNA under conditions that permit hybridization only if a perfect match is found. See, e.g., Saiki, et al, 1986. Nature 324: 163; Saiki, et al, 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 6230. Such allele specific oligonucleotides are hybridized to PCR amplified target DNA or a number of different mutations when the oligonucleotides are attached to the hybridizing membrane and hybridized with labeled target
DNA.
Alternatively, allele specific amplification technology that depends on selective PCR amplification may be used in conjunction with the instant invention. Oligonucleotides used as primers for specific amplification may carry the mutation of interest in the center of the molecule (so that amplification depends on differential hybridization; see, e.g., Gibbs, et al,
1989. Nucl. Acids Res. 17: 2437-2448) or at the extreme 3'-terminus of one primer where, under appropriate conditions, mismatch can prevent, or reduce polymerase extension (see, e.g., Prossner, 1993. Tibtech. 11 : 238). In addition it may be desirable to introduce a novel restriction site in the region of the mutation to create cleavage-based detection. See, e.g., Gasparini, et al, 1992. Mol. Cell Probes 6: 1. It is anticipated that in certain embodiments amplification may also be performed using Taq ligase for amplification. See, e.g., Barany, 1991. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 88: 189. In such cases, ligation will occur only if there is a perfect match at the 3'-terminus of the 5' sequence, making it possible to detect the presence of a known mutation at a specific site by looking for the presence or absence of amplification.
The methods described herein may be performed, for example, by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one probe nucleic acid or antibody reagent described herein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings to diagnose patients exhibiting symptoms or family history of a disease or illness involving a POLYX gene.
Furthermore, any cell type or tissue, preferably peripheral blood leukocytes, in which POLYX is expressed may be utilized in the prognostic assays described herein. However, any biological sample containing nucleated cells may be used, including, for example, buccal mucosal cells.
Pharmacogenomics
Agents, or modulators that have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on POLYX activity (e.g., POLYX gene expression), as identified by a screening assay described herein can be administered to individuals to treat (prophylactically or therapeutically) disorders (e.g., cancer or immune disorders associated with aberrant POLYX activity. In conjunction with such treatment, the pharmacogenomics (i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual's genotype and that individual's response to a foreign compound or drug) of the individual may be considered. Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood concentration of the pharmacologically active drug. Thus, the pharmacogenomics of the individual permits the selection of effective agents (e.g., drugs) for prophylactic or therapeutic treatments based on a consideration of the individual's genotype. Such pharmacogenomics can further be used to determine appropriate dosages and therapeutic regimens. Accordingly, the activity of POLYX protein, expression of POLYX nucleic acid, or mutation content of POLYX genes in an individual can be determined to thereby select appropriate agent(s) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of the individual.
Pharmacogenomics deals with clinically significant hereditary variations in the response to drugs due to altered drug disposition and abnormal action in affected persons. See e.g., Eichelbaum, 1996. Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol 23: 983-985; Linder, 1997. Clin.
Chem., 43: 254-266. In general, two types of pharmacogenetic conditions can be differentiated. Genetic conditions transmitted as a single factor altering the way drugs act on the body (altered drug action) or genetic conditions transmitted as single factors altering the way the body acts on drugs (altered drug metabolism). These pharmacogenetic conditions can occur either as rare defects or as polymoφhisms. For example, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase (G6PD) deficiency is a common inherited enzymopathy in which the main clinical complication is hemolysis after ingestion of oxidant drugs (anti-malarials, sulfonamides, analgesics, nitrofurans) and consumption of fava beans.
As an illustrative embodiment, the activity of drug metabolizing enzymes is a major determinant of both the intensity and duration of drug action. The discovery of genetic polymoφhisms of drug metabolizing enzymes (e.g., N-acetyltransferase 2 (NAT 2) and cytochrome P450 enzymes CYP2D6 and CYP2C19) has provided an explanation as to why some patients do not obtain the expected drug effects or show exaggerated drug response and serious toxicity after taking the standard and safe dose of a drug. These polymoφhisms are expressed in two phenotypes in the population, the extensive metabolizer (EM) and poor metabolizer (PM). The prevalence of PM is different among different populations. For example, the gene coding for CYP2D6 is highly polymoφhic and several mutations have been identified in PM, which all lead to the absence of functional CYP2D6. Poor metabolizers of CYP2D6 and CYP2C19 quite frequently experience exaggerated drug response and side effects when they receive standard doses. If a metabolite is the active therapeutic moiety, PM show no therapeutic response, as demonstrated for the analgesic effect of codeine mediated by its CYP2D6-formed metabolite moφhine. At the other extreme are the so called ultra-rapid metabolizers who do not respond to standard doses. Recently, the molecular basis of ultra-rapid metabolism has been identified to be due to CYP2D6 gene amplification.
Thus, the activity of POLYX protein, expression of POLYX nucleic acid, or mutation content of POLYX genes in an individual can be determined to thereby select appropriate agent(s) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of the individual. In addition, pharmacogenetic studies can be used to apply genotyping of polymoφhic alleles encoding drug-metabolizing enzymes to the identification of an individual's drug responsiveness phenotype. This knowledge, when applied to dosing or drug selection, can avoid adverse reactions or therapeutic failure and thus enhance therapeutic or prophylactic efficiency when treating a subject with a POLYX modulator, such as a modulator identified by one of the exemplary screening assays described herein. Monitoring of Effects During Clinical Trials
Monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs, compounds) on the expression or activity of POLYX (e.g., the ability to modulate aberrant cell proliferation and/or differentiation) can be applied not only in basic drug screening, but also in clinical trials. For example, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay as described herein to increase POLYX gene expression, protein levels, or upregulate POLYX activity, can be monitored in clinical trails of subjects exhibiting decreased POLYX gene expression, protein levels, or downregulated POLYX activity. Alternatively, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay to decrease POLYX gene expression, protein levels, or downregulate POLYX activity, can be monitored in clinical trails of subjects exhibiting increased POLYX gene expression, protein levels, or upregulated POLYX activity. In such clinical trials, the expression or activity of POLYX and, preferably, other genes that have been implicated in, for example, a cellular proliferation or immune disorder can be used as a "read out" or markers of the immune responsiveness of a particular cell.
By way of example, and not of limitation, genes, including POLY, that are modulated in cells by treatment with an agent (e.g., compound, drug or small molecule) that modulates POLYX activity (e.g., identified in a screening assay as described herein) can be identified. Thus, to study the effect of agents on cellular proliferation disorders, for example, in a clinical trial, cells can be isolated and RNA prepared and analyzed for the levels of expression of POLYX and other genes implicated in the disorder. The levels of gene expression (i.e., a gene expression pattern) can be quantified by Northern blot analysis or RT-PCR, as described herein, or alternatively by measuring the amount of protein produced, by one of the methods as described herein, or by measuring the levels of activity of POLYX or other genes. In this manner, the gene expression pattern can serve as a marker, indicative of the physiological response of the cells to the agent. Accordingly, this response state may be determined before, and at various points during, treatment of the individual with the agent.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a method for monitoring the effectiveness of treatment of a subject with an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, protein, peptide, peptidomimetic, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate identified by the screening assays described herein) comprising the steps of (.) obtaining a pre-administration sample from a subject prior to administration of the agent; (ii) detecting the level of expression of a POLYX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the pre-administration sample; (Hi) obtaining one or more post-administration samples from the subject; (iv) detecting the level of expression or activity of the POLYX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the post-administration samples; (v) comparing the level of expression or activity of the POLYX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the pre-administration sample with the POLYX protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the post administration sample or samples; and (vi) altering the administration of the agent to the subject accordingly. For example, increased administration of the agent may be desirable to increase the expression or activity of POLYX to higher levels than detected, i.e., to increase the effectiveness of the agent. Alternatively, decreased administration of the agent may be desirable to decrease expression or activity of POLYX to lower levels than detected, i.e., to decrease the effectiveness of the agent.
Methods of Treatment
The invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject at risk of (or susceptible to) a disorder or having a disorder associated with aberrant POLYX expression or activity. These methods of treatment will be discussed more fully, infra.
Disease and Disorders
Diseases and disorders that are characterized by increased (relative to a subject not suffering from the disease or disorder) levels or biological activity may be treated with Therapeutics that antagonize (i.e., reduce or inhibit) activity. Therapeutics that antagonize activity may be administered in a therapeutic or prophylactic manner. Therapeutics that may be utilized include, but are not limited to: (i) an aforementioned peptide, or analogs, derivatives, fragments or homologs thereof; (//) antibodies to an aforementioned peptide; (Hi) nucleic acids encoding an aforementioned peptide; (iv) administration of antisense nucleic acid and nucleic acids that are "dysfunctional" (i.e., due to a heterologous insertion within the coding sequences of coding sequences to an aforementioned peptide) that are utilized to
"knockout" endoggenous function of an aforementioned peptide by homologous recombination (see, e.g., Capecchi, 1989. Science 244: 1288-1292); or (v) modulators ( i.e., inhibitors, agonists and antagonists, including additional peptide mimetic of the invention or antibodies specific to a peptide of the invention) that alter the interaction between an aforementioned peptide and its binding partner. Diseases and disorders that are characterized by decreased (relative to a subject not suffering from the disease or disorder) levels or biological activity may be treated with Therapeutics that increase (i.e., are agonists to) activity. Therapeutics that upregulate activity may be administered in a therapeutic or prophylactic manner. Therapeutics that may be utilized include, but are not limited to, an aforementioned peptide, or analogs, derivatives, fragments or homologs thereof; or an agonist that increases bioavailability.
Increased or decreased levels can be readily detected by quantifying peptide and/or RNA, by obtaining a patient tissue sample (e.g., from biopsy tissue) and assaying it in vitro for RNA or peptide levels, structure and/or activity of the expressed peptides (or mRNAs of an aforementioned peptide). Methods that are well-known within the art include, but are not limited to, immunoassays (e.g., by Western blot analysis, immunoprecipitation followed by sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, immunocytochemistry, etc.) and or hybridization assays to detect expression of mRNAs (e.g., Northern assays, dot blots, in situ hybridization, and the like).
Prophylactic Methods
In one aspect, the invention provides a method for preventing, in a subject, a disease or condition associated with an aberrant POLYX expression or activity, by administering to the subject an agent that modulates POLYX expression or at least one POLYX activity. Subjects at risk for a disease that is caused or contributed to by aberrant POLYX expression or activity can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays as described herein. Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms characteristic of the POLYX aberrancy, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression. Depending upon the type of POLYX aberrancy, for example, a POLYX agonist or POLYX antagonist agent can be used for treating the subject. The appropriate agent can be determined based on screening assays described herein.
Therapeutic Methods
Another aspect of the invention pertains to methods of modulating POLYX expression or activity for therapeutic puφoses. The modulatory method of the invention involves contacting a cell with an agent that modulates one or more of the activities of POLYX protein activity associated with the cell. An agent that modulates POLYX protein activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a naturally-occurring cognate ligand of a POLYX protein, a peptide, a POLYX peptidomimefic, or other small molecule. In one embodiment, the agent stimulates one or more POLYX protein activity. Examples of such stimulatory agents include active POLYX protein and a nucleic acid molecule encoding POLYX that has been introduced into the cell. In another embodiment, the agent inhibits one or more POLYX protein activity. Examples of such inhibitory agents include antisense POLYX nucleic acid molecules and anti-POLYX antibodies. These modulatory methods can be performed in vitro (e.g., by culturing the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g., by administering the agent to a subject). As such, the invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized by aberrant expression or activity of a POLYX protein or nucleic acid molecule. In one embodiment, the method involves administering an agent (e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein), or combination of agents that modulates (e.g., up-regulates or down-regulates) POLYX expression or activity. In another embodiment, the method involves administering a POLYX protein or nucleic acid molecule as therapy to compensate for reduced or aberrant
POLYX expression or activity.
Stimulation of POLYX activity is desirable in situations in which POLYX is abnormally downregulated and/or in which increased POLYX activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. One example of such a situation is where a subject has a disorder characterized by abeπant cell proliferation and/or differentiation (e.g., cancer or immune associated disorders). Another example of such a situation is where the subject has a gestational disease (e.g., pre-clampsia).
Determination of the Biological Effect of the Therapeutic
In various embodiments of the invention, suitable in vitro or in vivo assays are performed to determine the effect of a specific Therapeutic and whether its administration is indicated for treatment of the affected tissue.
In various specific embodiments, in vitro assays may be performed with representative cells of the type(s) involved in the patient's disorder, to determine if a given Therapeutic exerts the desired effect upon the cell type(s). Compounds for use in therapy may be tested in suitable animal model systems including, but not limited to rats, mice, chicken, cows, monkeys, rabbits, and the like, prior to testing in human subjects. Similarly, for in vivo testing, any of the animal model system known in the art may be used prior to administration to human subjects.
Prophylactic and Therapeutic Uses of the Compositions of the Invention
The POLYX nucleic acids and proteins of the invention may be useful in a variety of potential prophylactic and therapeutic applications. By way of a non-limiting example, a cDNA encoding the POLYX protein of the invention may be useful in gene therapy, and the protein may be useful when administered to a subject in need thereof.
Both the novel nucleic acids encoding the POLYX proteins, and the POLYX proteins of the invention, or fragments thereof, may also be useful in diagnostic applications, wherein the presence or amount of the nucleic acid or the protein are to be assessed. These materials are further useful in the generation of antibodies which immunospecifically-bind to the novel substances of the invention for use in therapeutic or diagnostic methods.
The invention will be further illustrated in the following non-limiting examples.
Example 1 : RADIATION HYBRID MAPPING PROVIDES THE CHROMOSOMAL LOCATION OF CLONES, POLYX
Radiation hybrid mapping using human chromosome markers was carried out for many of the clones described in the present invention. The procedure used to obtain these results is analogous to that described in Steen, RG et al. (A High-Density Integrated Genetic Linkage and Radiation Hybrid Map of the Laboratory Rat, Genome Research 1999 (Published Online on May 21, 1999)Vol. 9, AP1-AP8, 1999). A panel of 93 cell clones containing randomized radiation-induced human chromosomal fragments was screened in 96 well plates using PCR primers designed to identify the sought clones in a unique fashion. Table 15 provides the results obtained for three clones of the present invention.
Table 15
Figure imgf000107_0001
Example 2: Molecular Cloning of 10129612-1, POLY4
The predicted open reading frame codes for a novel 429 amino acid long protein predicted to be a Typell transmembrane protein. The cDNA coding for the extracellular domain of residues 250-429 was targeted for cloning.
Oligonucleotide primers were designed to PCR amplify a DNA segment coding for the extracellular domain of 10129612-1. The forward primer includes an in frame BamHI restriction site and the reverse primer contains an in frame Xhol restriction site. The sequences of the primers are the following:
10129612-1 Forward:
GGA TCC AAC AGC AGC ATA GAC AGT GGT GAA GCA (SEQ ID NO: 27)
10129612-1 Reverse:
CTC GAG CAG AGC AGC TTT ATT AAT GAT TGT CTT GCA GAA (SEQ ID NO: 28)
PCR reactions were set up using 5 ng cDNA template consisting of equal portions of human testis, fetal brain, mammary, and skeletal muscle derived cDNA samples, 1 microM of each of the 10129612-1 Forward and 10129612-1 Reverse primers, 5 micromoles dNTP
(Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto CA) and 1 microliter of 50xAdvantage-HF 2 polymerase (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto CA) in 50 microliter volume. The following reaction conditions were used:
a) 96°C 3 minutes b) 96°C 30 seconds denaturation c) 70°C 30 seconds, primer annealing. This temperature was gradually decreased by l°C/cycle d) 72°C 1 minutes extension. Repeat steps b-d 10 times e) 96°C 30 seconds denaturation f) 60°C 30 seconds annealing g) 72°C 1 minutes extension Repeat steps e-g 35 times h) 72°C 5 minutes final extension
A 530 bp large, amplified product was detected by agarose gel electrophoresis. The product was isolated, and ligated into the pCR2.1 vector (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA). The DNA sequence of the cloned insert was determined as an ORF coding for a 180 amino acid long polypeptide that matches the target DNA sequence of 10129612-1 (SEQ ID NO: 8) 100%. The construct is called as pCR2.1-cgl0129612-S333-6C.
Example 3: Preparation of Mammalian Expression Vector pCEP4/Sec
Two oligonucleotide primers were designed to amplify a fragment from the pcDNA3.1-V5His (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) expression vector that includes V5 and His6.
These primers include:
pSec-V5-His Forward: CTCGTCCTCGAGGGTAAGCCTATCCCTAAC
(SEQ ID NO:29)
pSec-V5-His Reverse: CTCGTCGGGCCCCTGATCAGCGGGTTTAAAC (SEQ ID NO.30)
Following PCR amplification, the product was digested with Xhol and Apal and ligated into the XhoI/Apal-digested pSecTag2 B vector harboring an i kappa leader sequence (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, CA). The correct structure of the resulting vector (designated pSecV5His), including an in-frame i-kappa leader and V5-His6, was verified by DNA sequence analysis. The vector pSecV5His was then digested with Pmel and Nhel to provide a fragment retaining the above elements in the correct frame. The Pmel/Nhel-digested fragment was ligated into the BamHI/Klenow- and Nhel-treated vector pCEP4 (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, CA). The resulting vector was designated pCEP4/Sec, and included an in-frame i kappa leader, a site for insertion of a clone of interest, and V5 and His6 sites under control of the PCMV and/or the PT7 promoter. pCEP4/Sec is an expression vector that allows heterologous protein expression and secretion by fusing any protein to the i Kappa chain signal peptide. Detection and purification of the expressed protein was aided by the presence of the V5 epitope tag and 6x His tag at the carboxyl-terminus (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, CA).
Example 4: Expression of POLY4, Clone 10129612, in Human Embryonic Kidney 293 Cells The BamHI-XhoI fragment containing the 10129612 sequence was isolated from pCR2.1-cgl0129612-S333-6C (Example 2) and subcloned into the vector pCEP4/Sec (Example 3) to generate expression vector pCEP4/Sec-l 0129612. The pCEP4/Sec-10129612 vector was transfected into 293 cells using the LipofectaminePlus reagent following the manufacturer's instructions (Gibco/BRL). The cell pellet and supernatant were harvested 72 hours after transfection and examined for 10129612 expression by Western blotting (reducing conditions) with an anti-V5 antibody. FIG. 2 shows that 10129612 is expressed as a protein of apparent molecular weight 30 kDa secreted by 293 cells.
Example 5: Quantitative Analysis of the Tissue Distribution of Expression of the Nucleic Acids of the Invention.
The quantitative expression of various clones was assessed in 41 normal and 55 tumor samples (the samples are identified in the Tables that follow) by real time quantitative PCR (TAQMAN®) performed on a Perkin-Elmer Biosystems ABI PRISM® 7700 Sequence Detection System. In these Tables, the following abbreviations are used:
ca. = carcinoma,
* = established from metastasis, met = metastasis, s cell var= small cell variant, non-s = non-sm =non-small, squam = squamous, pi. eff = pi effusion = pleural effusion, glio = glioma, astro = astrocytoma, and neuro = neuroblastoma. The RNA samples for each cell or tissue were normalized according to RNA input by
RNA quantification using Ribogreen (Molecular Probes, Eugene OR; Catalog number R-
11491) according to the manufacturer's directions using a standard curve covering lng/ml through 50ng/ml RNA. RNA quantity input was confirmed by monitoring the expression of human polypeptide chain elongation factor- 1 alpha (GenBank Accession Number: E02629) and human ADP-ribosylation factor 1 (ARF1) mRNA (GenBank Accession Number: M36340). RNA (-50 ng total or ~1 ng polyA+) was converted to cDNA using the TAQMAN® Reverse Transcription Reagents Kit (PE Biosystems, Foster City, CA; cat # N808-0234) and random hexamers according to the manufacturer's protocol. Reactions were performed in 20 μl and incubated for 30 min. at 48°C. cDNA (5 μl) was then transferred to a separate plate for the TAQMAN® reaction using probe and primer sets specific for human polypeptide chain elongation factor- 1 alpha and human ADP-ribosylation factor 1 (ARF1) mRNA were designed for each assay according to a proprietary software package. Reactions were carried out using the TAQMAN® universal PCR Master Mix (PE Biosystems; cat # 4304447) according to the manufacturer's protocol. Reactions were performed in 25 μl using the following parameters: 2 min. at 50°C; 10 min. at 95°C; 15 sec. at 95°C/1 min. at 60°C (40 cycles). Results were recorded as CT values (cycle at which a given sample crosses a threshold level of fluorescence) using a log scale, with the difference in RNA concentration between a given sample and the sample with the lowest CT value being represented as 2 to the power of delta CT (2δCT). The percent relative expression is then obtained by taking the reciprocal of this RNA difference and multiplying by 100. The average CT values obtained for human polypeptide chain elongation factor- 1 alpha and human ADP-ribosylation factor 1 (ARFl) mRNA were used to normalize RNA samples. The RNA sample generating the highest CT value required no further diluting, while all other samples were diluted relative to this sample according to their β-actin /GAPDH average CT values.
Normalized RNA (5 ul) was converted to cDNA and analyzed via TAQMAN® using
One Step RT-PCR Master Mix Reagents (PE Biosystems; cat. # 4309169) and gene-specific primers according to the manufacturer's instructions. Probes and primers were designed for each assay according to Perkin Elmer Biosystem's Primer Express Software package (version I for Apple Computer's Macintosh Power PC) using the sequence of the clone being analyzed as input. Default settings were used for reaction conditions and the following parameters were set before selecting primers: primer concentration = 250 nM, primer melting temperature (Tm) range = 58°-60° C, primer optimal Tm = 59° C, maximum primer difference = 2° C, probe does not have 5' G, probe Tm must be 10° C greater than primer Tm, amplicon size 75 bp to 100 bp. The probes and primers selected (see below) were synthesized by Synthegen (Houston, TX, USA). Probes were double purified by HPLC to remove uncoupled dye and evaluated by mass spectroscopy to verify coupling of reporter and quencher dyes to the 5' and 3' ends of the probe, respectively. Their final concentrations were: forward and reverse primers, 900 nM each, and probe, 200nM. PCR conditions: Normalized RNA from each tissue and each cell line was spotted in each well of a 96 well PCR plate (Perkin Elmer Biosystems). PCR cocktails including two probes (POLYX-specific and another gene-specific probe multiplexed with the POLYX probe) were set up using IX TaqMan™ PCR Master Mix for the PE Biosystems 7700, with 5 mM MgC12, dNTPs (dA, G, C, U at 1 : 1 : 1 :2 ratios), 0.25 U/ml AmpliTaq Gold™ (PE Biosystems), and 0.4 U/μl RNase inhibitor, and 0.25 U/μl reverse transcriptase. Reverse transcription was performed at 48° C for 30 minutes followed by amplification/PCR cycles as follows: 95° C 10 min, then 40 cycles of 95° C for 15 seconds, 60° C for 1 minute.
In the following presentation, the Tables provide the sequences used for the primers and the probe, and the relative expression results obtained for the cell cultures employed are shown in various Figures and Tables.
a) Clone 10129612-1, POLY4
The relative expression results for clone 10129612-1 obtained using the primer-probe set Ag47 (Table 16) on a panel of cells drawn from various tissues are shown in FIG. 3. The comparable results found with a panel of tissues taken directly from surgical samples are shown in FIG. 4. In FIG. 4, tissues taken from surgically excised cancers are paired in many cases with immediately adjacent noncancerous tissue, designated "NAT" (for normal adjacent tissue). Triplicate runs are shown in FIG. 4. The results in FIG. 3 show that clone 10129612- 1 in certain cancers, such as non-small cell lung cancer, an ovarian cancer cell line, and CNS cancers, but not at all or to a lesser extent in the corresponding normal cell lines. A similar finding is seen for a prostate cancer and a lung cancer, compared to the normal adjacent tissue, in FIG. 3. Therefore, clone 10129612-1 or the protein encoded by it can be used to target therapies or imaging diagnostics to treat prostate and lung cancer.
Table 16
Figure imgf000112_0001
An additional expression analysis on clone 10129612-1 was carried out using a primer- probe set, Ag47b (Table 17), that targets a different portion of the gene. The results for triplicate runs are shown in FIG. 5. They confirm the differences identified in FIG. 3 for an ovarian cancer cell line, and for CNS cancers. They also show expression in a melanoma cell line, and a difference in kidney cancer vs. normal kidney.
Table 17
Figure imgf000113_0001
b) Clone 10168180.0.35, POLY5
The tissue expression results for clone 10168180.0.35, obtained using primer-probe set Agl21 (Table 18) are shown in FIG. 6. It is seen that many cancer cell lines exhibit little or no expression of clonel0168180.0.35 whereas the corresponding normal cell lines show high expression. Therefore, clone 10168180.0.35 or the protein encoded by it can be used to target therapies or imaging diagnostics to treat various forms of cancer.
Table 18
Figure imgf000113_0002
c) Clone 10354784.0.148, POLY6
The tissue expression results for clone 10354784.0.148 obtained using the primer- probe set Ag91 (Table 19) are shown in FIG. 7. They indicate that this clone is expressed in many normal cell lines, but not in most cancers.
I l l Table 19
Figure imgf000114_0001
d) Clone 16532807.0.137, POLY8
The tissue expression analysis obtained for clone 16532807.0.137 using the primers and probe of Table 20 (Agl22) is shown in FIG. 8. The analysis was run in duplicate. This gene is selectively expressed in only a few normal cell lines, but is highly overexpressed in melanoma LOX IMVI. It is also expressed in certain lung cancer cells.
From the results of the real-time quantitative PCR analysis, it is concluded that clone 16532807.0.137 is highly expressed in certain melanomas and lung cancer tissues. Therefore, clone 16532807.0.137 or the protein encoded by it can be used to target therapies or imaging diagnostics to treat melanoma and lung cancer.
Table 20
Figure imgf000114_0002
e) Clone 17941787.0.3, POLY10
The tissue expression analysis for clone 17941787.0.3, obtained using the primer-probe set Ag96 (Table 21), is shown in FIG. 9. The results show that this clone is broadly expressed in many cell lines. It is highly expressed in melanoma, and strongly expressed differentially in prostate cancer metastasis, ovarian cancer, lung cancer cells and renal cancer cells compared to the corresponding normal cell lines.
From the results of the real-time quantitative PCR analysis, it is concluded that clone
17941787.0.3 could be useful in distinguishing melanoma, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, renal cancer and pancreas cancer from normal prostate, ovary, lung, kidney and pancreas tissues. Its high expression in melanoma, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, renal cancer and pancreas cancer suggests that clone 17941787.0.3 can be used to target therapies or imaging diagnostics to treat these diseases.
Table 21
Figure imgf000115_0001
f) Clone 21636818.0.57, POLY12
The expression analysis results obtained for clone 21636818.0.57 using primer-probe set ag59 (table 22) are shown in FIG. 10. This clone is broadly expressed in many cell lines.
From the results of the real-time quantitative PCR analysis it is concluded that clone
21636818.0.57 is highly expressed in a variety of melanoma, ovarian cancer and lung cancer tissues. Therefore, clone 21636818.0.57 or the protein encoded by it can be used to target therapies or imaging diagnostics to treat melanoma, ovarian cancer and lung cancer. Interestingly, the expression of clone 21636818.0.57 is much lower in prostate cancer than normal prostate, suggesting that clone 21636818.0.57 could be used as a marker for the development of prostate cancer.
Table 22
Figure imgf000115_0002
g) Clone 13043743.0.15, POLY7
The expression analysis results obtained for clone 13043743.0.15 using primer-probe set Ag46 (Table 23). Table 23
Figure imgf000116_0001
The results of this analysis are shown in Table 24. The higher the relative expression value corresponding to a specific sample, the greater the intensity of the expression of the gene in that sample. From these results, it is seen that the gene is specifically expressed in the thalamus of the brain at a measurably higher level than placenta, prostate, ovary, lung, liver, heart, lymphoid tissues, thyroid, adipose, pancreas and other regions of the brain.
Table 24
Ti ssue_Name/Run_Name ltm506f ag46
Endothelial cells 0.44
Endothelial cells (treated) 0.21
Pancreas 0.05
Pancreatic ca. CAP AN 2 0.21
Adipose 0
Adrenal gland 0.02
Thyroid 0.05
Salavary gland 0.05
Pituitary gland 0
Brain (fetal) 0.04
Brain (whole) 0.02
Brain (amygdala) 3.76
Brain (cerebellum) 0.01
Brain (hippocampus) 0.11
Brain (substantia nigra) 0.49
Brain (thalamus) 100
Brain (hypothalamus) 0.04
Spinal cord 0.04
CNS ca. (glio/astro) U87-MG 0.16
CNS ca. (glio/astro) U-118-MG 0.21
CNS ca. (astro) SW1783 0.27
CNS ca.* (neuro; met ) SK-N-AS 0.21
CNS ca. (astro) SF-539 0.21
CNS ca. (astro) SNB-75 0.16
CNS ca. (glio) SNB-19 0 CNS ca. (glio) U251 0.16
CNS ca. (glio) SF-295 0.12
Heart 0.07
Skeletal muscle 0.12
Bone marrow 0
Thymus 0.03
Spleen 0.07
Lymph node 0.05
Colon (ascending) 0.03
Stomach 0.04
Small intestine 0.05
Colon ca. SW480 0.35
Colon ca.* (SW480 met)SW620 0.35
Colon ca. HT29 0.27
Colon ca. HCT-116 0.57
Colon ca. CaCo-2 0.12
Colon ca. HCT-15 0
Colon ca. HCC-2998 0.16
Gastric ca.* (liver met) NCI-N87 0.07
Bladder 0.05
Trachea 0.04
Kidney 0.05
Kidney (fetal) 0.02
Renal ca. 786-0 0.16
Renal ca. A498 0.16
Renal ca. RXF 393 0.21
Renal ca. ACHN 0.27
Renal ca. UO-31 0.16
Renal ca. TK-10 0.16
Liver 0.05
Liver (fetal) 0
Liver ca. (hepatoblast) HepG2 0.21
Lung 0
Lung (fetal) 0.05
Lung ca. (small cell) LX-1 0.21
Lung ca. (small cell) NCI-H69 0.07
Lung ca. (s.cell var.) SHP-77 0.27
Lung ca. (large cell)NCI-H460 0.35
Lung ca. (non-sm. cell) A549 0.12
Lung ca. (non-s.cell) NCI-H23 0.16
Lung ca (non-s.cell) HOP-62 0.16
Lung ca. (non-s.cl) NCI-H522 0.16
Lung ca. (squam.) SW 900 0.72
Lung ca. (squam.) NCI-H596 0.07
Mammary gland 0.02
Breast ca.* (pi. effusion) MCF-7 0.12
Breast ca.* (pl.ef) MDA-MB-231 0.27
Breast ca.* (pi. effusion) T47D 0.05
Breast ca. BT-549 0.44
Breast ca. MDA-N 0.12 Ovary 0.05 Ovarian ca. OVCAR-3 0.16 Ovarian ca. OVCAR-4 0.21 Ovarian ca. OVCAR-5 0.05 Ovarian ca. OVCAR-8 0 Ovarian ca. IGROV-1 0.16
Ovarian ca.* (ascites) SK-OV-3 0.16
Uterus 0.04
Plancenta 0.04
Prostate 0.03
Prostate ca.* (bone met)PC-3 0.35
Testis 0
Melanoma Hs688(A).T 0.21
Melanoma* (met) Hs688(B).T 0.16
Melanoma UACC-62 0.35
Melanoma M14 0.12
Melanoma LOX IMVI 0.12
Melanoma* (met) SK-MEL-5 0.21
Melanoma SK-MEL-28 0.12
From the results of the real-time quantitative PCR analysis it is concluded that clone 13043743.0.15 is specifically expressed in the thalamus of the brain and can be used to target therapies or imaging diagnostics to treat any diseases or pathologies associated with brain thalamus.
h) Clone 20936375.0.104, POLY11
The expression analysis results obtained for clone 20936375.0.104 using primer-probe set Agl74 (Table 25) are shown in Table 26.
Table 25
Figure imgf000118_0001
The results of this analysis are shown in Table 26. The higher the relative expression value corresponding to a specific sample, the greater the intensity of the expression of the gene in that sample. From these results, it is seen that the gene is specifically expressed in melanoma, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, liver cancer, renal cancer, colon cancer and pancreas cancer at a measurably higher level than the coπesponding normal prostate, ovary, mammary gland, lung, liver, kidney, colon and pancreas tissues. Table 26
Tissue_Name/Run_Name tm561t agl74
Endothelial cells 16.1
Endothelial cells (treated) 10.33
Pancreas 6.57
Pancreatic ca. CAP AN 2 40.75
Adipose 2.49
Adrenal gland 17.36
Thyroid 12.42
Salavary gland 9.91
Pituitary gland 6.4
Brain (fetal) 8.23
Brain (whole) 6.9
Brain (amygdala) 15.54
Brain (cerebellum) 8.4
Brain (hippocampus) 15.83
Brain (substantia nigra) 18.83
Brain (thalamus) 19.38
Brain (hypothalamus) 12.9
Spinal cord 17.05
CNS ca. (glio/astro) U87-MG 25.5
CNS ca. (glio/astro) U-118-MG 12.98
CNS ca. (astro) SW1783 16.46
CNS ca.* (neuro; met ) SK-N-AS 93.25
CNS ca. (astro) SF-539 14.85
CNS ca. (astro) SNB-75 7.76
CNS ca. (glio) SNB-19 19.82
CNS ca. (glio) U251 7.4
CNS ca. (glio) SF-295 7.53
Heart 49.59
Skeletal muscle 55.89
Bone marrow 10.77
Thymus 7.69
Spleen 11.97
Lymph node 4.65
Colon (ascending) 6.85
Stomach 4.61
Small intestine 10.12
Colon ca. SW480 16.82
Colon ca.* (SW480 met)SW620 20.37
Colon ca. HT29 60.38
Colon ca. HCT-116 53.14
Colon ca. CaCo-2 35.77
Colon ca. HCT-15 43.99
Colon ca. HCC-2998 0
Gastric ca.* (liver me t) NCI-N87 28.32
Bladder 25.74 Trachea 4.74
Kidney 31.6
Kidney (fetal) 6.68
Renal ca. 786-0 47.01
Renal ca. A498 36.56
Renal ca. RXF 393 15.88
Renal ca. ACHN 25.39
Renal ca. UO-31 17.19
Renal ca. TK-10 25.5
Liver 26.29
Liver (fetal) 17.14
Liver ca. (hepatoblast) HepG2 74.18
Lung 4.31
Lung (fetal) 2.6
Lung ca. (small cell) LX-1 46
Lung ca. (small cell) NCI-H69 9.77
Lung ca. (s.cell var.) SHP-77 16.46
Lung ca. (large cell)NCI-H460 100
Lung ca. (non-sm. cell) A549 52.54
Lung ca. (non-s.cell) NCI-H23 26.74
Lung ca (non-s.cell) HOP-62 13.01
Lung ca. (non-s.cl) NCI-H522 54.22
Lung ca. (squam.) SW 900 37.74
Lung ca. (squam.) NCI-H596 12.4
Mammary gland 7.37
Breast ca.* (pi. effusion) MCF-7 40.48
Breast ca.* (pl.ef) MDA-MB-231 25.22
Breast ca.* (pi. effusion) T47D 10.94
Breast ca. BT-549 36.46
Breast ca. MDA-N 45.18
Ovary 2.31
Ovarian ca. OVCAR-3 27.48
Ovarian ca. OVCAR-4 22.09
Ovarian ca. OVCAR-5 20.82
Ovarian ca. OVCAR-8 27.65
Ovarian ca. IGROV-1 36.56
Ovarian ca.* (ascites) SK-OV-3 27.67
Uterus 20.98
Plancenta 7.88
Prostate 9.83
Prostate ca.* (bone met)PC-3 80.42
Testis 7.54
Melanoma Hs688(A).T 14.46
Melanoma* (met) Hs688(B).T 12.92
Melanoma UACC-62 19.07
Melanoma M14 24.19
Melanoma LOX IMVI 6.7
Melanoma* (met) SK-MEL-5 41.86
Melanoma SK-MEL-28 8.82 From the results of the real-time quantitative PCR analysis, it is concluded that clone 20936375.0.104 could be useful in distinguishing melanoma, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, liver cancer, renal cancer, colon cancer and pancreas cancer from normal prostate, ovary, mammary gland, lung, liver, kidney, colon and pancreas tissues. The high expression of 20936375.0.104 in melanoma, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, liver cancer, renal cancer, colon cancer and pancreas cancer suggests that clone 20936375.0.104 can be used to target therapies or imaging diagnostics to treat these diseases.
i) Clone 23208248, POLY1
The expression analysis results obtained for clone 23208248 using primer-probe set
Agl61 (Table 27) are shown in Table 28.
Table 27
Figure imgf000121_0001
The results of this analysis are shown in Table 28. The higher the relative expression value corresponding to a specific sample, the greater the intensity of the expression of the gene in that sample. From these results, it is seen that the gene is specifically expressed in mammary gland and certain melanoma and breast cancer tissues at a measurably higher level than placenta, prostate, ovary, lung, liver, heart, lymphoid tissues, thyroid, adipose and pancreas.
Table 28
Tissue Name/Run Name tm342t tm295t
Endothelial cells 0.07 26.54
Endothelial cells (treated) 0 3.05
Pancreas 0 2.46
Pancreatic ca. CAP AN 2 0 0.24
Adipose 6.22 6.65
Adrenal gland 0 2.48 Thyroid 0 2.77
Salavary gland 0 1.6
Pituitary gland 0 5.69
Brain (fetal) 0.29 2.01
Brain (whole) 8.51 18.56
Brain (amygdala) 2.1 2.26
Brain (cerebellum) 2.97 7.7
Brain (hippocampus) 0.08 2.36
Brain (substantia nigra) 0.9 8.04
Brain (thalamus) 0 1.74
Brain (hypothalamus) 0.08 0.88
Spinal cord 0 2.53
CNS ca. (glio/astro) U87-MG 0 0.15
CNS ca. (glio/astro) U-118-MG 0 3.07
CNS ca. (astro) SW1783 0.03 1.28
CNS ca.* (neuro; met ) SK-N-AS 0 14.52
CNS ca. (astro) SF-539 0 1.11
CNS ca. (astro) SNB-75 0.55 8.29
CNS ca. (glio) SNB-19 0 1.03
CNS ca. (glio) U251 0 1.76
CNS ca. (glio) SF-295 0 3.97
Heart 0 8.03
Skeletal muscle 0 3.63
Bone marrow 0 5.49
Thymus 1.24 7.21
Spleen 0 2.93
Lymph node 0 4.55
Colon (ascending) 0.08 4.38
Stomach 1.77 9.91
Small intestine 0 1.96
Colon ca. SW480 0 0.13
Colon ca.* (SW480 met)SW620 0 0.02
Colon ca. HT29 0.02 0.47
Colon ca. HCT-116 0.02 0.03
Colon ca. CaCo-2 3.54 17.02
Colon ca. HCT-15 0 0.52
Colon ca. HCC-2998 0 1.07
Gastric ca.* (liver met) NCI-N87 0 2.09
Bladder 9.14 10.86
Trachea 0 6.18
Kidney 0.02 1.91
Kidney (fetal) 6.8 10.51
Renal ca. 786-0 0 0.51
Renal ca. A498 0 1.04
Renal ca. RXF 393 0 0.34
Renal ca. ACHN 0 2.75
Renal ca. UO-31 0 0.78
Renal ca. TK-10 0 0.68
Liver 0 3.33
Liver (fetal) 0 2.69 Liver ca. (hepatoblast) HepG2 0 0.01
Lung 3.31 13.06
Lung (fetal) 0.01 2.85
Lung ca. (small cell) LX-1 0 2.47
Lung ca. (small cell) NCI-H69 2.4 7.48
Lung ca. (s.cell var.) SHP-77 0 0.01
Lung ca. (large cell)NCI-H460 0 0.02
Lung ca. (non-sm. cell) A549 0 1.24
Lung ca. (non-s.cell) NCI-H23 0 0.03
Lung ca (non-s.cell) HOP-62 0 0.81
Lung ca. (non-s.cl) NCI-H522 0 1.95
Lung ca. (squam.) SW 900 0 5.94
Lung ca. (squam.) NCI-H596 4.51 11.39
Mammary gland 21.71 8.01
Breast ca.* (pi. effusion) MCF-7 0 0
Breast ca.* (pl.ef) MDA-MB-231 0 0.01
Breast ca.* (pi. effusion) T47D 0 0.39
Breast ca. BT-549 0.05 0.02
Breast ca. MDA-N 98.64 35.97
Ovary 0 1.27
Ovarian ca. OVCAR-3 0 2.3
Ovarian ca. OVCAR-4 0 7.56
Ovarian ca. OVCAR-5 0 2.21
Ovarian ca. OVCAR-8 0 3.52
Ovarian ca. IGROV-1 0 1.45
Ovarian ca.* (ascites) SK-OV-3 0 0.54
Uterus 0 3.32
Plancenta 0 1.38
Prostate 0 0.93
Prostate ca.* (bone met)PC-3 0 0.02
Testis 0 2.91
Melanoma Hs688(A).T 0 0.09
Melanoma* (met) Hs688(B).T 0 0.71
Melanoma UACC-62 0 9.44
Melanoma M14 100 100
Melanoma LOX IMVI 0.02 11.75
Melanoma* (met) SK-MEL-5 11.34 27.7
Melanoma SK-MEL-28 18.61 35.23
From the results of the real-time quantitative PCR analysis (Table 28), it is concluded that clone 23208248 is highly expressed in a variety of melanomas and breast cancer tissues. Therefore, clone 23208248 or the protein encoded by it can be used to target therapies or imaging diagnostics to treat melanoma and breast cancer. Example 6: Expression of POLY6, Clone 10354784.0.148, in human embryonic kidney 293 cells
The BamHI-XhoI fragment containing a 10354784.0.148 coding sequence was isolated from CuraGen Corporation's clone pCR2.1-cgl0354784 and subcloned into the vector ρCEP4/Sec (Example 3) to generate expression vector pCEP4/Sec- 10354784. The pCEP4/Sec- 10354784 vector was transfected into 293 cells using the LipofectaminePlus reagent following the manufacturer's instructions (Gibco/BRL). The cell pellet and supernatant were harvested 72 hours after transfection and examined for 10354784.0.148 expression by Western blotting (reducing conditions) with an anti-V5 antibody. FIG. 11 shows that proteins secreted by 293 cells include a V5 fusion of 10354784.0.148 expressed as multiple sized polypeptides with a main product having an apparent molecular weight of approximately 70 kDa. The remaining bands may represent proteolytic digestion products of the 70 kDa band.
Example 7: Molecular Cloning of POLY12, Clone 21636818.0.57
The cDNA coding for the mature protein from residue 20 to residue 151 was targeted for cloning.
The following oligonucleotide primer pairs were designed to PCR amplify the cDNA, coding for the mature 21636818.0.57.
21636818.0.57 Forward:
GGA TCC TCT CAC GTG TGG CTG ACC AGG TGT ACT (SEQ ID NO:61)
21636818 Reverse:
CTC GAG ACC CAG GGT GAT TTT GCC CTC CAG (SEQ ID NO:62)
For downstream cloning purposes, the forward primer includes an in frame BamHI restriction site and the reverse primer contains an in frame Xhol restriction site.
PCR reactions were set up using a total of 5 ng human uterus derived cDNA, , as template. The reaction mixtures contained either 1 microM of each of the 21636818 Forward and 21636818 Reverse primers, 5 micromoles dNTP (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto CA) and 1 microliter of 50xAdvantage-HF 2 polymerase (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto CA) in 50 microliter reaction volume. The following reaction conditions were used: a) 96°C 3 minutes b) 96°C 30 seconds denaturation c) 60°C 30 seconds, primer annealing. d) 72°C 2 minute extension. Repeat steps b-d 35 times e) 72°C 5 minutes final extension
The expected, approximately 400 bp large, amplified product was detected by agarose gel electrophoresis. The fragment was purified from agarose gel and ligated to the pCR2.1 vector (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA). The insert was sequenced and found to have a coding sequence that was 100% identical to the corresponding portion of clone 21636818.0.57 (SEQ ID NO:23).
Example 8: Molecular Cloning of POLY8, Clone 16532807.0.137
The predicted open reading frame codes for a novel, 1120 amino acid long, Type I membrane protein, with a predicted (PSORT) transmembrane domain between residues 1022 and 1054. SIGNALP predicts a signal peptide cleavage site between residues 30 and 31. In this
Example, the cDNA coding for the extracellular domain of the mature protein was targeted for cloning.
Oligonucleotide primers were designed to PCR amplify the targeted DNA segment of 16532807.0.137. Considering the size of the transcript, the cDNA was cloned in two segments. After verifying their sequences, these segments were ligated together to form the predicted ORF.
The forward primer of the N-terminal (Nter) segment includes a BamHI restriction site and the reverse primer contains an internal BspEI site. The forward primer of the C-terminal (Cter) segment includes the same internal BspE I site and the reverse primer contains an in frame Xhol restriction site. The sequences of the primers are the following: 16532807.0.137 mat Forw (Nter):
GGATCCGGAGCAGATTTGGAACTGCGACTAGCAGATGG (SEQ ID NO: 63), 16532807.0.137 BspRev (Nter): GGAAACAAGTGTCTTCCGGATGTTGAACAATGG (SEQ ID NO: 64), 16532807.0.137 BspForw (Cter): CCATTGTTCAACATCCGGAAGACACTTGTATCC
(SEQ ID NO: 65), 16532807.0.137 EC-Rev (Cter): CTCGAGATTCAGTGATTTCAGCGACTGTCCAGAGCACC (SEQ ID NO: 66).
PCR reactions were set up using 5 ng human testis cDNA template, 1 microM of each of the corresponding primer pairs, 5 micromoles dNTP (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto CA) and 1 microliter of 50xAdvantage-HF 2 polymerase (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto CA) in 50 microliter volume. The following reaction conditions were used: a) 96°C 3 minutes b) 96°C 30 seconds denaturation c) 70°C 30 seconds, primer annealing. This temperature was gradually decreased by l°C/cycle d) 72°C 3 minute extension. Repeat steps b-d 10 times e) 96°C 30 seconds denaturation f) 60°C 30 seconds annealing g) 72°C 3 minute extension Repeat steps e-g 25 times h) 72°C 5 minutes final extension
The bands having the expected sizes were isolated from agarose gels, and cloned into the vector pCR2.1 (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA).
The following sequencing primers were used to verify the DNA sequences of the clones.
16532807.0.137 SI GGACCTAAGGCTTGTCGG (SEQ ID NO: 67), 16532807.0.137 S2 CCGACAAGCCTTAGGTCC (SEQ ID NO: 68), 16532807.0.137 S3 GCTGCTCGGGAAGACTGG (SEQ ID NO: 69), 16532807.0.137 S4 CCAGTCTTCCCGAGCAGC (SEQ ID NO: 70), 16532807.0.137 S5 GGATATGGAGCTGAGGCTTGTGG (SEQ ID NO: 71),
16532807.0.137 S6 CCACAAGCCTCAGCTCCATATCC (SEQ ID NO: 72), 16532807.0.137 S7 GGCTGGTTGGAGCTGATATGC (SEQ ID NO: 73), 16532807.0.137 S8 GCATATCAGCTCCAACCAGCC (SEQ ID NO: 74), 16532807.0.137 Sl l : GGAGCACCTCCCTGTATCC (SEQ ID NO: 75),
16532807.0.137 S12: GGATACAGGGAGGTGCTCC (SEQ ID NO: 76), 16532807.0.137 S13: GGTCTCTGCTCACTTTGG (SEQ ID NO: 77), 16532807.0.137 S14: CCAAAGTGAGCAGAGACC (SEQ ID NO: 78), 16532807.0.137 S15: CCTTTATCTAAGACAGGCTCTGG (SEQ ID NO: 79), 16532807.0.137 SI 6: CCAGAGCCTGTCTTAGATAAAGG (SEQ ID NO: 80),
16532807.0.137 S17: CCTGGCCGAGGCGGAAGTGG (SEQ ID NO: 81), and 16532807.0.137 S18: CCACTTCCGCCTCGGCCAGG (SEQ ID NO: 82).
Following the sequence analysis, the Nter and Cter segments were combined into one pCR2.1 constmct which is called pCR2.1-16532807-S856-S779. The nucleotide sequence determined for the combined clone matches the corresponding portion of the sequence of clone 16532807.0.137 (SEQ ID NO:15) 100%.
Other Embodiments
While the invention has been described in conjunction with the detailed description thereof, the foregoing description is intended to illustrate and not limit the scope of the invention, which is defined by the scope of the appended claims. Other aspects, advantages, and modifications are within the scope of the following claims.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. An isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a mature form of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and 26;
(b) a variant of a mature form of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and 26, wherein one or more amino acid residues in said variant differs from the amino acid sequence of said mature form, provided that said variant differs in no more than 15% of the amino acid residues from the amino acid sequence of said mature form;
(c) an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:2, A, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and 26; and
(d) a variant of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and 26, wherein one or more amino acid residues in said variant differs from the amino acid sequence of said mature form, provided that said variant differs in no more than 15% of amino acid residues from said amino acid sequence.
2 The polypeptide of claim 1, wherein said polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of a naturally-occurring allelic variant of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:2, A, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and 26.
3. The polypeptide of claim 2, wherein said allelic variant comprises an amino acid sequence that is the translation of a nucleic acid sequence differing by a single nucleotide from a nucleic acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, and 25.
4. The polypeptide of claim 1, wherein the amino acid sequence of said variant comprises a conservative amino acid substitution.
5. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a mature form of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and 26;
(b) a variant of a mature form of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and 26, wherein one or more amino acid residues in said variant differs from the amino acid sequence of said mature form, provided that said variant differs in no more than 15% of the amino acid residues from the amino acid sequence of said mature form;
(c) an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and 26;
(d) a variant of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and 26, wherein one or more amino acid residues in said variant differs from the amino acid sequence of said mature form, provided that said variant differs in no more than 15% of amino acid residues from said amino acid sequence;
(e) a nucleic acid fragment encoding at least a portion of a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence chosen from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and 26, or a variant of said polypeptide, wherein one or more amino acid residues in said variant differs from the amino acid sequence of said mature form, provided that said variant differs in no more than 15% of amino acid residues from said amino acid sequence; and
(f) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the complement of (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e).
6. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 5, wherein the nucleic acid molecule comprises the nucleotide sequence of a naturally-occurring allelic nucleic acid variant.
7. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 5, wherein the nucleic acid molecule encodes a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of a naturally-occurring polypeptide variant.
8. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 5, wherein the nucleic acid molecule differs by a single nucleotide from a nucleic acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, and 25.
9. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 5, wherein said nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of
(a) a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, and 25;
(b) a nucleotide sequence differing by one or more nucleotides from a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, and 25, provided that no more than 20% of the nucleotides differ from said nucleotide sequence;
(c) a nucleic acid fragment of (a); and
(d) a nucleic acid fragment of (b).
10. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 5, wherein said nucleic acid molecule hybridizes under stringent conditions to a nucleotide sequence chosen from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l , 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, and 25, or a complement of said nucleotide sequence.
11. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 5, wherein the nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of
(a) a first nucleotide sequence comprising a coding sequence differing by one or more nucleotide sequences from a coding sequence encoding said amino acid sequence, provided that no more than 20% of the nucleotides in the coding sequence in said first nucleotide sequence differ from said coding sequence;
(b) an isolated second polynucleotide that is a complement of the first polynucleotide; and
(c) a nucleic acid fragment of (a) or (b).
12. A vector comprising the nucleic acid molecule of claim 11.
13. The vector of claim 12, further comprising a promoter operably-linked to said nucleic acid molecule.
14. A cell comprising the vector of claim 12.
15. An antibody that immunospecifically-binds to the polypeptide of claim 1.
16. The antibody of claim 15, wherein said antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
17. The antibody of claim 15, wherein the antibody is a humanized antibody.
18. A method for determining the presence or amount of the polypeptide of claim 1 in a sample, the method comprising:
(a) providing the sample;
(b) contacting the sample with an antibody that binds immunospecifically to the polypeptide; and
(c) determining the presence or amount of antibody bound to said polypeptide, thereby determining the presence or amount of polypeptide in said sample.
19. A method for determining the presence or amount of the nucleic acid molecule of claim 5 in a sample, the method comprising:
(a) providing the sample;
(b) contacting the sample with a probe that binds to said nucleic acid molecule; and
(c) determining the presence or amount of the probe bound to said nucleic acid molecule, thereby determining the presence or amount of the nucleic acid molecule in said sample.
20. A method of identifying an agent that binds to a polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising:
(a) contacting said polypeptide with said agent; and
(b) determining whether said agent binds to said polypeptide.
21. A method for identifying an agent that modulates the expression or activity of the polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising:
(a) providing a cell expressing said polypeptide;
(b) contacting the cell with said agent; and (c) determining whether the agent modulates expression or activity of said polypeptide, whereby an alteration in expression or activity of said peptide indicates said agent modulates expression or activity of said polypeptide.
22. A method for modulating the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising contacting a cell sample expressing the polypeptide of said claim with a compound that binds to said polypeptide in an amount sufficient to modulate the activity of the polypeptide.
23. A method of treating or preventing a POLYX-associated disorder, said method comprising administering to a subject in which such treatment or prevention is desired the polypeptide of claim 1 in an amount sufficient to treat or prevent said POLYX- associated disorder in said subject.
24. The method of claim 23, wherein said subject is a human.
25. A method of treating or preventing a POLYX-associated disorder, said method comprising administering to a subject in which such treatment or prevention is desired the nucleic acid of claim 5 in an amount sufficient to treat or prevent said POLYX- associated disorder in said subject.
26. The method of claim 25, wherein said subject is a human.
27. A method of treating or preventing a POLYX-associated disorder, said method comprising administering to a subject in which such treatment or prevention is desired the antibody of claim 15 in an amount sufficient to treat or prevent said POLYX- associated disorder in said subject.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein the subject is a human.
29. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the polypeptide of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
30. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the nucleic acid molecule of claim 5 and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
31. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the antibody of claim 15 and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
32. A kit comprising in one or more containers, the pharmaceutical composition of claim 29.
33. A kit comprising in one or more containers, the pharmaceutical composition of claim 30.
34. A kit comprising in one or more containers, the pharmaceutical composition of claim 31.
35. The use of a therapeutic in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a syndrome associated with a human disease, the disease selected from a POLYX-associated disorder, wherein said therapeutic is selected from the group consisting of a POLYX polypeptide, a POLYX nucleic acid, and a POLYX antibody.
36. A method for screening for a modulator of activity or of latency or predisposition to a POLYX-associated disorder, said method comprising:
(a) administering a test compound to a test animal at increased risk for a POLYX-associated disorder, wherein said test animal recombinantly expresses the polypeptide of claim 1;
(b) measuring the activity of said polypeptide in said test animal after administering the compound of step (a);
(c) comparing the activity of said protein in said test animal with the activity of said polypeptide in a control animal not administered said polypeptide, wherein a change in the activity of said polypeptide in said test animal relative to said control animal indicates the test compound is a modulator of latency of or predisposition to a POLYX-associated disorder.
37. The method of claim 36, wherein said test animal is a recombinant test animal that expresses a test protein transgene or expresses said transgene under the control of a promoter at an increased level relative to a wild-type test animal, and wherein said promoter is not the native gene promoter of said transgene.
38. A method for determining the presence of or predisposition to a disease associated with altered levels of the polypeptide of claim 1 in a first mammalian subject, the method comprising:
(a) measuring the level of expression of the polypeptide in a sample from the first mammalian subject; and
(b) comparing the amount of said polypeptide in the sample of step (a) to the amount of the polypeptide present in a control sample from a second mammalian subject known not to have, or not to be predisposed to, said disease, wherein an alteration in the expression level of the polypeptide in the first subject as compared to the control sample indicates the presence of or predisposition to said disease.
39. A method for determining the presence of or predisposition to a disease associated with altered levels of the nucleic acid molecule of claim 5 in a first mammalian subject, the method comprising:
(a) measuring the amount of the nucleic acid in a sample from the first mammalian subject; and
(b) comparing the amount of said nucleic acid in the sample of step (a) to the amount of the nucleic acid present in a control sample from a second mammalian subject known not to have or not be predisposed to, the disease; wherein an alteration in the level of the nucleic acid in the first subject as compared to the control sample indicates the presence of or predisposition to the disease.
40. A method of treating a pathological state in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal a polypeptide in an amount that is sufficient to alleviate the pathological state, wherein the polypeptide is a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence at least 95% identical to a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence of at least one of SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and 26, or a biologically active fragment thereof.
41. A method of treating a pathological state in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal the antibody of claim 15 in an amount sufficient to alleviate the pathological state.
PCT/US2000/025106 1999-09-13 2000-09-13 Secreted human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same WO2001019856A2 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2001523633A JP2003531571A (en) 1999-09-13 2000-09-13 Novel human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them, and methods of using them
AU73773/00A AU7377300A (en) 1999-09-13 2000-09-13 Novel human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same
CA002384749A CA2384749A1 (en) 1999-09-13 2000-09-13 Novel human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same
EP00961880A EP1250425A2 (en) 1999-09-13 2000-09-13 Secreted human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15362999P 1999-09-13 1999-09-13
US60/153,629 1999-09-13
US15452099P 1999-09-16 1999-09-16
US60/154,520 1999-09-16
US15476299P 1999-09-20 1999-09-20
US60/154,762 1999-09-20
US15923199P 1999-10-13 1999-10-13
US60/159,231 1999-10-13
US65963400A 2000-09-12 2000-09-12
US09/659,634 2000-09-12

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2001019856A2 true WO2001019856A2 (en) 2001-03-22
WO2001019856A3 WO2001019856A3 (en) 2002-08-15

Family

ID=27538456

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2000/025106 WO2001019856A2 (en) 1999-09-13 2000-09-13 Secreted human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same

Country Status (5)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1250425A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2003531571A (en)
AU (1) AU7377300A (en)
CA (1) CA2384749A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2001019856A2 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001027277A2 (en) * 1999-10-13 2001-04-19 Curagen Corporation Proteins and polynucleotides encoded thereby
WO2001066747A2 (en) * 2000-03-03 2001-09-13 Curagen Corporation Proteins named fctrx and nucleic acids encoding same
EP1401486A2 (en) * 2001-06-04 2004-03-31 Curagen Corporation Novel human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1997007198A2 (en) * 1995-08-11 1997-02-27 Genetics Institute, Inc. Dna sequences and secreted proteins encoded thereby
WO1998045712A2 (en) * 1997-04-08 1998-10-15 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. 20 human secreted proteins
WO1998057983A2 (en) * 1997-06-18 1998-12-23 Zymogenetics, Inc. Mammalian neuro-growth factor like protein
WO1999005256A2 (en) * 1997-07-24 1999-02-04 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Method for cloning secreted proteins
WO1999006550A2 (en) * 1997-08-01 1999-02-11 Genset 5' ESTs FOR SECRETED PROTEINS EXPRESSED IN PROSTATE
WO1999046281A2 (en) * 1998-03-10 1999-09-16 Genentech, Inc. Novel polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO1999063088A2 (en) * 1998-06-02 1999-12-09 Genentech, Inc. Membrane-bound proteins and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO2000018904A2 (en) * 1998-09-30 2000-04-06 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Secreted proteins and nucleic acids encoding them
WO2001010902A2 (en) * 1999-08-11 2001-02-15 Curagen Corporation Nucleoc acids and secreted polypeptides encoded thereby

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1997007198A2 (en) * 1995-08-11 1997-02-27 Genetics Institute, Inc. Dna sequences and secreted proteins encoded thereby
WO1998045712A2 (en) * 1997-04-08 1998-10-15 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. 20 human secreted proteins
WO1998057983A2 (en) * 1997-06-18 1998-12-23 Zymogenetics, Inc. Mammalian neuro-growth factor like protein
WO1999005256A2 (en) * 1997-07-24 1999-02-04 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Method for cloning secreted proteins
WO1999006550A2 (en) * 1997-08-01 1999-02-11 Genset 5' ESTs FOR SECRETED PROTEINS EXPRESSED IN PROSTATE
WO1999046281A2 (en) * 1998-03-10 1999-09-16 Genentech, Inc. Novel polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO1999063088A2 (en) * 1998-06-02 1999-12-09 Genentech, Inc. Membrane-bound proteins and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO2000018904A2 (en) * 1998-09-30 2000-04-06 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Secreted proteins and nucleic acids encoding them
WO2001010902A2 (en) * 1999-08-11 2001-02-15 Curagen Corporation Nucleoc acids and secreted polypeptides encoded thereby

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DATABASE EMBL [Online] 1 February 1999 (1999-02-01) WATERSTON R.H. ETAL.: "Homo sapiens BAC clone RP11-284E5 from 2, complete sequence." retrieved from EBI Database accession no. AC006460 XP002181755 *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] 9 March 1999 (1999-03-09) STONE,N.E. ET AL.: " Homo sapiens chromosome 4 clone C0026P05 map 4P16, complete sequence" retrieved from NCBI Database accession no. AC005599 XP002181950 *

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001027277A2 (en) * 1999-10-13 2001-04-19 Curagen Corporation Proteins and polynucleotides encoded thereby
WO2001027277A3 (en) * 1999-10-13 2002-04-18 Curagen Corp Proteins and polynucleotides encoded thereby
WO2001066747A2 (en) * 2000-03-03 2001-09-13 Curagen Corporation Proteins named fctrx and nucleic acids encoding same
WO2001066747A3 (en) * 2000-03-03 2002-07-18 Curagen Corp Proteins named fctrx and nucleic acids encoding same
EP1401486A2 (en) * 2001-06-04 2004-03-31 Curagen Corporation Novel human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same
EP1401486A4 (en) * 2001-06-04 2005-04-20 Curagen Corp Novel human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1250425A2 (en) 2002-10-23
AU7377300A (en) 2001-04-17
WO2001019856A3 (en) 2002-08-15
JP2003531571A (en) 2003-10-28
CA2384749A1 (en) 2001-03-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20050208040A1 (en) Polynucleotides and polypeptides encoded thereby
EP1222272A2 (en) Polypeptides and polynucleotides encoding same
US20100158918A1 (en) Polypeptides and polynucleotides encoding same
EP1261712B1 (en) Proteins named fctrx and nucleic acids encoding same
AU779667B2 (en) Polynucleotides and polypeptides encoded thereby
US20020068279A1 (en) Novel Proteins and nucleic acids encoding the same
US6992170B2 (en) Polypeptides and polynucleotides homologous to thymosin, ephrin a receptors, and fibromodulin
US20020137202A1 (en) Novel proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
US7001766B2 (en) Nucleic acid sequences encoding human angiopoietin-like polypeptides
US6855806B1 (en) Thymosin beta 10-like proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
EP1250425A2 (en) Secreted human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same
US20020076700A1 (en) Novel polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding same
US20030082757A1 (en) Novel proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
US20030198958A1 (en) Noval human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same
US20030050232A1 (en) Novel human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same
EP1484401A1 (en) Secreted polypeptides and corresponding polynucleotides
AU2002211543A1 (en) Novel polypeptides homologous to thymosin, ephrin A, receptors, and fibromodulin, and polynucleotides encoding same
AU6899700A (en) Polynucleotides and polypeptides encoded thereby
WO2001044287A2 (en) Novel polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG US US US US US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2384749

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 73773/00

Country of ref document: AU

ENP Entry into the national phase in:

Ref country code: JP

Ref document number: 2001 523633

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2000961880

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2000961880

Country of ref document: EP

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 2000961880

Country of ref document: EP